LM3S600-IQN50

P RE LIMIN ARY LM3S600 Microcontroller D ATA SHE E T D S -LM3S 600- 4 2 8 3 C o p yri g h t © 2 0 0 7 -2 0 0 8 L u mi n ary Mi cro, Inc. Legal Disclaimers and Trademark Information INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH LUMINARY MICRO PRODUCTS. NO LICENSE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BY ESTOPPEL OR OTHERWISE, TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS IS GRANTED BY THIS DOCUMENT. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN LUMINARY MICRO'S TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE FOR SUCH PRODUCTS, LUMINARY MICRO ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER, AND LUMINARY MICRO DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, RELATING TO SALE AND/OR USE OF LUMINARY MICRO'S PRODUCTS INCLUDING LIABILITY OR WARRANTIES RELATING TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, MERCHANTABILITY, OR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT. LUMINARY MICRO'S PRODUCTS ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE IN MEDICAL, LIFE SAVING, OR LIFE-SUSTAINING APPLICATIONS. Luminary Micro may make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time, without notice. Contact your local Luminary Micro sales office or your distributor to obtain the latest specifications before placing your product order. Designers must not rely on the absence or characteristics of any features or instructions marked "reserved" or "undefined." Luminary Micro reserves these for future definition and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for conflicts or incompatibilities arising from future changes to them. Copyright © 2007-2008 Luminary Micro, Inc. All rights reserved. Stellaris, Luminary Micro, and the Luminary Micro logo are registered trademarks of Luminary Micro, Inc. or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. ARM and Thumb are registered trademarks and Cortex is a trademark of ARM Limited. Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others. Luminary Micro, Inc. 108 Wild Basin, Suite 350 Austin, TX 78746 Main: +1-512-279-8800 Fax: +1-512-279-8879 http://www.luminarymicro.com 2 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Table of Contents Revision History ............................................................................................................................. 15 About This Document .................................................................................................................... 16 Audience .............................................................................................................................................. About This Manual ................................................................................................................................ Related Documents ............................................................................................................................... Documentation Conventions .................................................................................................................. 16 16 16 16 1 Architectural Overview ...................................................................................................... 19 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.4.4 1.4.5 1.4.6 1.4.7 1.4.8 Product Features ...................................................................................................................... Target Applications .................................................................................................................... High-Level Block Diagram ......................................................................................................... Functional Overview .................................................................................................................. ARM Cortex™-M3 ..................................................................................................................... Motor Control Peripherals .......................................................................................................... Analog Peripherals .................................................................................................................... Serial Communications Peripherals ............................................................................................ System Peripherals ................................................................................................................... Memory Peripherals .................................................................................................................. Additional Features ................................................................................................................... Hardware Details ...................................................................................................................... 2 ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core ...................................................................................... 32 2.1 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 2.2.6 Block Diagram .......................................................................................................................... Functional Description ............................................................................................................... Serial Wire and JTAG Debug ..................................................................................................... Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) ............................................................................................. Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) ................................................................................................. ROM Table ............................................................................................................................... Memory Protection Unit (MPU) ................................................................................................... Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) ................................................................................ 3 Memory Map ....................................................................................................................... 38 4 Interrupts ............................................................................................................................ 40 5 JTAG Interface .................................................................................................................... 43 5.1 5.2 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.3 5.4 5.4.1 5.4.2 Block Diagram .......................................................................................................................... Functional Description ............................................................................................................... JTAG Interface Pins .................................................................................................................. JTAG TAP Controller ................................................................................................................. Shift Registers .......................................................................................................................... Operational Considerations ........................................................................................................ Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................... Register Descriptions ................................................................................................................ Instruction Register (IR) ............................................................................................................. Data Registers .......................................................................................................................... 6 System Control ................................................................................................................... 53 6.1 6.1.1 Functional Description ............................................................................................................... 53 Device Identification .................................................................................................................. 53 November 14, 2008 19 24 25 27 27 27 28 28 29 30 31 31 33 33 33 34 34 34 34 34 44 44 44 46 47 47 48 49 49 51 3 Preliminary Table of Contents 6.1.2 6.1.3 6.1.4 6.1.5 6.2 6.3 6.4 Reset Control ............................................................................................................................ Power Control ........................................................................................................................... Clock Control ............................................................................................................................ System Control ......................................................................................................................... Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................... Register Map ............................................................................................................................ Register Descriptions ................................................................................................................ 7 Internal Memory ............................................................................................................... 108 7.1 7.2 7.2.1 7.2.2 7.3 7.3.1 7.3.2 7.4 7.5 7.6 Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ 108 Functional Description ............................................................................................................. 108 SRAM Memory ........................................................................................................................ 108 Flash Memory ......................................................................................................................... 109 Flash Memory Initialization and Configuration ........................................................................... 111 Changing Flash Protection Bits ................................................................................................ 111 Flash Programming ................................................................................................................. 112 Register Map .......................................................................................................................... 112 Flash Register Descriptions (Flash Control Offset) ..................................................................... 113 Flash Register Descriptions (System Control Offset) .................................................................. 120 8 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) ....................................................................... 124 8.1 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.1.5 8.2 8.3 8.4 Functional Description ............................................................................................................. 124 Data Control ........................................................................................................................... 125 Interrupt Control ...................................................................................................................... 126 Mode Control .......................................................................................................................... 127 Pad Control ............................................................................................................................. 127 Identification ........................................................................................................................... 127 Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. 127 Register Map .......................................................................................................................... 128 Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 130 9 General-Purpose Timers ................................................................................................. 162 9.1 9.2 9.2.1 9.2.2 9.2.3 9.3 9.3.1 9.3.2 9.3.3 9.3.4 9.3.5 9.3.6 9.4 9.5 Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ Functional Description ............................................................................................................. GPTM Reset Conditions .......................................................................................................... 32-Bit Timer Operating Modes .................................................................................................. 16-Bit Timer Operating Modes .................................................................................................. Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. 32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode ....................................................................................... 32-Bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) Mode ......................................................................................... 16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode ....................................................................................... 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode ................................................................................................. 16-Bit Input Edge Timing Mode ................................................................................................ 16-Bit PWM Mode ................................................................................................................... Register Map .......................................................................................................................... Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 10 Watchdog Timer ............................................................................................................... 198 10.1 10.2 10.3 Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ 199 Functional Description ............................................................................................................. 199 Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. 200 4 53 56 56 59 60 60 61 162 163 164 164 165 169 169 170 170 171 171 172 172 173 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 10.4 10.5 Register Map .......................................................................................................................... 200 Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 201 11 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) ......................................... 222 11.1 11.2 11.2.1 11.2.2 11.2.3 11.2.4 11.2.5 11.2.6 11.3 11.4 11.5 Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ Functional Description ............................................................................................................. Transmit/Receive Logic ........................................................................................................... Baud-Rate Generation ............................................................................................................. Data Transmission .................................................................................................................. FIFO Operation ....................................................................................................................... Interrupts ................................................................................................................................ Loopback Operation ................................................................................................................ Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. Register Map .......................................................................................................................... Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 12 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) ................................................................................ 261 12.1 12.2 12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3 12.2.4 12.3 12.4 12.5 Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ Functional Description ............................................................................................................. Bit Rate Generation ................................................................................................................. FIFO Operation ....................................................................................................................... Interrupts ................................................................................................................................ Frame Formats ....................................................................................................................... Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. Register Map .......................................................................................................................... Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 13 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface ............................................................................ 298 13.1 13.2 13.2.1 13.2.2 13.2.3 13.2.4 13.2.5 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ Functional Description ............................................................................................................. I2C Bus Functional Overview .................................................................................................... Available Speed Modes ........................................................................................................... Interrupts ................................................................................................................................ Loopback Operation ................................................................................................................ Command Sequence Flow Charts ............................................................................................ Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. Register Map .......................................................................................................................... Register Descriptions (I2C Master) ........................................................................................... Register Descriptions (I2C Slave) ............................................................................................. 14 Analog Comparators ....................................................................................................... 334 14.1 14.2 14.2.1 14.3 14.4 14.5 Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ Functional Description ............................................................................................................. Internal Reference Programming .............................................................................................. Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. Register Map .......................................................................................................................... Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. November 14, 2008 223 223 223 224 224 225 225 226 226 227 228 261 261 262 262 262 263 270 271 272 299 299 299 301 302 303 303 310 311 312 325 335 335 337 338 338 339 5 Preliminary Table of Contents 15 Pin Diagram ...................................................................................................................... 347 16 Signal Tables .................................................................................................................... 348 17 Operating Characteristics ............................................................................................... 355 18 Electrical Characteristics ................................................................................................ 356 18.1 18.1.1 18.1.2 18.1.3 18.1.4 18.1.5 18.2 18.2.1 18.2.2 18.2.3 18.2.4 18.2.5 18.2.6 18.2.7 18.2.8 DC Characteristics .................................................................................................................. 356 Maximum Ratings ................................................................................................................... 356 Recommended DC Operating Conditions .................................................................................. 356 On-Chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) Regulator Characteristics ............................................................ 357 Power Specifications ............................................................................................................... 357 Flash Memory Characteristics .................................................................................................. 358 AC Characteristics ................................................................................................................... 358 Load Conditions ...................................................................................................................... 358 Clocks .................................................................................................................................... 358 JTAG and Boundary Scan ........................................................................................................ 359 Reset ..................................................................................................................................... 360 General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) .................................................................................................... 362 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) ........................................................................................... 363 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface ....................................................................................... 364 Analog Comparator ................................................................................................................. 365 19 Package Information ........................................................................................................ 366 A Serial Flash Loader .......................................................................................................... 368 A.1 A.2 A.2.1 A.2.2 A.3 A.3.1 A.3.2 A.3.3 A.4 A.4.1 A.4.2 A.4.3 A.4.4 A.4.5 A.4.6 Serial Flash Loader ................................................................................................................. Interfaces ............................................................................................................................... UART ..................................................................................................................................... SSI ......................................................................................................................................... Packet Handling ...................................................................................................................... Packet Format ........................................................................................................................ Sending Packets ..................................................................................................................... Receiving Packets ................................................................................................................... Commands ............................................................................................................................. COMMAND_PING (0X20) ........................................................................................................ COMMAND_GET_STATUS (0x23) ........................................................................................... COMMAND_DOWNLOAD (0x21) ............................................................................................. COMMAND_SEND_DATA (0x24) ............................................................................................. COMMAND_RUN (0x22) ......................................................................................................... COMMAND_RESET (0x25) ..................................................................................................... B Register Quick Reference ............................................................................................... 373 C Ordering and Contact Information ................................................................................. 385 C.1 C.2 C.3 C.4 Ordering Information ................................................................................................................ Kits ......................................................................................................................................... Company Information .............................................................................................................. Support Information ................................................................................................................. 6 368 368 368 368 369 369 369 369 370 370 370 370 371 371 371 385 385 386 386 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller List of Figures Figure 1-1. Figure 2-1. Figure 2-2. Figure 5-1. Figure 5-2. Figure 5-3. Figure 5-4. Figure 5-5. Figure 6-1. Figure 6-2. Figure 7-1. Figure 8-1. Figure 8-2. Figure 8-3. Figure 9-1. Figure 9-2. Figure 9-3. Figure 9-4. Figure 10-1. Figure 11-1. Figure 11-2. Figure 12-1. Figure 12-2. Figure 12-3. Figure 12-4. Figure 12-5. Figure 12-6. Figure 12-7. Figure 12-8. Figure 12-9. Figure 12-10. Figure 12-11. Figure 12-12. Figure 13-1. Figure 13-2. Figure 13-3. Figure 13-4. Figure 13-5. Figure 13-6. Figure 13-7. Figure 13-8. Figure 13-9. Figure 13-10. Figure 13-11. Figure 13-12. ® Stellaris LM3S600 Microcontroller High-Level Block Diagram .......................................... 26 CPU Block Diagram ......................................................................................................... 33 TPIU Block Diagram ........................................................................................................ 34 JTAG Module Block Diagram ............................................................................................ 44 Test Access Port State Machine ....................................................................................... 47 IDCODE Register Format ................................................................................................. 51 BYPASS Register Format ................................................................................................ 51 Boundary Scan Register Format ....................................................................................... 52 External Circuitry to Extend Reset .................................................................................... 54 Main Clock Tree .............................................................................................................. 57 Flash Block Diagram ...................................................................................................... 108 GPIO Port Block Diagram ............................................................................................... 125 GPIODATA Write Example ............................................................................................. 126 GPIODATA Read Example ............................................................................................. 126 GPTM Module Block Diagram ........................................................................................ 163 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode Example .......................................................................... 167 16-Bit Input Edge Time Mode Example ........................................................................... 168 16-Bit PWM Mode Example ............................................................................................ 169 WDT Module Block Diagram .......................................................................................... 199 UART Module Block Diagram ......................................................................................... 223 UART Character Frame ................................................................................................. 224 SSI Module Block Diagram ............................................................................................. 261 TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Single Transfer) .................................................... 264 TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) ............................................ 264 Freescale SPI Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0 ...................................... 265 Freescale SPI Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0 .............................. 265 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=1 ..................................................... 266 Freescale SPI Frame Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0 ........................... 267 Freescale SPI Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0 .................... 267 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=1 ..................................................... 268 MICROWIRE Frame Format (Single Frame) .................................................................... 269 MICROWIRE Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) ......................................................... 270 MICROWIRE Frame Format, SSIFss Input Setup and Hold Requirements ........................ 270 I2C Block Diagram ......................................................................................................... 299 I2C Bus Configuration .................................................................................................... 299 START and STOP Conditions ......................................................................................... 300 Complete Data Transfer with a 7-Bit Address ................................................................... 300 R/S Bit in First Byte ........................................................................................................ 300 Data Validity During Bit Transfer on the I2C Bus ............................................................... 301 Master Single SEND ...................................................................................................... 304 Master Single RECEIVE ................................................................................................. 305 Master Burst SEND ....................................................................................................... 306 Master Burst RECEIVE .................................................................................................. 307 Master Burst RECEIVE after Burst SEND ........................................................................ 308 Master Burst SEND after Burst RECEIVE ........................................................................ 309 November 14, 2008 7 Preliminary Table of Contents Figure 13-13. Figure 14-1. Figure 14-2. Figure 14-3. Figure 15-1. Figure 18-1. Figure 18-2. Figure 18-3. Figure 18-4. Figure 18-5. Figure 18-6. Figure 18-7. Figure 18-8. Figure 18-9. Figure 18-10. Figure 18-11. Figure 18-12. Figure 18-13. Figure 18-14. Figure 19-1. Slave Command Sequence ............................................................................................ Analog Comparator Module Block Diagram ..................................................................... Structure of Comparator Unit .......................................................................................... Comparator Internal Reference Structure ........................................................................ 48-Pin QFP Package Pin Diagram .................................................................................. Load Conditions ............................................................................................................ JTAG Test Clock Input Timing ......................................................................................... JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) Timing .............................................................................. JTAG TRST Timing ........................................................................................................ External Reset Timing (RST) .......................................................................................... Power-On Reset Timing ................................................................................................. Brown-Out Reset Timing ................................................................................................ Software Reset Timing ................................................................................................... Watchdog Reset Timing ................................................................................................. LDO Reset Timing ......................................................................................................... SSI Timing for TI Frame Format (FRF=01), Single Transfer Timing Measurement .............. SSI Timing for MICROWIRE Frame Format (FRF=10), Single Transfer ............................. SSI Timing for SPI Frame Format (FRF=00), with SPH=1 ................................................. I2C Timing ..................................................................................................................... 48-Pin LQFP Package ................................................................................................... 8 310 335 336 337 347 358 360 360 360 361 361 361 362 362 362 363 363 364 365 366 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller List of Tables Table 1. Table 2. Table 3-1. Table 4-1. Table 4-2. Table 5-1. Table 5-2. Table 6-1. Table 6-2. Table 7-1. Table 7-2. Table 8-1. Table 8-2. Table 8-3. Table 9-1. Table 9-2. Table 9-3. Table 10-1. Table 11-1. Table 12-1. Table 13-1. Table 13-2. Table 13-3. Table 14-1. Table 14-2. Table 14-3. Table 14-4. Table 14-5. Table 16-1. Table 16-2. Table 16-3. Table 16-4. Table 17-1. Table 17-2. Table 18-1. Table 18-2. Table 18-3. Table 18-4. Table 18-5. Table 18-6. Table 18-7. Table 18-8. Table 18-9. Table 18-10. Table 18-11. Table 18-12. Revision History .............................................................................................................. 15 Documentation Conventions ............................................................................................ 16 Memory Map ................................................................................................................... 38 Exception Types .............................................................................................................. 40 Interrupts ........................................................................................................................ 41 JTAG Port Pins Reset State ............................................................................................. 45 JTAG Instruction Register Commands ............................................................................... 49 System Control Register Map ........................................................................................... 60 PLL Mode Control ........................................................................................................... 74 Flash Protection Policy Combinations ............................................................................. 109 Flash Register Map ........................................................................................................ 112 GPIO Pad Configuration Examples ................................................................................. 127 GPIO Interrupt Configuration Example ............................................................................ 128 GPIO Register Map ....................................................................................................... 129 Available CCP Pins ........................................................................................................ 163 16-Bit Timer With Prescaler Configurations ..................................................................... 166 Timers Register Map ...................................................................................................... 172 Watchdog Timer Register Map ........................................................................................ 200 UART Register Map ....................................................................................................... 227 SSI Register Map .......................................................................................................... 271 Examples of I2C Master Timer Period versus Speed Mode ............................................... 302 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Register Map ......................................................... 311 Write Field Decoding for I2CMCS[3:0] Field (Sheet 1 of 3) ................................................ 316 Comparator 0 Operating Modes ...................................................................................... 336 Comparator 1 Operating Modes ...................................................................................... 336 Comparator 2 Operating Modes ...................................................................................... 337 Internal Reference Voltage and ACREFCTL Field Values ................................................. 337 Analog Comparators Register Map ................................................................................. 339 Signals by Pin Number ................................................................................................... 348 Signals by Signal Name ................................................................................................. 350 Signals by Function, Except for GPIO ............................................................................. 352 GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions ................................................................................. 353 Temperature Characteristics ........................................................................................... 355 Thermal Characteristics ................................................................................................. 355 Maximum Ratings .......................................................................................................... 356 Recommended DC Operating Conditions ........................................................................ 356 LDO Regulator Characteristics ....................................................................................... 357 Detailed Power Specifications ........................................................................................ 357 Flash Memory Characteristics ........................................................................................ 358 Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Characteristics ....................................................................... 358 Clock Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 359 JTAG Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 359 Reset Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 360 GPIO Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 362 SSI Characteristics ........................................................................................................ 363 I2C Characteristics ......................................................................................................... 364 November 14, 2008 9 Preliminary Table of Contents Table 18-13. Analog Comparator Characteristics ................................................................................. 365 Table 18-14. Analog Comparator Voltage Reference Characteristics .................................................... 365 Table C-1. Part Ordering Information ............................................................................................... 385 10 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller List of Registers System Control .............................................................................................................................. 53 Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 19: Register 20: Register 21: Register 22: Register 23: Register 24: Register 25: Register 26: Register 27: Register 28: Register 29: Register 30: Device Identification 0 (DID0), offset 0x000 ....................................................................... 62 Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL), offset 0x030 .................................... 64 LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL), offset 0x034 ................................................................... 65 Raw Interrupt Status (RIS), offset 0x050 ........................................................................... 66 Interrupt Mask Control (IMC), offset 0x054 ........................................................................ 67 Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC), offset 0x058 .................................................... 69 Reset Cause (RESC), offset 0x05C .................................................................................. 70 Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC), offset 0x060 .......................................................... 71 XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG), offset 0x064 .............................................................. 75 Deep Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG), offset 0x144 .......................................... 76 Clock Verification Clear (CLKVCLR), offset 0x150 ............................................................. 77 Allow Unregulated LDO to Reset the Part (LDOARST), offset 0x160 ................................... 78 Device Identification 1 (DID1), offset 0x004 ....................................................................... 79 Device Capabilities 0 (DC0), offset 0x008 ......................................................................... 81 Device Capabilities 1 (DC1), offset 0x010 ......................................................................... 82 Device Capabilities 2 (DC2), offset 0x014 ......................................................................... 84 Device Capabilities 3 (DC3), offset 0x018 ......................................................................... 86 Device Capabilities 4 (DC4), offset 0x01C ......................................................................... 88 Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (RCGC0), offset 0x100 .................................... 89 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (SCGC0), offset 0x110 .................................. 90 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (DCGC0), offset 0x120 ......................... 91 Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (RCGC1), offset 0x104 .................................... 92 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (SCGC1), offset 0x114 .................................. 94 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (DCGC1), offset 0x124 ......................... 96 Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (RCGC2), offset 0x108 .................................... 98 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (SCGC2), offset 0x118 ................................. 100 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (DCGC2), offset 0x128 ....................... 102 Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0), offset 0x040 ............................................................. 104 Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1), offset 0x044 ............................................................. 105 Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2), offset 0x048 ............................................................. 107 Internal Memory ........................................................................................................................... 108 Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Flash Memory Address (FMA), offset 0x000 .................................................................... Flash Memory Data (FMD), offset 0x004 ......................................................................... Flash Memory Control (FMC), offset 0x008 ..................................................................... Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS), offset 0x00C ............................................ Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM), offset 0x010 ........................................................ Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC), offset 0x014 ..................... USec Reload (USECRL), offset 0x140 ............................................................................ Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPRE), offset 0x130 ......................................... Flash Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPE), offset 0x134 .................................... 114 115 116 118 119 120 121 122 123 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) ................................................................................... 124 Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: GPIO Data (GPIODATA), offset 0x000 ............................................................................ 131 GPIO Direction (GPIODIR), offset 0x400 ......................................................................... 132 GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS), offset 0x404 .................................................................. 133 November 14, 2008 11 Preliminary Table of Contents Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 19: Register 20: Register 21: Register 22: Register 23: Register 24: Register 25: Register 26: Register 27: Register 28: Register 29: Register 30: GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE), offset 0x408 ........................................................ 134 GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV), offset 0x40C ................................................................ 135 GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM), offset 0x410 ................................................................... 136 GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS), offset 0x414 ........................................................ 137 GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS), offset 0x418 ................................................... 138 GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR), offset 0x41C ................................................................ 139 GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL), offset 0x420 ............................................ 140 GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R), offset 0x500 ........................................................ 142 GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R), offset 0x504 ........................................................ 143 GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R), offset 0x508 ........................................................ 144 GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR), offset 0x50C ......................................................... 145 GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR), offset 0x510 ................................................................ 146 GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR), offset 0x514 ........................................................... 147 GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR), offset 0x518 ................................................ 148 GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN), offset 0x51C ................................................................ 149 GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ....................................... 150 GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ....................................... 151 GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ....................................... 152 GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ...................................... 153 GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ....................................... 154 GPIO Peripheral Identification 1 (GPIOPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ....................................... 155 GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ....................................... 156 GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ...................................... 157 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 .......................................... 158 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 .......................................... 159 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 .......................................... 160 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3), offset 0xFFC ......................................... 161 General-Purpose Timers ............................................................................................................. 162 Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG), offset 0x000 .............................................................. GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR), offset 0x004 ............................................................ GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR), offset 0x008 ............................................................ GPTM Control (GPTMCTL), offset 0x00C ........................................................................ GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR), offset 0x018 .............................................................. GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS), offset 0x01C ..................................................... GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS), offset 0x020 ................................................ GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR), offset 0x024 .............................................................. GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR), offset 0x028 ................................................. GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR), offset 0x02C ................................................ GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR), offset 0x030 ................................................... GPTM TimerB Match (GPTMTBMATCHR), offset 0x034 .................................................. GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR), offset 0x038 ........................................................ GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR), offset 0x03C ....................................................... GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR), offset 0x040 ........................................... GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR), offset 0x044 ........................................... GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR), offset 0x048 ........................................................................ GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR), offset 0x04C ....................................................................... 174 175 177 179 182 184 185 186 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 Watchdog Timer ........................................................................................................................... 198 Register 1: Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD), offset 0x000 ...................................................................... 202 12 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 19: Register 20: Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE), offset 0x004 ................................................................... Watchdog Control (WDTCTL), offset 0x008 ..................................................................... Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR), offset 0x00C .......................................................... Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS), offset 0x010 .................................................. Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS), offset 0x014 ............................................. Watchdog Test (WDTTEST), offset 0x418 ....................................................................... Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK), offset 0xC00 ..................................................................... Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ................................. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ................................. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ................................. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ................................ Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ................................. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ................................. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ................................. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ................................. Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 .................................... Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 .................................... Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 .................................... Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3 ), offset 0xFFC .................................. 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) ..................................................... 222 Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 19: Register 20: Register 21: Register 22: Register 23: Register 24: UART Data (UARTDR), offset 0x000 ............................................................................... UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR), offset 0x004 ........................... UART Flag (UARTFR), offset 0x018 ................................................................................ UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD), offset 0x024 ............................................ UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD), offset 0x028 ....................................... UART Line Control (UARTLCRH), offset 0x02C ............................................................... UART Control (UARTCTL), offset 0x030 ......................................................................... UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS), offset 0x034 ........................................... UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM), offset 0x038 ................................................................. UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS), offset 0x03C ...................................................... UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS), offset 0x040 ................................................. UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR), offset 0x044 ............................................................... UART Peripheral Identification 4 (UARTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ..................................... UART Peripheral Identification 5 (UARTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ..................................... UART Peripheral Identification 6 (UARTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ..................................... UART Peripheral Identification 7 (UARTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ..................................... UART Peripheral Identification 0 (UARTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ...................................... UART Peripheral Identification 1 (UARTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ...................................... UART Peripheral Identification 2 (UARTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ...................................... UART Peripheral Identification 3 (UARTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ..................................... UART PrimeCell Identification 0 (UARTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 ........................................ UART PrimeCell Identification 1 (UARTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 ........................................ UART PrimeCell Identification 2 (UARTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 ........................................ UART PrimeCell Identification 3 (UARTPCellID3), offset 0xFFC ........................................ 229 231 233 235 236 237 239 241 243 245 246 247 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) ............................................................................................ 261 Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: SSI Control 0 (SSICR0), offset 0x000 .............................................................................. 273 SSI Control 1 (SSICR1), offset 0x004 .............................................................................. 275 SSI Data (SSIDR), offset 0x008 ...................................................................................... 277 November 14, 2008 13 Preliminary Table of Contents Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 19: Register 20: Register 21: SSI Status (SSISR), offset 0x00C ................................................................................... SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR), offset 0x010 .................................................................. SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM), offset 0x014 ......................................................................... SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS), offset 0x018 .............................................................. SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS), offset 0x01C ........................................................ SSI Interrupt Clear (SSIICR), offset 0x020 ....................................................................... SSI Peripheral Identification 4 (SSIPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ............................................. SSI Peripheral Identification 5 (SSIPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ............................................. SSI Peripheral Identification 6 (SSIPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ............................................. SSI Peripheral Identification 7 (SSIPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ............................................ SSI Peripheral Identification 0 (SSIPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ............................................. SSI Peripheral Identification 1 (SSIPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ............................................. SSI Peripheral Identification 2 (SSIPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ............................................. SSI Peripheral Identification 3 (SSIPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ............................................ SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 (SSIPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 ............................................... SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 (SSIPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 ............................................... SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 (SSIPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 ............................................... SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 (SSIPCellID3), offset 0xFFC ............................................... 278 280 281 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface ........................................................................................ 298 Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: I2C Master Slave Address (I2CMSA), offset 0x000 ........................................................... I2C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS), offset 0x004 ........................................................... I2C Master Data (I2CMDR), offset 0x008 ......................................................................... I2C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR), offset 0x00C ........................................................... I2C Master Interrupt Mask (I2CMIMR), offset 0x010 ......................................................... I2C Master Raw Interrupt Status (I2CMRIS), offset 0x014 ................................................. I2C Master Masked Interrupt Status (I2CMMIS), offset 0x018 ........................................... I2C Master Interrupt Clear (I2CMICR), offset 0x01C ......................................................... I2C Master Configuration (I2CMCR), offset 0x020 ............................................................ I2C Slave Own Address (I2CSOAR), offset 0x000 ............................................................ I2C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR), offset 0x004 ........................................................... I2C Slave Data (I2CSDR), offset 0x008 ........................................................................... I2C Slave Interrupt Mask (I2CSIMR), offset 0x00C ........................................................... I2C Slave Raw Interrupt Status (I2CSRIS), offset 0x010 ................................................... I2C Slave Masked Interrupt Status (I2CSMIS), offset 0x014 .............................................. I2C Slave Interrupt Clear (I2CSICR), offset 0x018 ............................................................ 313 314 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 326 327 329 330 331 332 333 Analog Comparators ................................................................................................................... 334 Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status (ACMIS), offset 0x000 .................................. Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status (ACRIS), offset 0x004 ....................................... Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable (ACINTEN), offset 0x008 ......................................... Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control (ACREFCTL), offset 0x010 ....................... Analog Comparator Status 0 (ACSTAT0), offset 0x020 ..................................................... Analog Comparator Status 1 (ACSTAT1), offset 0x040 ..................................................... Analog Comparator Status 2 (ACSTAT2), offset 0x060 ..................................................... Analog Comparator Control 0 (ACCTL0), offset 0x024 ..................................................... Analog Comparator Control 1 (ACCTL1), offset 0x044 ..................................................... Analog Comparator Control 2 (ACCTL2), offset 0x064 .................................................... 14 340 341 342 343 344 344 344 345 345 345 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Revision History The revision history table notes changes made between the indicated revisions of the LM3S600 data sheet. Table 1. Revision History Date Revision June 2008 2972 Description Started tracking revision history. October 2008 4149 ■ Added note on clearing interrupts to the Interrupts chapter: Note: November 2008 4283 It may take several processor cycles after a write to clear an interrupt source in order for NVIC to see the interrupt source de-assert. This means if the interrupt clear is done as the last action in an interrupt handler, it is possible for the interrupt handler to complete while NVIC sees the interrupt as still asserted, causing the interrupt handler to be re-entered errantly. This can be avoided by either clearing the interrupt source at the beginning of the interrupt handler or by performing a read or write after the write to clear the interrupt source (and flush the write buffer) ■ Bit 13 and bit 5 of the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register should have been marked as reserved ® for Stellaris devices without an ADC module. ■ Additional minor data sheet clarifications and corrections were made. ■ Revised High-Level Block Diagram. ■ Corrected descriptions for UART1 signals. ■ Additional minor data sheet clarifications and corrections were made. November 14, 2008 15 Preliminary About This Document About This Document This data sheet provides reference information for the LM3S600 microcontroller, describing the functional blocks of the system-on-chip (SoC) device designed around the ARM® Cortex™-M3 core. Audience This manual is intended for system software developers, hardware designers, and application developers. About This Manual This document is organized into sections that correspond to each major feature. Related Documents The following documents are referenced by the data sheet, and available on the documentation CD or from the Luminary Micro web site at www.luminarymicro.com: ■ ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual ■ ARM® CoreSight Technical Reference Manual ■ ARM® v7-M Architecture Application Level Reference Manual ® ■ Stellaris Peripheral Driver Library User's Guide ® ■ Stellaris ROM User’s Guide The following related documents are also referenced: ■ IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture This documentation list was current as of publication date. Please check the Luminary Micro web site for additional documentation, including application notes and white papers. Documentation Conventions This document uses the conventions shown in Table 2 on page 16. Table 2. Documentation Conventions Notation Meaning General Register Notation REGISTER APB registers are indicated in uppercase bold. For example, PBORCTL is the Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control register. If a register name contains a lowercase n, it represents more than one register. For example, SRCRn represents any (or all) of the three Software Reset Control registers: SRCR0, SRCR1 , and SRCR2. bit A single bit in a register. bit field Two or more consecutive and related bits. offset 0xnnn A hexadecimal increment to a register's address, relative to that module's base address as specified in “Memory Map” on page 38. 16 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Notation Meaning Register N Registers are numbered consecutively throughout the document to aid in referencing them. The register number has no meaning to software. reserved Register bits marked reserved are reserved for future use. In most cases, reserved bits are set to 0; however, user software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide software compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. yy:xx The range of register bits inclusive from xx to yy. For example, 31:15 means bits 15 through 31 in that register. Register Bit/Field Types This value in the register bit diagram indicates whether software running on the controller can change the value of the bit field. RC Software can read this field. The bit or field is cleared by hardware after reading the bit/field. RO Software can read this field. Always write the chip reset value. R/W Software can read or write this field. R/W1C Software can read or write this field. A write of a 0 to a W1C bit does not affect the bit value in the register. A write of a 1 clears the value of the bit in the register; the remaining bits remain unchanged. This register type is primarily used for clearing interrupt status bits where the read operation provides the interrupt status and the write of the read value clears only the interrupts being reported at the time the register was read. R/W1S Software can read or write a 1 to this field. A write of a 0 to a R/W1S bit does not affect the bit value in the register. W1C Software can write this field. A write of a 0 to a W1C bit does not affect the bit value in the register. A write of a 1 clears the value of the bit in the register; the remaining bits remain unchanged. A read of the register returns no meaningful data. This register is typically used to clear the corresponding bit in an interrupt register. WO Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register returns no meaningful data. Register Bit/Field Reset Value This value in the register bit diagram shows the bit/field value after any reset, unless noted. 0 Bit cleared to 0 on chip reset. 1 Bit set to 1 on chip reset. - Nondeterministic. Pin/Signal Notation [] Pin alternate function; a pin defaults to the signal without the brackets. pin Refers to the physical connection on the package. signal Refers to the electrical signal encoding of a pin. assert a signal Change the value of the signal from the logically False state to the logically True state. For active High signals, the asserted signal value is 1 (High); for active Low signals, the asserted signal value is 0 (Low). The active polarity (High or Low) is defined by the signal name (see SIGNAL and SIGNAL below). deassert a signal Change the value of the signal from the logically True state to the logically False state. SIGNAL Signal names are in uppercase and in the Courier font. An overbar on a signal name indicates that it is active Low. To assert SIGNAL is to drive it Low; to deassert SIGNAL is to drive it High. SIGNAL Signal names are in uppercase and in the Courier font. An active High signal has no overbar. To assert SIGNAL is to drive it High; to deassert SIGNAL is to drive it Low. Numbers X An uppercase X indicates any of several values is allowed, where X can be any legal pattern. For example, a binary value of 0X00 can be either 0100 or 0000, a hex value of 0xX is 0x0 or 0x1, and so on. November 14, 2008 17 Preliminary About This Document Notation Meaning 0x Hexadecimal numbers have a prefix of 0x. For example, 0x00FF is the hexadecimal number FF. All other numbers within register tables are assumed to be binary. Within conceptual information, binary numbers are indicated with a b suffix, for example, 1011b, and decimal numbers are written without a prefix or suffix. 18 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 1 Architectural Overview ® The Luminary Micro Stellaris family of microcontrollers—the first ARM® Cortex™-M3 based controllers—brings high-performance 32-bit computing to cost-sensitive embedded microcontroller applications. These pioneering parts deliver customers 32-bit performance at a cost equivalent to legacy 8- and 16-bit devices, all in a package with a small footprint. The LM3S600 microcontroller is targeted for industrial applications, including test and measurement equipment, factory automation, HVAC and building control, motion control, medical instrumentation, fire and security, and power/energy. In addition, the LM3S600 microcontroller offers the advantages of ARM's widely available development tools, System-on-Chip (SoC) infrastructure IP applications, and a large user community. Additionally, the microcontroller uses ARM's Thumb®-compatible Thumb-2 instruction set to reduce memory requirements and, thereby, cost. Finally, the LM3S600 microcontroller is code-compatible ® to all members of the extensive Stellaris family; providing flexibility to fit our customers' precise needs. Luminary Micro offers a complete solution to get to market quickly, with evaluation and development boards, white papers and application notes, an easy-to-use peripheral driver library, and a strong support, sales, and distributor network. See “Ordering and Contact Information” on page 385 for ® ordering information for Stellaris family devices. 1.1 Product Features The LM3S600 microcontroller includes the following product features: ■ 32-Bit RISC Performance – 32-bit ARM® Cortex™-M3 v7M architecture optimized for small-footprint embedded applications – System timer (SysTick), providing a simple, 24-bit clear-on-write, decrementing, wrap-on-zero counter with a flexible control mechanism – Thumb®-compatible Thumb-2-only instruction set processor core for high code density – 50-MHz operation – Hardware-division and single-cycle-multiplication – Integrated Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) providing deterministic interrupt handling – 21 interrupts with eight priority levels – Memory protection unit (MPU), providing a privileged mode for protected operating system functionality – Unaligned data access, enabling data to be efficiently packed into memory – Atomic bit manipulation (bit-banding), delivering maximum memory utilization and streamlined peripheral control ■ ARM® Cortex™-M3 Processor Core November 14, 2008 19 Preliminary Architectural Overview – Compact core. – Thumb-2 instruction set, delivering the high-performance expected of an ARM core in the memory size usually associated with 8- and 16-bit devices; typically in the range of a few kilobytes of memory for microcontroller class applications. – Rapid application execution through Harvard architecture characterized by separate buses for instruction and data. – Exceptional interrupt handling, by implementing the register manipulations required for handling an interrupt in hardware. – Deterministic, fast interrupt processing: always 12 cycles, or just 6 cycles with tail-chaining – Memory protection unit (MPU) to provide a privileged mode of operation for complex applications. – Migration from the ARM7™ processor family for better performance and power efficiency. – Full-featured debug solution • Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port (SWJ-DP) • Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB) unit for implementing breakpoints • Data Watchpoint and Trigger (DWT) unit for implementing watchpoints, trigger resources, and system profiling • Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) for support of printf style debugging • Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) for bridging to a Trace Port Analyzer – Optimized for single-cycle flash usage – Three sleep modes with clock gating for low power – Single-cycle multiply instruction and hardware divide – Atomic operations – ARM Thumb2 mixed 16-/32-bit instruction set – 1.25 DMIPS/MHz ■ JTAG – IEEE 1149.1-1990 compatible Test Access Port (TAP) controller – Four-bit Instruction Register (IR) chain for storing JTAG instructions – IEEE standard instructions: BYPASS, IDCODE, SAMPLE/PRELOAD, EXTEST and INTEST – ARM additional instructions: APACC, DPACC and ABORT – Integrated ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD) 20 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller ■ Internal Memory – 32 KB single-cycle flash • User-managed flash block protection on a 2-KB block basis • User-managed flash data programming • User-defined and managed flash-protection block – 8 KB single-cycle SRAM ■ GPIOs – 8-36 GPIOs, depending on configuration – 5-V-tolerant input/outputs – Programmable control for GPIO interrupts • Interrupt generation masking • Edge-triggered on rising, falling, or both • Level-sensitive on High or Low values – Bit masking in both read and write operations through address lines – Pins configured as digital inputs are Schmitt-triggered. – Programmable control for GPIO pad configuration • Weak pull-up or pull-down resistors • 2-mA, 4-mA, and 8-mA pad drive for digital communication • Slew rate control for the 8-mA drive • Open drain enables • Digital input enables ■ General-Purpose Timers – Three General-Purpose Timer Modules (GPTM), each of which provides two 16-bit timers. Each GPTM can be configured to operate independently: • As a single 32-bit timer • As one 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) to event capture • For Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) – 32-bit Timer modes • Programmable one-shot timer November 14, 2008 21 Preliminary Architectural Overview • Programmable periodic timer • Real-Time Clock when using an external 32.768-KHz clock as the input • Software-controlled event stalling (excluding RTC mode) – 16-bit Timer modes • General-purpose timer function with an 8-bit prescaler (for one-shot and periodic modes only) • Programmable one-shot timer • Programmable periodic timer • User-enabled stalling when the controller asserts CPU Halt flag during debug – 16-bit Input Capture modes • Input edge count capture • Input edge time capture – 16-bit PWM mode • Simple PWM mode with software-programmable output inversion of the PWM signal ■ ARM FiRM-compliant Watchdog Timer – 32-bit down counter with a programmable load register – Separate watchdog clock with an enable – Programmable interrupt generation logic with interrupt masking – Lock register protection from runaway software – Reset generation logic with an enable/disable – User-enabled stalling when the controller asserts the CPU Halt flag during debug ■ UART – Two fully programmable 16C550-type UARTs – Separate 16x8 transmit (TX) and 16x12 receive (RX) FIFOs to reduce CPU interrupt service loading – Programmable baud-rate generator allowing speeds up to 3.125 Mbps – Programmable FIFO length, including 1-byte deep operation providing conventional double-buffered interface – FIFO trigger levels of 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and 7/8 – Standard asynchronous communication bits for start, stop, and parity 22 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller – False-start bit detection – Line-break generation and detection – Fully programmable serial interface characteristics • 5, 6, 7, or 8 data bits • Even, odd, stick, or no-parity bit generation/detection • 1 or 2 stop bit generation ■ Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) – Master or slave operation – Programmable clock bit rate and prescale – Separate transmit and receive FIFOs, 16 bits wide, 8 locations deep – Programmable interface operation for Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or Texas Instruments synchronous serial interfaces – Programmable data frame size from 4 to 16 bits – Internal loopback test mode for diagnostic/debug testing ■ I2C – Devices on the I2C bus can be designated as either a master or a slave • Supports both sending and receiving data as either a master or a slave • Supports simultaneous master and slave operation – Four I2C modes • Master transmit • Master receive • Slave transmit • Slave receive – Two transmission speeds: Standard (100 Kbps) and Fast (400 Kbps) – Master and slave interrupt generation • Master generates interrupts when a transmit or receive operation completes (or aborts due to an error) • Slave generates interrupts when data has been sent or requested by a master – Master with arbitration and clock synchronization, multimaster support, and 7-bit addressing mode November 14, 2008 23 Preliminary Architectural Overview ■ Analog Comparators – Three independent integrated analog comparators – Configurable for output to drive an output pin or generate an interrupt – Compare external pin input to external pin input or to internal programmable voltage reference – Compare a test voltage against any one of these voltages • An individual external reference voltage • A shared single external reference voltage • A shared internal reference voltage ■ Power – On-chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) voltage regulator, with programmable output user-adjustable from 2.25 V to 2.75 V – Low-power options on controller: Sleep and Deep-sleep modes – Low-power options for peripherals: software controls shutdown of individual peripherals – User-enabled LDO unregulated voltage detection and automatic reset – 3.3-V supply brown-out detection and reporting via interrupt or reset ■ Flexible Reset Sources – Power-on reset (POR) – Reset pin assertion – Brown-out (BOR) detector alerts to system power drops – Software reset – Watchdog timer reset – Internal low drop-out (LDO) regulator output goes unregulated ■ Industrial and extended temperature 48-pin RoHS-compliant LQFP package 1.2 Target Applications ■ Factory automation and control ■ Industrial control power devices ■ Building and home automation ■ Stepper motors ■ Brushless DC motors 24 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller ■ AC induction motors 1.3 High-Level Block Diagram ® Figure 1-1 on page 26 depicts the features on the Stellaris LM3S600 microcontroller. November 14, 2008 25 Preliminary Architectural Overview ® Figure 1-1. Stellaris LM3S600 Microcontroller High-Level Block Diagram JTAG/SWD ARM® Cortex™-M3 System Control and Clocks Flash (32 KB) DCode bus (50 MHz) ICode bus NVIC MPU System Bus LM3S600 Bridge SRAM (8 KB) SYSTEM PERIPHERALS GeneralPurpose Timers (3) Watchdog Timer I2C (1) Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB) GPIOs (8-36) SERIAL PERIPHERALS UARTs (2) SSI (1) ANALOG PERIPHERALS Analog Comparators (3) 26 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 1.4 Functional Overview The following sections provide an overview of the features of the LM3S600 microcontroller. The page number in parenthesis indicates where that feature is discussed in detail. Ordering and support information can be found in “Ordering and Contact Information” on page 385. 1.4.1 ARM Cortex™-M3 1.4.1.1 Processor Core (see page 32) ® All members of the Stellaris product family, including the LM3S600 microcontroller, are designed around an ARM Cortex™-M3 processor core. The ARM Cortex-M3 processor provides the core for a high-performance, low-cost platform that meets the needs of minimal memory implementation, reduced pin count, and low-power consumption, while delivering outstanding computational performance and exceptional system response to interrupts. “ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core” on page 32 provides an overview of the ARM core; the core is detailed in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. 1.4.1.2 System Timer (SysTick) (see page 35) Cortex-M3 includes an integrated system timer, SysTick. SysTick provides a simple, 24-bit clear-on-write, decrementing, wrap-on-zero counter with a flexible control mechanism. The counter can be used in several different ways, for example: ■ An RTOS tick timer which fires at a programmable rate (for example, 100 Hz) and invokes a SysTick routine. ■ A high-speed alarm timer using the system clock. ■ A variable rate alarm or signal timer—the duration is range-dependent on the reference clock used and the dynamic range of the counter. ■ A simple counter. Software can use this to measure time to completion and time used. ■ An internal clock source control based on missing/meeting durations. The COUNTFLAG bit-field in the control and status register can be used to determine if an action completed within a set duration, as part of a dynamic clock management control loop. 1.4.1.3 Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) (see page 40) The LM3S600 controller includes the ARM Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) on the ARM® Cortex™-M3 core. The NVIC and Cortex-M3 prioritize and handle all exceptions. All exceptions are handled in Handler Mode. The processor state is automatically stored to the stack on an exception, and automatically restored from the stack at the end of the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR). The vector is fetched in parallel to the state saving, which enables efficient interrupt entry. The processor supports tail-chaining, which enables back-to-back interrupts to be performed without the overhead of state saving and restoration. Software can set eight priority levels on 7 exceptions (system handlers) and 21 interrupts. “Interrupts” on page 40 provides an overview of the NVIC controller and the interrupt map. Exceptions and interrupts are detailed in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. 1.4.2 Motor Control Peripherals To enhance motor control, the LM3S600 controller features Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) outputs. November 14, 2008 27 Preliminary Architectural Overview 1.4.2.1 PWM Pulse width modulation (PWM) is a powerful technique for digitally encoding analog signal levels. High-resolution counters are used to generate a square wave, and the duty cycle of the square wave is modulated to encode an analog signal. Typical applications include switching power supplies and motor control. On the LM3S600, PWM motion control functionality can be achieved through: ■ The motion control features of the general-purpose timers using the CCP pins CCP Pins (see page 168) The General-Purpose Timer Module's CCP (Capture Compare PWM) pins are software programmable to support a simple PWM mode with a software-programmable output inversion of the PWM signal. 1.4.3 Analog Peripherals For support of analog signals, the LM3S600 microcontroller offers three analog comparators. 1.4.3.1 Analog Comparators (see page 334) An analog comparator is a peripheral that compares two analog voltages, and provides a logical output that signals the comparison result. The LM3S600 microcontroller provides three independent integrated analog comparators that can be configured to drive an output or generate an interrupt . A comparator can compare a test voltage against any one of these voltages: ■ An individual external reference voltage ■ A shared single external reference voltage ■ A shared internal reference voltage The comparator can provide its output to a device pin, acting as a replacement for an analog comparator on the board, or it can be used to signal the application via interrupts to cause it to start capturing a sample sequence. 1.4.4 Serial Communications Peripherals The LM3S600 controller supports both asynchronous and synchronous serial communications with: ■ Two fully programmable 16C550-type UARTs ■ One SSI module ■ One I2C module 1.4.4.1 UART (see page 222) A Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) is an integrated circuit used for RS-232C serial communications, containing a transmitter (parallel-to-serial converter) and a receiver (serial-to-parallel converter), each clocked separately. The LM3S600 controller includes two fully programmable 16C550-type UARTs that support data transfer speeds up to 3.125 Mbps. (Although similar in functionality to a 16C550 UART, it is not register-compatible.) 28 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Separate 16x8 transmit (TX) and 16x12 receive (RX) FIFOs reduce CPU interrupt service loading. The UART can generate individually masked interrupts from the RX, TX, modem status, and error conditions. The module provides a single combined interrupt when any of the interrupts are asserted and are unmasked. 1.4.4.2 SSI (see page 261) Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) is a four-wire bi-directional full and low-speed communications interface. The LM3S600 controller includes one SSI module that provides the functionality for synchronous serial communications with peripheral devices, and can be configured to use the Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or TI synchronous serial interface frame formats. The size of the data frame is also configurable, and can be set between 4 and 16 bits, inclusive. The SSI module performs serial-to-parallel conversion on data received from a peripheral device, and parallel-to-serial conversion on data transmitted to a peripheral device. The TX and RX paths are buffered with internal FIFOs, allowing up to eight 16-bit values to be stored independently. The SSI module can be configured as either a master or slave device. As a slave device, the SSI module can also be configured to disable its output, which allows a master device to be coupled with multiple slave devices. The SSI module also includes a programmable bit rate clock divider and prescaler to generate the output serial clock derived from the SSI module's input clock. Bit rates are generated based on the input clock and the maximum bit rate is determined by the connected peripheral. 1.4.4.3 I2C (see page 298) The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) bus provides bi-directional data transfer through a two-wire design (a serial data line SDA and a serial clock line SCL). The I2C bus interfaces to external I2C devices such as serial memory (RAMs and ROMs), networking devices, LCDs, tone generators, and so on. The I2C bus may also be used for system testing and diagnostic purposes in product development and manufacture. The LM3S600 controller includes one I2C module that provides the ability to communicate to other IC devices over an I2C bus. The I2C bus supports devices that can both transmit and receive (write and read) data. Devices on the I2C bus can be designated as either a master or a slave. The I2C module supports both sending and receiving data as either a master or a slave, and also supports the simultaneous operation as both a master and a slave. The four I2C modes are: Master Transmit, Master Receive, Slave Transmit, and Slave Receive. ® A Stellaris I2C module can operate at two speeds: Standard (100 Kbps) and Fast (400 Kbps). Both the I2C master and slave can generate interrupts. The I2C master generates interrupts when a transmit or receive operation completes (or aborts due to an error). The I2C slave generates interrupts when data has been sent or requested by a master. 1.4.5 System Peripherals 1.4.5.1 Programmable GPIOs (see page 124) General-purpose input/output (GPIO) pins offer flexibility for a variety of connections. ® The Stellaris GPIO module is comprised of five physical GPIO blocks, each corresponding to an individual GPIO port. The GPIO module is FiRM-compliant (compliant to the ARM Foundation IP November 14, 2008 29 Preliminary Architectural Overview for Real-Time Microcontrollers specification) and supports 8-36 programmable input/output pins. The number of GPIOs available depends on the peripherals being used (see “Signal Tables” on page 348 for the signals available to each GPIO pin). The GPIO module features programmable interrupt generation as either edge-triggered or level-sensitive on all pins, programmable control for GPIO pad configuration, and bit masking in both read and write operations through address lines. Pins configured as digital inputs are Schmitt-triggered. 1.4.5.2 Three Programmable Timers (see page 162) Programmable timers can be used to count or time external events that drive the Timer input pins. ® The Stellaris General-Purpose Timer Module (GPTM) contains three GPTM blocks. Each GPTM block provides two 16-bit timers/counters that can be configured to operate independently as timers or event counters, or configured to operate as one 32-bit timer or one 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC). When configured in 32-bit mode, a timer can run as a Real-Time Clock (RTC), one-shot timer or periodic timer. When in 16-bit mode, a timer can run as a one-shot timer or periodic timer, and can extend its precision by using an 8-bit prescaler. A 16-bit timer can also be configured for event capture or Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) generation. 1.4.5.3 Watchdog Timer (see page 198) A watchdog timer can generate nonmaskable interrupts (NMIs) or a reset when a time-out value is reached. The watchdog timer is used to regain control when a system has failed due to a software error or to the failure of an external device to respond in the expected way. ® The Stellaris Watchdog Timer module consists of a 32-bit down counter, a programmable load register, interrupt generation logic, and a locking register. The Watchdog Timer can be configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on its first time-out, and to generate a reset signal on its second time-out. Once the Watchdog Timer has been configured, the lock register can be written to prevent the timer configuration from being inadvertently altered. 1.4.6 Memory Peripherals The LM3S600 controller offers both single-cycle SRAM and single-cycle Flash memory. 1.4.6.1 SRAM (see page 108) The LM3S600 static random access memory (SRAM) controller supports 8 KB SRAM. The internal ® SRAM of the Stellaris devices is located at offset 0x0000.0000 of the device memory map. To reduce the number of time-consuming read-modify-write (RMW) operations, ARM has introduced bit-banding technology in the new Cortex-M3 processor. With a bit-band-enabled processor, certain regions in the memory map (SRAM and peripheral space) can use address aliases to access individual bits in a single, atomic operation. 1.4.6.2 Flash (see page 109) The LM3S600 Flash controller supports 32 KB of flash memory. The flash is organized as a set of 1-KB blocks that can be individually erased. Erasing a block causes the entire contents of the block to be reset to all 1s. These blocks are paired into a set of 2-KB blocks that can be individually protected. The blocks can be marked as read-only or execute-only, providing different levels of code protection. Read-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed, protecting the contents of those blocks from being modified. Execute-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed, and can only be read by the controller instruction fetch mechanism, protecting the contents of those blocks from being read by either the controller or by a debugger. 30 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 1.4.7 Additional Features 1.4.7.1 Memory Map (see page 38) A memory map lists the location of instructions and data in memory. The memory map for the LM3S600 controller can be found in “Memory Map” on page 38. Register addresses are given as a hexadecimal increment, relative to the module's base address as shown in the memory map. The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual provides further information on the memory map. 1.4.7.2 JTAG TAP Controller (see page 43) The Joint Test Action Group (JTAG) port is an IEEE standard that defines a Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture for digital integrated circuits and provides a standardized serial interface for controlling the associated test logic. The TAP, Instruction Register (IR), and Data Registers (DR) can be used to test the interconnections of assembled printed circuit boards and obtain manufacturing information on the components. The JTAG Port also provides a means of accessing and controlling design-for-test features such as I/O pin observation and control, scan testing, and debugging. The JTAG port is composed of the standard five pins: TRST, TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. Data is transmitted serially into the controller on TDI and out of the controller on TDO. The interpretation of this data is dependent on the current state of the TAP controller. For detailed information on the operation of the JTAG port and TAP controller, please refer to the IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture. The Luminary Micro JTAG controller works with the ARM JTAG controller built into the Cortex-M3 core. This is implemented by multiplexing the TDO outputs from both JTAG controllers. ARM JTAG instructions select the ARM TDO output while Luminary Micro JTAG instructions select the Luminary Micro TDO outputs. The multiplexer is controlled by the Luminary Micro JTAG controller, which has comprehensive programming for the ARM, Luminary Micro, and unimplemented JTAG instructions. 1.4.7.3 System Control and Clocks (see page 53) System control determines the overall operation of the device. It provides information about the device, controls the clocking of the device and individual peripherals, and handles reset detection and reporting. 1.4.8 Hardware Details Details on the pins and package can be found in the following sections: ■ “Pin Diagram” on page 347 ■ “Signal Tables” on page 348 ■ “Operating Characteristics” on page 355 ■ “Electrical Characteristics” on page 356 ■ “Package Information” on page 366 November 14, 2008 31 Preliminary ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core 2 ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core The ARM Cortex-M3 processor provides the core for a high-performance, low-cost platform that meets the needs of minimal memory implementation, reduced pin count, and low power consumption, while delivering outstanding computational performance and exceptional system response to interrupts. Features include: ■ Compact core. ■ Thumb-2 instruction set, delivering the high-performance expected of an ARM core in the memory size usually associated with 8- and 16-bit devices; typically in the range of a few kilobytes of memory for microcontroller class applications. ■ Rapid application execution through Harvard architecture characterized by separate buses for instruction and data. ■ Exceptional interrupt handling, by implementing the register manipulations required for handling an interrupt in hardware. ■ Deterministic, fast interrupt processing: always 12 cycles, or just 6 cycles with tail-chaining ■ Memory protection unit (MPU) to provide a privileged mode of operation for complex applications. ■ Migration from the ARM7™ processor family for better performance and power efficiency. ■ Full-featured debug solution – Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port (SWJ-DP) – Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB) unit for implementing breakpoints – Data Watchpoint and Trigger (DWT) unit for implementing watchpoints, trigger resources, and system profiling – Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) for support of printf style debugging – Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) for bridging to a Trace Port Analyzer ■ Optimized for single-cycle flash usage ■ Three sleep modes with clock gating for low power ■ Single-cycle multiply instruction and hardware divide ■ Atomic operations ■ ARM Thumb2 mixed 16-/32-bit instruction set ■ 1.25 DMIPS/MHz ® The Stellaris family of microcontrollers builds on this core to bring high-performance 32-bit computing to cost-sensitive embedded microcontroller applications, such as factory automation and control, industrial control power devices, building and home automation, and stepper motors. 32 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller For more information on the ARM Cortex-M3 processor core, see the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. For information on SWJ-DP, see the ARM® CoreSight Technical Reference Manual. 2.1 Block Diagram Figure 2-1. CPU Block Diagram Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller Interrupts Sleep ARM Cortex-M3 CM3 Core Debug Instructions Data Trace Port Interface Unit Memory Protection Unit Flash Patch and Breakpoint Instrumentation Data Watchpoint Trace Macrocell and Trace 2.2 Adv. HighPerf. Bus Access Port Private Peripheral Bus (external) ROM Table Private Peripheral Bus (internal) Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port Serial Wire Output Trace Port (SWO) Adv. Peripheral Bus Bus Matrix I-code bus D-code bus System bus Functional Description Important: The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual describes all the features of an ARM Cortex-M3 in detail. However, these features differ based on the implementation. ® This section describes the Stellaris implementation. Luminary Micro has implemented the ARM Cortex-M3 core as shown in Figure 2-1 on page 33. As noted in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual, several Cortex-M3 components are flexible in their implementation: SW/JTAG-DP, ETM, TPIU, the ROM table, the MPU, and the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC). Each of these is addressed in the sections that follow. 2.2.1 Serial Wire and JTAG Debug Luminary Micro has replaced the ARM SW-DP and JTAG-DP with the ARM CoreSight™-compliant Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port (SWJ-DP) interface. This means Chapter 12, “Debug Port,” of the ® ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual does not apply to Stellaris devices. The SWJ-DP interface combines the SWD and JTAG debug ports into one module. See the CoreSight™ Design Kit Technical Reference Manual for details on SWJ-DP. November 14, 2008 33 Preliminary ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core 2.2.2 Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) ® ETM was not implemented in the Stellaris devices. This means Chapters 15 and 16 of the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual can be ignored. 2.2.3 Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) The TPIU acts as a bridge between the Cortex-M3 trace data from the ITM, and an off-chip Trace ® Port Analyzer. The Stellaris devices have implemented TPIU as shown in Figure 2-2 on page 34. This is similar to the non-ETM version described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual, however, SWJ-DP only provides SWV output for the TPIU. Figure 2-2. TPIU Block Diagram 2.2.4 Debug ATB Slave Port ATB Interface APB Slave Port APB Interface Asynchronous FIFO Trace Out (serializer) Serial Wire Trace Port (SWO) ROM Table The default ROM table was implemented as described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. 2.2.5 Memory Protection Unit (MPU) The Memory Protection Unit (MPU) is included on the LM3S600 controller and supports the standard ARMv7 Protected Memory System Architecture (PMSA) model. The MPU provides full support for protection regions, overlapping protection regions, access permissions, and exporting memory attributes to the system. 2.2.6 Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) The Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC): ■ Facilitates low-latency exception and interrupt handling ■ Controls power management ■ Implements system control registers 34 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller The NVIC supports up to 240 dynamically reprioritizable interrupts each with up to 256 levels of priority. The NVIC and the processor core interface are closely coupled, which enables low latency interrupt processing and efficient processing of late arriving interrupts. The NVIC maintains knowledge of the stacked (nested) interrupts to enable tail-chaining of interrupts. You can only fully access the NVIC from privileged mode, but you can pend interrupts in user-mode if you enable the Configuration Control Register (see the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual). Any other user-mode access causes a bus fault. All NVIC registers are accessible using byte, halfword, and word unless otherwise stated. 2.2.6.1 Interrupts The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual describes the maximum number of interrupts and interrupt priorities. The LM3S600 microcontroller supports 21 interrupts with eight priority levels. 2.2.6.2 System Timer (SysTick) Cortex-M3 includes an integrated system timer, SysTick. SysTick provides a simple, 24-bit clear-on-write, decrementing, wrap-on-zero counter with a flexible control mechanism. The counter can be used in several different ways, for example: ■ An RTOS tick timer which fires at a programmable rate (for example, 100 Hz) and invokes a SysTick routine. ■ A high-speed alarm timer using the system clock. ■ A variable rate alarm or signal timer—the duration is range-dependent on the reference clock used and the dynamic range of the counter. ■ A simple counter. Software can use this to measure time to completion and time used. ■ An internal clock source control based on missing/meeting durations. The COUNTFLAG bit-field in the control and status register can be used to determine if an action completed within a set duration, as part of a dynamic clock management control loop. Functional Description The timer consists of three registers: ■ A control and status counter to configure its clock, enable the counter, enable the SysTick interrupt, and determine counter status. ■ The reload value for the counter, used to provide the counter's wrap value. ■ The current value of the counter. ® A fourth register, the SysTick Calibration Value Register, is not implemented in the Stellaris devices. When enabled, the timer counts down from the reload value to zero, reloads (wraps) to the value in the SysTick Reload Value register on the next clock edge, then decrements on subsequent clocks. Writing a value of zero to the Reload Value register disables the counter on the next wrap. When the counter reaches zero, the COUNTFLAG status bit is set. The COUNTFLAG bit clears on reads. Writing to the Current Value register clears the register and the COUNTFLAG status bit. The write does not trigger the SysTick exception logic. On a read, the current value is the value of the register at the time the register is accessed. November 14, 2008 35 Preliminary ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core If the core is in debug state (halted), the counter will not decrement. The timer is clocked with respect to a reference clock. The reference clock can be the core clock or an external clock source. SysTick Control and Status Register Use the SysTick Control and Status Register to enable the SysTick features. The reset is 0x0000.0000. Bit/Field Name 31:17 reserved 16 Type Reset Description RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. COUNTFLAG R/W 0 Count Flag Returns 1 if timer counted to 0 since last time this was read. Clears on read by application. If read by the debugger using the DAP, this bit is cleared on read-only if the MasterType bit in the AHB-AP Control Register is set to 0. Otherwise, the COUNTFLAG bit is not changed by the debugger read. 15:3 2 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. CLKSOURCE R/W 0 Clock Source Value Description 0 External reference clock. (Not implemented for Stellaris microcontrollers.) 1 Core clock If no reference clock is provided, it is held at 1 and so gives the same time as the core clock. The core clock must be at least 2.5 times faster than the reference clock. If it is not, the count values are unpredictable. 1 TICKINT R/W 0 Tick Interrupt Value Description 0 ENABLE R/W 0 0 Counting down to 0 does not generate the interrupt request to the NVIC. Software can use the COUNTFLAG to determine if ever counted to 0. 1 Counting down to 0 pends the SysTick handler. Enable Value Description 0 Counter disabled. 1 Counter operates in a multi-shot way. That is, counter loads with the Reload value and then begins counting down. On reaching 0, it sets the COUNTFLAG to 1 and optionally pends the SysTick handler, based on TICKINT. It then loads the Reload value again, and begins counting. SysTick Reload Value Register Use the SysTick Reload Value Register to specify the start value to load into the current value register when the counter reaches 0. It can be any value between 1 and 0x00FF.FFFF. A start value of 0 is possible, but has no effect because the SysTick interrupt and COUNTFLAG are activated when counting from 1 to 0. Therefore, as a multi-shot timer, repeated over and over, it fires every N+1 clock pulse, where N is any value from 1 to 0x00FF.FFFF. So, if the tick interrupt is required every 100 clock pulses, 99 36 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller must be written into the RELOAD. If a new value is written on each tick interrupt, so treated as single shot, then the actual count down must be written. For example, if a tick is next required after 400 clock pulses, 400 must be written into the RELOAD. Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:24 reserved 23:0 RELOAD W1C RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. - Reload Value to load into the SysTick Current Value Register when the counter reaches 0. SysTick Current Value Register Use the SysTick Current Value Register to find the current value in the register. Bit/Field Name 31:24 reserved 23:0 Type Reset Description RO CURRENT W1C 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. - Current Value Current value at the time the register is accessed. No read-modify-write protection is provided, so change with care. This register is write-clear. Writing to it with any value clears the register to 0. Clearing this register also clears the COUNTFLAG bit of the SysTick Control and Status Register. SysTick Calibration Value Register The SysTick Calibration Value register is not implemented. November 14, 2008 37 Preliminary Memory Map 3 Memory Map The memory map for the LM3S600 controller is provided in Table 3-1 on page 38. In this manual, register addresses are given as a hexadecimal increment, relative to the module’s base address as shown in the memory map. See also Chapter 4, “Memory Map” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. a Table 3-1. Memory Map Start End Description 0x0000.0000 0x0000.7FFF On-chip flash 0x0000.8000 0x1FFF.FFFF Reserved For details on registers, see page ... Memory b 113 c 0x2000.0000 0x2000.1FFF Bit-banded on-chip SRAM 113 0x2000.2000 0x21FF.FFFF Reserved - 0x2200.0000 0x2203.FFFF Bit-band alias of 0x2000.0000 through 0x200F.FFFF 108 0x2204.0000 0x3FFF.FFFF Reserved - 0x4000.0000 0x4000.0FFF Watchdog timer 201 0x4000.1000 0x4000.3FFF Reserved - 0x4000.4000 0x4000.4FFF GPIO Port A 130 0x4000.5000 0x4000.5FFF GPIO Port B 130 0x4000.6000 0x4000.6FFF GPIO Port C 130 0x4000.7000 0x4000.7FFF GPIO Port D 130 0x4000.8000 0x4000.8FFF SSI0 272 0x4000.9000 0x4000.BFFF Reserved - 0x4000.C000 0x4000.CFFF UART0 228 0x4000.D000 0x4000.DFFF UART1 228 0x4000.E000 0x4001.FFFF Reserved - 0x4002.0000 0x4002.07FF I2C Master 0 312 0x4002.0800 0x4002.0FFF I2C Slave 0 325 0x4002.1000 0x4002.3FFF Reserved - 0x4002.4000 0x4002.4FFF GPIO Port E 130 0x4002.5000 0x4002.FFFF Reserved - 0x4003.0000 0x4003.0FFF Timer0 173 0x4003.1000 0x4003.1FFF Timer1 173 0x4003.2000 0x4003.2FFF Timer2 173 0x4003.3000 0x4003.BFFF Reserved - 0x4003.C000 0x4003.CFFF Analog Comparators 334 0x4003.D000 0x400F.CFFF Reserved - 0x400F.D000 0x400F.DFFF Flash control 113 0x400F.E000 0x400F.EFFF System control 61 FiRM Peripherals Peripherals 38 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Start End Description For details on registers, see page ... 0x400F.F000 0x41FF.FFFF Reserved - 0x4200.0000 0x43FF.FFFF Bit-banded alias of 0x4000.0000 through 0x400F.FFFF - 0x4400.0000 0xDFFF.FFFF Reserved - 0xE000.0000 0xE000.0FFF Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual 0xE000.1000 0xE000.1FFF Data Watchpoint and Trace (DWT) ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual 0xE000.2000 0xE000.2FFF Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB) ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual 0xE000.3000 0xE000.DFFF Reserved - 0xE000.E000 0xE000.EFFF Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual 0xE000.F000 0xE003.FFFF Reserved - 0xE004.0000 0xE004.0FFF Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual 0xE004.1000 0xFFFF.FFFF Reserved - Private Peripheral Bus a. All reserved space returns a bus fault when read or written. b. The unavailable flash will bus fault throughout this range. c. The unavailable SRAM will bus fault throughout this range. November 14, 2008 39 Preliminary Interrupts 4 Interrupts The ARM Cortex-M3 processor and the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) prioritize and handle all exceptions. All exceptions are handled in Handler Mode. The processor state is automatically stored to the stack on an exception, and automatically restored from the stack at the end of the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR). The vector is fetched in parallel to the state saving, which enables efficient interrupt entry. The processor supports tail-chaining, which enables back-to-back interrupts to be performed without the overhead of state saving and restoration. Table 4-1 on page 40 lists all exception types. Software can set eight priority levels on seven of these exceptions (system handlers) as well as on 21 interrupts (listed in Table 4-2 on page 41). Priorities on the system handlers are set with the NVIC System Handler Priority registers. Interrupts are enabled through the NVIC Interrupt Set Enable register and prioritized with the NVIC Interrupt Priority registers. You also can group priorities by splitting priority levels into pre-emption priorities and subpriorities. All of the interrupt registers are described in Chapter 8, “Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. Internally, the highest user-settable priority (0) is treated as fourth priority, after a Reset, NMI, and a Hard Fault. Note that 0 is the default priority for all the settable priorities. If you assign the same priority level to two or more interrupts, their hardware priority (the lower position number) determines the order in which the processor activates them. For example, if both GPIO Port A and GPIO Port B are priority level 1, then GPIO Port A has higher priority. Important: It may take several processor cycles after a write to clear an interrupt source in order for NVIC to see the interrupt source de-assert. This means if the interrupt clear is done as the last action in an interrupt handler, it is possible for the interrupt handler to complete while NVIC sees the interrupt as still asserted, causing the interrupt handler to be re-entered errantly. This can be avoided by either clearing the interrupt source at the beginning of the interrupt handler or by performing a read or write after the write to clear the interrupt source (and flush the write buffer). See Chapter 5, “Exceptions” and Chapter 8, “Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more information on exceptions and interrupts. Table 4-1. Exception Types Exception Type Vector Number - 0 Reset 1 Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI) 2 a Priority - Description Stack top is loaded from first entry of vector table on reset. -3 (highest) Invoked on power up and warm reset. On first instruction, drops to lowest priority (and then is called the base level of activation). This is asynchronous. -2 Cannot be stopped or preempted by any exception but reset. This is asynchronous. An NMI is only producible by software, using the NVIC Interrupt Control State register. Hard Fault 3 -1 All classes of Fault, when the fault cannot activate due to priority or the configurable fault handler has been disabled. This is synchronous. Memory Management 4 settable MPU mismatch, including access violation and no match. This is synchronous. The priority of this exception can be changed. 40 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Exception Type a Vector Number Priority Bus Fault 5 settable Usage Fault 6 settable Description Pre-fetch fault, memory access fault, and other address/memory related faults. This is synchronous when precise and asynchronous when imprecise. You can enable or disable this fault. - Usage fault, such as undefined instruction executed or illegal state transition attempt. This is synchronous. 7-10 - SVCall 11 settable System service call with SVC instruction. This is synchronous. Debug Monitor 12 settable Debug monitor (when not halting). This is synchronous, but only active when enabled. It does not activate if lower priority than the current activation. - 13 - PendSV 14 settable Pendable request for system service. This is asynchronous and only pended by software. 15 settable System tick timer has fired. This is asynchronous. 16 and above settable Asserted from outside the ARM Cortex-M3 core and fed through the NVIC (prioritized). These are all asynchronous. Table 4-2 on page 41 lists the interrupts on the LM3S600 controller. SysTick Interrupts Reserved. Reserved. a. 0 is the default priority for all the settable priorities. Table 4-2. Interrupts Vector Number Interrupt Number (Bit in Interrupt Registers) 0-15 - Processor exceptions 16 0 GPIO Port A 17 1 GPIO Port B 18 2 GPIO Port C 19 3 GPIO Port D 20 4 GPIO Port E 21 5 UART0 22 6 UART1 23 7 SSI0 24 8 I2C0 25-33 9-17 34 18 Watchdog timer 35 19 Timer0 A 36 20 Timer0 B 37 21 Timer1 A 38 22 Timer1 B 39 23 Timer2 A 40 24 Timer2 B 41 25 Analog Comparator 0 42 26 Analog Comparator 1 43 27 Analog Comparator 2 44 28 System Control November 14, 2008 Description Reserved 41 Preliminary Interrupts Vector Number Interrupt Number (Bit in Interrupt Registers) Description 45 29 Flash Control 46-70 30-54 42 Reserved November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 5 JTAG Interface The Joint Test Action Group (JTAG) port is an IEEE standard that defines a Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture for digital integrated circuits and provides a standardized serial interface for controlling the associated test logic. The TAP, Instruction Register (IR), and Data Registers (DR) can be used to test the interconnections of assembled printed circuit boards and obtain manufacturing information on the components. The JTAG Port also provides a means of accessing and controlling design-for-test features such as I/O pin observation and control, scan testing, and debugging. The JTAG port is comprised of five pins: TRST, TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. Data is transmitted serially into the controller on TDI and out of the controller on TDO. The interpretation of this data is dependent on the current state of the TAP controller. For detailed information on the operation of the JTAG port and TAP controller, please refer to the IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture. The Luminary Micro JTAG controller works with the ARM JTAG controller built into the Cortex-M3 core. This is implemented by multiplexing the TDO outputs from both JTAG controllers. ARM JTAG instructions select the ARM TDO output while Luminary Micro JTAG instructions select the Luminary Micro TDO outputs. The multiplexer is controlled by the Luminary Micro JTAG controller, which has comprehensive programming for the ARM, Luminary Micro, and unimplemented JTAG instructions. ® The Stellaris JTAG module has the following features: ■ IEEE 1149.1-1990 compatible Test Access Port (TAP) controller ■ Four-bit Instruction Register (IR) chain for storing JTAG instructions ■ IEEE standard instructions: BYPASS, IDCODE, SAMPLE/PRELOAD, EXTEST and INTEST ■ ARM additional instructions: APACC, DPACC and ABORT ■ Integrated ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD) See the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more information on the ARM JTAG controller. November 14, 2008 43 Preliminary JTAG Interface 5.1 Block Diagram Figure 5-1. JTAG Module Block Diagram TRST TCK TMS TDI TAP Controller Instruction Register (IR) BYPASS Data Register TDO Boundary Scan Data Register IDCODE Data Register ABORT Data Register DPACC Data Register APACC Data Register Cortex-M3 Debug Port 5.2 Functional Description A high-level conceptual drawing of the JTAG module is shown in Figure 5-1 on page 44. The JTAG module is composed of the Test Access Port (TAP) controller and serial shift chains with parallel update registers. The TAP controller is a simple state machine controlled by the TRST, TCK and TMS inputs. The current state of the TAP controller depends on the current value of TRST and the sequence of values captured on TMS at the rising edge of TCK. The TAP controller determines when the serial shift chains capture new data, shift data from TDI towards TDO, and update the parallel load registers. The current state of the TAP controller also determines whether the Instruction Register (IR) chain or one of the Data Register (DR) chains is being accessed. The serial shift chains with parallel load registers are comprised of a single Instruction Register (IR) chain and multiple Data Register (DR) chains. The current instruction loaded in the parallel load register determines which DR chain is captured, shifted, or updated during the sequencing of the TAP controller. Some instructions, like EXTEST and INTEST, operate on data currently in a DR chain and do not capture, shift, or update any of the chains. Instructions that are not implemented decode to the BYPASS instruction to ensure that the serial path between TDI and TDO is always connected (see Table 5-2 on page 49 for a list of implemented instructions). See “JTAG and Boundary Scan” on page 359 for JTAG timing diagrams. 5.2.1 JTAG Interface Pins The JTAG interface consists of five standard pins: TRST,TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. These pins and their associated reset state are given in Table 5-1 on page 45. Detailed information on each pin follows. 44 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Table 5-1. JTAG Port Pins Reset State 5.2.1.1 Pin Name Data Direction Internal Pull-Up Internal Pull-Down Drive Strength Drive Value TRST Input Enabled Disabled N/A N/A TCK Input Enabled Disabled N/A N/A TMS Input Enabled Disabled N/A N/A TDI Input Enabled Disabled N/A N/A TDO Output Enabled Disabled 2-mA driver High-Z Test Reset Input (TRST) The TRST pin is an asynchronous active Low input signal for initializing and resetting the JTAG TAP controller and associated JTAG circuitry. When TRST is asserted, the TAP controller resets to the Test-Logic-Reset state and remains there while TRST is asserted. When the TAP controller enters the Test-Logic-Reset state, the JTAG Instruction Register (IR) resets to the default instruction, IDCODE. By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TRST pin is enabled after reset. Changes to the pull-up resistor settings on GPIO Port B should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains enabled on PB7/TRST; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost. 5.2.1.2 Test Clock Input (TCK) The TCK pin is the clock for the JTAG module. This clock is provided so the test logic can operate independently of any other system clocks. In addition, it ensures that multiple JTAG TAP controllers that are daisy-chained together can synchronously communicate serial test data between components. During normal operation, TCK is driven by a free-running clock with a nominal 50% duty cycle. When necessary, TCK can be stopped at 0 or 1 for extended periods of time. While TCK is stopped at 0 or 1, the state of the TAP controller does not change and data in the JTAG Instruction and Data Registers is not lost. By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TCK pin is enabled after reset. This assures that no clocking occurs if the pin is not driven from an external source. The internal pull-up and pull-down resistors can be turned off to save internal power as long as the TCK pin is constantly being driven by an external source. 5.2.1.3 Test Mode Select (TMS) The TMS pin selects the next state of the JTAG TAP controller. TMS is sampled on the rising edge of TCK. Depending on the current TAP state and the sampled value of TMS, the next state is entered. Because the TMS pin is sampled on the rising edge of TCK, the IEEE Standard 1149.1 expects the value on TMS to change on the falling edge of TCK. Holding TMS high for five consecutive TCK cycles drives the TAP controller state machine to the Test-Logic-Reset state. When the TAP controller enters the Test-Logic-Reset state, the JTAG Instruction Register (IR) resets to the default instruction, IDCODE. Therefore, this sequence can be used as a reset mechanism, similar to asserting TRST. The JTAG Test Access Port state machine can be seen in its entirety in Figure 5-2 on page 47. By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TMS pin is enabled after reset. Changes to the pull-up resistor settings on GPIO Port C should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains enabled on PC1/TMS; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost. November 14, 2008 45 Preliminary JTAG Interface 5.2.1.4 Test Data Input (TDI) The TDI pin provides a stream of serial information to the IR chain and the DR chains. TDI is sampled on the rising edge of TCK and, depending on the current TAP state and the current instruction, presents this data to the proper shift register chain. Because the TDI pin is sampled on the rising edge of TCK, the IEEE Standard 1149.1 expects the value on TDI to change on the falling edge of TCK. By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TDI pin is enabled after reset. Changes to the pull-up resistor settings on GPIO Port C should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains enabled on PC2/TDI; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost. 5.2.1.5 Test Data Output (TDO) The TDO pin provides an output stream of serial information from the IR chain or the DR chains. The value of TDO depends on the current TAP state, the current instruction, and the data in the chain being accessed. In order to save power when the JTAG port is not being used, the TDO pin is placed in an inactive drive state when not actively shifting out data. Because TDO can be connected to the TDI of another controller in a daisy-chain configuration, the IEEE Standard 1149.1 expects the value on TDO to change on the falling edge of TCK. By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TDO pin is enabled after reset. This assures that the pin remains at a constant logic level when the JTAG port is not being used. The internal pull-up and pull-down resistors can be turned off to save internal power if a High-Z output value is acceptable during certain TAP controller states. 5.2.2 JTAG TAP Controller The JTAG TAP controller state machine is shown in Figure 5-2 on page 47. The TAP controller state machine is reset to the Test-Logic-Reset state on the assertion of a Power-On-Reset (POR) or the assertion of TRST. Asserting the correct sequence on the TMS pin allows the JTAG module to shift in new instructions, shift in data, or idle during extended testing sequences. For detailed information on the function of the TAP controller and the operations that occur in each state, please refer to IEEE Standard 1149.1. 46 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Figure 5-2. Test Access Port State Machine Test Logic Reset 1 0 Run Test Idle 0 Select DR Scan 1 Select IR Scan 1 0 1 Capture DR 1 Capture IR 0 0 Shift DR Shift IR 0 1 Exit 1 DR Exit 1 IR 1 Pause IR 0 1 Exit 2 DR 0 1 0 Exit 2 IR 1 1 Update DR 5.2.3 1 0 Pause DR 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 Update IR 1 0 Shift Registers The Shift Registers consist of a serial shift register chain and a parallel load register. The serial shift register chain samples specific information during the TAP controller’s CAPTURE states and allows this information to be shifted out of TDO during the TAP controller’s SHIFT states. While the sampled data is being shifted out of the chain on TDO, new data is being shifted into the serial shift register on TDI. This new data is stored in the parallel load register during the TAP controller’s UPDATE states. Each of the shift registers is discussed in detail in “Register Descriptions” on page 49. 5.2.4 Operational Considerations There are certain operational considerations when using the JTAG module. Because the JTAG pins can be programmed to be GPIOs, board configuration and reset conditions on these pins must be considered. In addition, because the JTAG module has integrated ARM Serial Wire Debug, the method for switching between these two operational modes is described below. November 14, 2008 47 Preliminary JTAG Interface 5.2.4.1 GPIO Functionality When the microcontroller is reset with either a POR or RST, the JTAG port pins default to their JTAG configurations. The default configuration includes enabling the pull-up resistors (setting GPIOPUR to 1 for PB7 and PC[3:0]) and enabling the alternate hardware function (setting GPIOAFSEL to 1 for PB7 and PC[3:0]) on the JTAG pins. It is possible for software to configure these pins as GPIOs after reset by writing 0s to PB7 and PC[3:0] in the GPIOAFSEL register. If the user does not require the JTAG port for debugging or board-level testing, this provides five more GPIOs for use in the design. Caution – If the JTAG pins are used as GPIOs in a design, PB7 and PC2 cannot have external pull-down resistors connected to both of them at the same time. If both pins are pulled Low during reset, the controller has unpredictable behavior. If this happens, remove one or both of the pull-down resistors, and apply RST or power-cycle the part. It is possible to create a software sequence that prevents the debugger from connecting to the Stellaris® microcontroller. If the program code loaded into flash immediately changes the JTAG pins to their GPIO functionality, the debugger may not have enough time to connect and halt the controller before the JTAG pin functionality switches. This may lock the debugger out of the part. This can be avoided with a software routine that restores JTAG functionality based on an external or software trigger. 5.2.4.2 ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD) In order to seamlessly integrate the ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD) functionality, a serial-wire debugger must be able to connect to the Cortex-M3 core without having to perform, or have any knowledge of, JTAG cycles. This is accomplished with a SWD preamble that is issued before the SWD session begins. The switching preamble used to enable the SWD interface of the SWJ-DP module starts with the TAP controller in the Test-Logic-Reset state. From here, the preamble sequences the TAP controller through the following states: Run Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, Capture IR, Exit1 IR, Update IR, Run Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, Capture IR, Exit1 IR, Update IR, Run Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, and Test-Logic-Reset states. Stepping through the JTAG TAP Instruction Register (IR) load sequences of the TAP state machine twice without shifting in a new instruction enables the SWD interface and disables the JTAG interface. For more information on this operation and the SWD interface, see the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual and the ARM® CoreSight Technical Reference Manual. Because this sequence is a valid series of JTAG operations that could be issued, the ARM JTAG TAP controller is not fully compliant to the IEEE Standard 1149.1. This is the only instance where the ARM JTAG TAP controller does not meet full compliance with the specification. Due to the low probability of this sequence occurring during normal operation of the TAP controller, it should not affect normal performance of the JTAG interface. 5.3 Initialization and Configuration After a Power-On-Reset or an external reset (RST), the JTAG pins are automatically configured for JTAG communication. No user-defined initialization or configuration is needed. However, if the user application changes these pins to their GPIO function, they must be configured back to their JTAG functionality before JTAG communication can be restored. This is done by enabling the five JTAG pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]) for their alternate function using the GPIOAFSEL register. In addition to enabling the alternate functions, any other changes to the GPIO pad configurations on the five JTAG pins (PB7 andPC[3:0]) should be reverted to their default settings. 48 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 5.4 Register Descriptions There are no APB-accessible registers in the JTAG TAP Controller or Shift Register chains. The registers within the JTAG controller are all accessed serially through the TAP Controller. The registers can be broken down into two main categories: Instruction Registers and Data Registers. 5.4.1 Instruction Register (IR) The JTAG TAP Instruction Register (IR) is a four-bit serial scan chain connected between the JTAG TDI and TDO pins with a parallel load register. When the TAP Controller is placed in the correct states, bits can be shifted into the Instruction Register. Once these bits have been shifted into the chain and updated, they are interpreted as the current instruction. The decode of the Instruction Register bits is shown in Table 5-2 on page 49. A detailed explanation of each instruction, along with its associated Data Register, follows. Table 5-2. JTAG Instruction Register Commands IR[3:0] Instruction 0000 EXTEST Drives the values preloaded into the Boundary Scan Chain by the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction onto the pads. 0001 INTEST Drives the values preloaded into the Boundary Scan Chain by the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction into the controller. 0010 5.4.1.1 Description SAMPLE / PRELOAD Captures the current I/O values and shifts the sampled values out of the Boundary Scan Chain while new preload data is shifted in. 1000 ABORT Shifts data into the ARM Debug Port Abort Register. 1010 DPACC Shifts data into and out of the ARM DP Access Register. 1011 APACC Shifts data into and out of the ARM AC Access Register. 1110 IDCODE Loads manufacturing information defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 into the IDCODE chain and shifts it out. 1111 BYPASS Connects TDI to TDO through a single Shift Register chain. All Others Reserved Defaults to the BYPASS instruction to ensure that TDI is always connected to TDO. EXTEST Instruction The EXTEST instruction is not associated with its own Data Register chain. The EXTEST instruction uses the data that has been preloaded into the Boundary Scan Data Register using the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction. When the EXTEST instruction is present in the Instruction Register, the preloaded data in the Boundary Scan Data Register associated with the outputs and output enables are used to drive the GPIO pads rather than the signals coming from the core. This allows tests to be developed that drive known values out of the controller, which can be used to verify connectivity. While the EXTEST instruction is present in the Instruction Register, the Boundary Scan Data Register can be accessed to sample and shift out the current data and load new data into the Boundary Scan Data Register. 5.4.1.2 INTEST Instruction The INTEST instruction is not associated with its own Data Register chain. The INTEST instruction uses the data that has been preloaded into the Boundary Scan Data Register using the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction. When the INTEST instruction is present in the Instruction Register, the preloaded data in the Boundary Scan Data Register associated with the inputs are used to drive the signals going into the core rather than the signals coming from the GPIO pads. This allows tests to be developed that drive known values into the controller, which can be used for testing. It is important to note that although the RST input pin is on the Boundary Scan Data Register chain, it is only observable. While the INTEXT instruction is present in the Instruction Register, the Boundary November 14, 2008 49 Preliminary JTAG Interface Scan Data Register can be accessed to sample and shift out the current data and load new data into the Boundary Scan Data Register. 5.4.1.3 SAMPLE/PRELOAD Instruction The SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction connects the Boundary Scan Data Register chain between TDI and TDO. This instruction samples the current state of the pad pins for observation and preloads new test data. Each GPIO pad has an associated input, output, and output enable signal. When the TAP controller enters the Capture DR state during this instruction, the input, output, and output-enable signals to each of the GPIO pads are captured. These samples are serially shifted out of TDO while the TAP controller is in the Shift DR state and can be used for observation or comparison in various tests. While these samples of the inputs, outputs, and output enables are being shifted out of the Boundary Scan Data Register, new data is being shifted into the Boundary Scan Data Register from TDI. Once the new data has been shifted into the Boundary Scan Data Register, the data is saved in the parallel load registers when the TAP controller enters the Update DR state. This update of the parallel load register preloads data into the Boundary Scan Data Register that is associated with each input, output, and output enable. This preloaded data can be used with the EXTEST and INTEST instructions to drive data into or out of the controller. Please see “Boundary Scan Data Register” on page 51 for more information. 5.4.1.4 ABORT Instruction The ABORT instruction connects the associated ABORT Data Register chain between TDI and TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the ABORT Register of the ARM Debug Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this Data Register clears various error bits or initiates a DAP abort of a previous request. Please see the “ABORT Data Register” on page 52 for more information. 5.4.1.5 DPACC Instruction The DPACC instruction connects the associated DPACC Data Register chain between TDI and TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the DPACC Register of the ARM Debug Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this register and reading the data output from this register allows read and write access to the ARM debug and status registers. Please see “DPACC Data Register” on page 52 for more information. 5.4.1.6 APACC Instruction The APACC instruction connects the associated APACC Data Register chain between TDI and TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the APACC Register of the ARM Debug Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this register and reading the data output from this register allows read and write access to internal components and buses through the Debug Port. Please see “APACC Data Register” on page 52 for more information. 5.4.1.7 IDCODE Instruction The IDCODE instruction connects the associated IDCODE Data Register chain between TDI and TDO. This instruction provides information on the manufacturer, part number, and version of the ARM core. This information can be used by testing equipment and debuggers to automatically configure their input and output data streams. IDCODE is the default instruction that is loaded into the JTAG Instruction Register when a Power-On-Reset (POR) is asserted, TRST is asserted, or the Test-Logic-Reset state is entered. Please see “IDCODE Data Register” on page 51 for more information. 50 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 5.4.1.8 BYPASS Instruction The BYPASS instruction connects the associated BYPASS Data Register chain between TDI and TDO. This instruction is used to create a minimum length serial path between the TDI and TDO ports. The BYPASS Data Register is a single-bit shift register. This instruction improves test efficiency by allowing components that are not needed for a specific test to be bypassed in the JTAG scan chain by loading them with the BYPASS instruction. Please see “BYPASS Data Register” on page 51 for more information. 5.4.2 Data Registers The JTAG module contains six Data Registers. These include: IDCODE, BYPASS, Boundary Scan, APACC, DPACC, and ABORT serial Data Register chains. Each of these Data Registers is discussed in the following sections. 5.4.2.1 IDCODE Data Register The format for the 32-bit IDCODE Data Register defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 is shown in Figure 5-3 on page 51. The standard requires that every JTAG-compliant device implement either the IDCODE instruction or the BYPASS instruction as the default instruction. The LSB of the IDCODE Data Register is defined to be a 1 to distinguish it from the BYPASS instruction, which has an LSB of 0. This allows auto configuration test tools to determine which instruction is the default instruction. The major uses of the JTAG port are for manufacturer testing of component assembly, and program development and debug. To facilitate the use of auto-configuration debug tools, the IDCODE instruction outputs a value of 0x1BA00477. This value indicates an ARM Cortex-M3, Version 1 processor. This allows the debuggers to automatically configure themselves to work correctly with the Cortex-M3 during debug. Figure 5-3. IDCODE Register Format 31 TDI 5.4.2.2 28 27 Version 12 11 Part Number 1 0 Manufacturer ID 1 TDO BYPASS Data Register The format for the 1-bit BYPASS Data Register defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 is shown in Figure 5-4 on page 51. The standard requires that every JTAG-compliant device implement either the BYPASS instruction or the IDCODE instruction as the default instruction. The LSB of the BYPASS Data Register is defined to be a 0 to distinguish it from the IDCODE instruction, which has an LSB of 1. This allows auto configuration test tools to determine which instruction is the default instruction. Figure 5-4. BYPASS Register Format 0 TDI 5.4.2.3 0 TDO Boundary Scan Data Register The format of the Boundary Scan Data Register is shown in Figure 5-5 on page 52. Each GPIO pin, starting with a GPIO pin next to the JTAG port pins, is included in the Boundary Scan Data November 14, 2008 51 Preliminary JTAG Interface Register. Each GPIO pin has three associated digital signals that are included in the chain. These signals are input, output, and output enable, and are arranged in that order as can be seen in the figure. For detailed information on the order of the input, output, and output enable bits for each of the GPIO ports and any other pins included on the Boundary Scan Data Chain, please refer to the ® Stellaris Family Boundary Scan Description Language (BSDL) files, downloadable from www.luminarymicro.com. When the Boundary Scan Data Register is accessed with the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction, the input, output, and output enable from each digital pad are sampled and then shifted out of the chain to be verified. The sampling of these values occurs on the rising edge of TCK in the Capture DR state of the TAP controller. While the sampled data is being shifted out of the Boundary Scan chain in the Shift DR state of the TAP controller, new data can be preloaded into the chain for use with the EXTEST and INTEST instructions. These instructions either force data out of the controller, with the EXTEST instruction, or into the controller, with the INTEST instruction. Figure 5-5. Boundary Scan Register Format TDI I N O U T O E ... GPIO PB6 5.4.2.4 I N O U T GPIO m O E I N RST I N O U T GPIO m+1 O E ... I N O U T O TDO E GPIO n APACC Data Register The format for the 35-bit APACC Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. 5.4.2.5 DPACC Data Register The format for the 35-bit DPACC Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. 5.4.2.6 ABORT Data Register The format for the 35-bit ABORT Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. 52 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 6 System Control System control determines the overall operation of the device. It provides information about the device, controls the clocking to the core and individual peripherals, and handles reset detection and reporting. 6.1 Functional Description The System Control module provides the following capabilities: ■ Device identification, see “Device Identification” on page 53 ■ Local control, such as reset (see “Reset Control” on page 53), power (see “Power Control” on page 56) and clock control (see “Clock Control” on page 56) ■ System control (Run, Sleep, and Deep-Sleep modes), see “System Control” on page 59 6.1.1 Device Identification Several read-only registers provide software with information on the microcontroller, such as version, part number, SRAM size, flash size, and other features. See the DID0, DID1, and DC0-DC4 registers. 6.1.2 Reset Control This section discusses aspects of hardware functions during reset as well as system software requirements following the reset sequence. 6.1.2.1 Reset Sources The controller has six sources of reset: 1. External reset input pin (RST) assertion, see “RST Pin Assertion” on page 53. 2. Power-on reset (POR), see “Power-On Reset (POR)” on page 54. 3. Internal brown-out (BOR) detector, see “Brown-Out Reset (BOR)” on page 54. 4. Software-initiated reset (with the software reset registers), see “Software Reset” on page 55. 5. A watchdog timer reset condition violation, see “Watchdog Timer Reset” on page 56. 6. Internal low drop-out (LDO) regulator output After a reset, the Reset Cause (RESC) register is set with the reset cause. The bits in this register are sticky and maintain their state across multiple reset sequences,except when an external reset is the cause, and then all the other bits in the RESC register are cleared. Note: 6.1.2.2 The main oscillator is used for external resets and power-on resets; the internal oscillator is used during the internal process by internal reset and clock verification circuitry. RST Pin Assertion The external reset pin (RST) resets the controller. This resets the core and all the peripherals except the JTAG TAP controller (see “JTAG Interface” on page 43). The external reset sequence is as follows: November 14, 2008 53 Preliminary System Control 1. The external reset pin (RST) is asserted and then de-asserted. 2. After RST is de-asserted, the main crystal oscillator is allowed to settle and there is an internal main oscillator counter that takes from 15-30 ms to account for this. During this time, internal reset to the rest of the controller is held active. 3. The internal reset is released and the core fetches and loads the initial stack pointer, the initial program counter, the first instruction designated by the program counter, and begins execution. The external reset timing is shown in Figure 18-5 on page 361. 6.1.2.3 Power-On Reset (POR) The Power-On Reset (POR) circuitry detects a rise in power-supply voltage (VDD) and generates an on-chip reset pulse. To use the on-chip circuitry, the RST input needs to be connected to the power supply (VDD) through a pull-up resistor (1K to 10K Ω). The device must be operating within the specified operating parameters at the point when the on-chip power-on reset pulse is complete. The specified operating parameters include supply voltage, frequency, temperature, and so on. If the operating conditions are not met at the point of POR end, ® the Stellaris controller does not operate correctly. In this case, the reset must be extended using external circuitry. The RST input may be used with the circuit as shown in Figure 6-1 on page 54. Figure 6-1. External Circuitry to Extend Reset Stellaris D1 R1 RST C1 R2 The R1 and C1 components define the power-on delay. The R2 resistor mitigates any leakage from the RST input. The diode (D1) discharges C1 rapidly when the power supply is turned off. The Power-On Reset sequence is as follows: 1. The controller waits for the later of external reset (RST) or internal POR to go inactive. 2. After the resets are inactive, the main crystal oscillator is allowed to settle and there is an internal main oscillator counter that takes from 15-30 ms to account for this. During this time, internal reset to the rest of the controller is held active. 3. The internal reset is released and the core fetches and loads the initial stack pointer, the initial program counter, the first instruction designated by the program counter, and begins execution. The internal POR is only active on the initial power-up of the controller. The Power-On Reset timing is shown in Figure 18-6 on page 361. Note: 6.1.2.4 The power-on reset also resets the JTAG controller. An external reset does not. Brown-Out Reset (BOR) A drop in the input voltage resulting in the assertion of the internal brown-out detector can be used to reset the controller. This is initially disabled and may be enabled by software. 54 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller The system provides a brown-out detection circuit that triggers if the power supply (VDD) drops below a brown-out threshold voltage (VBTH). The circuit is provided to guard against improper operation of logic and peripherals that operate off the power supply voltage (VDD) and not the LDO voltage. If a brown-out condition is detected, the system may generate a controller interrupt or a system reset. The BOR circuit has a digital filter that protects against noise-related detection for the interrupt condition. This feature may be optionally enabled. Brown-out resets are controlled with the Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL) register. The BORIOR bit in the PBORCTL register must be set for a brown-out condition to trigger a reset. The brown-out reset sequence is as follows: 1. When VDD drops below VBTH, an internal BOR condition is set. 2. If the BORWT bit in the PBORCTL register is set and BORIOR is not set, the BOR condition is resampled, after a delay specified by BORTIM, to determine if the original condition was caused by noise. If the BOR condition is not met the second time, then no further action is taken. 3. If the BOR condition exists, an internal reset is asserted. 4. The internal reset is released and the controller fetches and loads the initial stack pointer, the initial program counter, the first instruction designated by the program counter, and begins execution. 5. The internal BOR condition is reset after 500 µs to prevent another BOR condition from being set before software has a chance to investigate the original cause. The internal Brown-Out Reset timing is shown in Figure 18-7 on page 361. 6.1.2.5 Software Reset Software can reset a specific peripheral or generate a reset to the entire system . Peripherals can be individually reset by software via three registers that control reset signals to each peripheral (see the SRCRn registers). If the bit position corresponding to a peripheral is set and subsequently cleared, the peripheral is reset. The encoding of the reset registers is consistent with the encoding of the clock gating control for peripherals and on-chip functions (see “System Control” on page 59). Note that all reset signals for all clocks of the specified unit are asserted as a result of a software-initiated reset. The entire system can be reset by software by setting the SYSRESETREQ bit in the Cortex-M3 Application Interrupt and Reset Control register resets the entire system including the core. The software-initiated system reset sequence is as follows: 1. A software system reset is initiated by writing the SYSRESETREQ bit in the ARM Cortex-M3 Application Interrupt and Reset Control register. 2. An internal reset is asserted. 3. The internal reset is deasserted and the controller loads from memory the initial stack pointer, the initial program counter, and the first instruction designated by the program counter, and then begins execution. The software-initiated system reset timing is shown in Figure 18-8 on page 362. November 14, 2008 55 Preliminary System Control 6.1.2.6 Watchdog Timer Reset The watchdog timer module's function is to prevent system hangs. The watchdog timer can be configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on its first time-out, and to generate a reset signal on its second time-out. After the first time-out event, the 32-bit counter is reloaded with the value of the Watchdog Timer Load (WDTLOAD) register, and the timer resumes counting down from that value. If the timer counts down to its zero state again before the first time-out interrupt is cleared, and the reset signal has been enabled, the watchdog timer asserts its reset signal to the system. The watchdog timer reset sequence is as follows: 1. The watchdog timer times out for the second time without being serviced. 2. An internal reset is asserted. 3. The internal reset is released and the controller loads from memory the initial stack pointer, the initial program counter, the first instruction designated by the program counter, and begins execution. The watchdog reset timing is shown in Figure 18-9 on page 362. 6.1.2.7 Low Drop-Out (LDO) A reset can be initiated when the internal low drop-out (LDO) regulator output goes unregulated. This is initially disabled and may be enabled by software. LDO is controlled with the LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL) register. The LDO reset sequence is as follows: 1. LDO goes unregulated and the LDOARST bit in the LDOARST register is set. 2. An internal reset is asserted. 3. The internal reset is released and the controller fetches and loads the initial stack pointer, the initial program counter, the first instruction designated by the program counter, and begins execution. The LDO reset timing is shown in Figure 18-10 on page 362. 6.1.3 Power Control ® The Stellaris microcontroller provides an integrated LDO regulator that is used to provide power to the majority of the controller's internal logic. For power reduction, the LDO regulator provides software a mechanism to adjust the regulated value, in small increments (VSTEP), over the range of 2.25 V to 2.75 V (inclusive)—or 2.5 V ± 10%. The adjustment is made by changing the value of the VADJ field in the LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL) register. 6.1.4 Clock Control System control determines the control of clocks in this part. 6.1.4.1 Fundamental Clock Sources There are multiple clock sources for use in the device: ■ Internal Oscillator (IOSC). The internal oscillator is an on-chip clock source. It does not require the use of any external components. The frequency of the internal oscillator is 12 MHz ± 30%. 56 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Applications that do not depend on accurate clock sources may use this clock source to reduce system cost. ■ Main Oscillator (MOSC). The main oscillator provides a frequency-accurate clock source by one of two means: an external single-ended clock source is connected to the OSC0 input pin, or an external crystal is connected across the OSC0 input and OSC1 output pins. The crystal value allowed depends on whether the main oscillator is used as the clock reference source to the PLL. If so, the crystal must be one of the supported frequencies between 3.579545 MHz through 8.192 MHz (inclusive). If the PLL is not being used, the crystal may be any one of the supported frequencies between 1 MHz and 8.192 MHz. The single-ended clock source range is from DC through the specified speed of the device. The supported crystals are listed in the XTAL bit field in the RCC register (see page 71). The internal system clock (SysClk), is derived from any of the above sources plus two others: the output of the main internal PLL, and the internal oscillator divided by four (3 MHz ± 30%). The frequency of the PLL clock reference must be in the range of 3.579545 MHz to 8.192 MHz (inclusive). Nearly all of the control for the clocks is provided by the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register. Figure 6-2 on page 57 shows the logic for the main clock tree. The peripheral blocks are driven by the system clock signal and can be individually enabled/disabled. Figure 6-2. Main Clock Tree USESYSDIVa OSC1 OSC2 Main Osc 1-8 MHz SYSDIVa Internal Osc 12 MHz System Clock PLL (200 MHz output) ÷4 OSCSRCa OENa BYPASSa a XTAL PWRDNa a. These are bit fields within the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register. 6.1.4.2 Crystal Configuration for the Main Oscillator (MOSC) The main oscillator supports the use of a select number of crystals. If the main oscillator is used by the PLL as a reference clock, the supported range of crystals is 3.579545 to 8.192 MHz, otherwise, the range of supported crystals is 1 to 8.192 MHz. The XTAL bit in the RCC register (see page 71) describes the available crystal choices and default programming values. Software configures the RCC register XTAL field with the crystal number. If the PLL is used in the design, the XTAL field value is internally translated to the PLL settings. November 14, 2008 57 Preliminary System Control 6.1.4.3 Main PLL Frequency Configuration The main PLL is disabled by default during power-on reset and is enabled later by software if required. Software configures the main PLL input reference clock source, specifies the output divisor to set the system clock frequency, and enables the main PLL to drive the output. If the main oscillator provides the clock reference to the main PLL, the translation provided by hardware and used to program the PLL is available for software in the XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG) register (see page 75). The internal translation provides a translation within ± 1% of the targeted PLL VCO frequency. The Crystal Value field (XTAL) on page 71 describes the available crystal choices and default programming of the PLLCFG register. The crystal number is written into the XTAL field of the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register. Any time the XTAL field changes, the new settings are translated and the internal PLL settings are updated. 6.1.4.4 PLL Modes The PLL has two modes of operation: Normal and Power-Down ■ Normal: The PLL multiplies the input clock reference and drives the output. ■ Power-Down: Most of the PLL internal circuitry is disabled and the PLL does not drive the output. The modes are programmed using the RCC register fields (see page 71). 6.1.4.5 PLL Operation If a PLL configuration is changed, the PLL output frequency is unstable until it reconverges (relocks) to the new setting. The time between the configuration change and relock is TREADY (see Table 18-6 on page 358). During the relock time, the affected PLL is not usable as a clock reference. The PLL is changed by one of the following: ■ Change to the XTAL value in the RCC register—writes of the same value do not cause a relock. ■ Change in the PLL from Power-Down to Normal mode. A counter is defined to measure the TREADY requirement. The counter is clocked by the main oscillator. The range of the main oscillator has been taken into account and the down counter is set to 0x1200 (that is, ~600 μs at an 8.192 MHz external oscillator clock). Hardware is provided to keep the PLL from being used as a system clock until the TREADY condition is met after one of the two changes above. It is the user's responsibility to have a stable clock source (like the main oscillator) before the RCC register is switched to use the PLL. If the main PLL is enabled and the system clock is switched to use the PLL in one step, the system control hardware continues to clock the controller from the oscillator selected by the RCC register until the main PLL is stable (TREADY time met), after which it changes to the PLL. Software can use many methods to ensure that the system is clocked from the main PLL, including periodically polling the PLLLRIS bit in the Raw Interrupt Status (RIS) register, and enabling the PLL Lock interrupt. 6.1.4.6 Clock Verification Timers There are three identical clock verification circuits that can be enabled though software. The circuit checks the faster clock by a slower clock using timers: ■ The main oscillator checks the PLL. 58 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller ■ The main oscillator checks the internal oscillator. ■ The internal oscillator divided by 64 checks the main oscillator. If the verification timer function is enabled and a failure is detected, the main clock tree is immediately switched to a working clock and an interrupt is generated to the controller. Software can then determine the course of action to take. The actual failure indication and clock switching does not clear without a write to the CLKVCLR register, an external reset, or a POR reset. The clock verification timers are controlled by the PLLVER , IOSCVER , and MOSCVER bits in the RCC register. 6.1.5 System Control For power-savings purposes, the RCGCn , SCGCn , and DCGCn registers control the clock gating logic for each peripheral or block in the system while the controller is in Run, Sleep, and Deep-Sleep mode, respectively. The DC1 , DC2 and DC4 registers act as a write mask for the RCGCn , SCGCn, and DCGCn registers. There are three levels of operation for the device defined as: ■ Run Mode. In Run mode, the controller actively executes code. Run mode provides normal operation of the processor and all of the peripherals that are currently enabled by the RCGCn registers. The system clock can be any of the available clock sources including the PLL. ■ Sleep Mode. In Sleep mode, the clock frequency of the active peripherals is unchanged, but the processor and the memory subsystem are not clocked and therefore no longer execute code. Sleep mode is entered by the Cortex-M3 core executing a WFI(Wait for Interrupt) instruction. Any properly configured interrupt event in the system will bring the processor back into Run mode. See the system control NVIC section of the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more details. Peripherals are clocked that are enabled in the SCGCn register when auto-clock gating is enabled (see the RCC register) or the RCGCn register when the auto-clock gating is disabled. The system clock has the same source and frequency as that during Run mode. ■ Deep-Sleep Mode. In Deep-Sleep mode, the clock frequency of the active peripherals may change (depending on the Run mode clock configuration) in addition to the processor clock being stopped. An interrupt returns the device to Run mode from one of the sleep modes. Deep-Sleep mode is entered by first writing the Deep Sleep Enable bit in the ARM Cortex-M3 NVIC system control register and then executing a WFI instruction. Any properly configured interrupt event in the system will bring the processor back into Run mode. See the system control NVIC section of the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more details. The Cortex-M3 processor core and the memory subsystem are not clocked. Peripherals are clocked that are enabled in the DCGCn register when auto-clock gating is enabled (see the RCC register) or the RCGCn register when auto-clock gating is disabled. The system clock source is the main oscillator by default or the internal oscillator specified in the DSLPCLKCFG register if one is enabled. When the DSLPCLKCFG register is used, the internal oscillator is powered up, if necessary, and the main oscillator is powered down. If the PLL is running at the time of the WFI instruction, hardware will power the PLL down and override the SYSDIV field of the active RCC register to be /16 or /64, respectively. When the Deep-Sleep exit event occurs, hardware brings the system clock back to the source and frequency it had at the onset of Deep-Sleep mode before enabling the clocks that had been stopped during the Deep-Sleep duration. November 14, 2008 59 Preliminary System Control 6.2 Initialization and Configuration The PLL is configured using direct register writes to the RCC register. The steps required to successfully change the PLL-based system clock are: 1. Bypass the PLL and system clock divider by setting the BYPASS bit and clearing the USESYS bit in the RCC register. This configures the system to run off a “raw” clock source and allows for the new PLL configuration to be validated before switching the system clock to the PLL. 2. Select the crystal value (XTAL) and oscillator source (OSCSRC), and clear the PWRDN and OEN bits in RCC. Setting the XTAL field automatically pulls valid PLL configuration data for the appropriate crystal, and clearing the PWRDN and OEN bits powers and enables the PLL and its output. 3. Select the desired system divider (SYSDIV) in RCC and set the USESYS bit in RCC. The SYSDIV field determines the system frequency for the microcontroller. 4. Wait for the PLL to lock by polling the PLLLRIS bit in the Raw Interrupt Status (RIS) register. 5. Enable use of the PLL by clearing the BYPASS bit in RCC. Note: 6.3 If the BYPASS bit is cleared before the PLL locks, it is possible to render the device unusable. Register Map Table 6-1 on page 60 lists the System Control registers, grouped by function. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s address, relative to the System Control base address of 0x400F.E000. Note: Spaces in the System Control register space that are not used are reserved for future or internal use by Luminary Micro, Inc. Software should not modify any reserved memory address. Table 6-1. System Control Register Map Description See page Offset Name Type Reset 0x000 DID0 RO - Device Identification 0 62 0x004 DID1 RO - Device Identification 1 79 0x008 DC0 RO 0x001F.000F Device Capabilities 0 81 0x010 DC1 RO 0x0000.309F Device Capabilities 1 82 0x014 DC2 RO 0x0707.1013 Device Capabilities 2 84 0x018 DC3 RO 0xBF00.7FC0 Device Capabilities 3 86 0x01C DC4 RO 0x0000.001F Device Capabilities 4 88 0x030 PBORCTL R/W 0x0000.7FFD Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control 64 0x034 LDOPCTL R/W 0x0000.0000 LDO Power Control 65 0x040 SRCR0 R/W 0x00000000 Software Reset Control 0 104 0x044 SRCR1 R/W 0x00000000 Software Reset Control 1 105 60 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Name Type Reset 0x048 SRCR2 R/W 0x00000000 Software Reset Control 2 107 0x050 RIS RO 0x0000.0000 Raw Interrupt Status 66 0x054 IMC R/W 0x0000.0000 Interrupt Mask Control 67 0x058 MISC R/W1C 0x0000.0000 Masked Interrupt Status and Clear 69 0x05C RESC R/W - Reset Cause 70 0x060 RCC R/W 0x0780.3AC0 Run-Mode Clock Configuration 71 0x064 PLLCFG RO - XTAL to PLL Translation 75 0x100 RCGC0 R/W 0x00000040 Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 89 0x104 RCGC1 R/W 0x00000000 Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 92 0x108 RCGC2 R/W 0x00000000 Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 98 0x110 SCGC0 R/W 0x00000040 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 90 0x114 SCGC1 R/W 0x00000000 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 94 0x118 SCGC2 R/W 0x00000000 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 100 0x120 DCGC0 R/W 0x00000040 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 91 0x124 DCGC1 R/W 0x00000000 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 96 0x128 DCGC2 R/W 0x00000000 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 102 0x144 DSLPCLKCFG R/W 0x0780.0000 Deep Sleep Clock Configuration 76 0x150 CLKVCLR R/W 0x0000.0000 Clock Verification Clear 77 0x160 LDOARST R/W 0x0000.0000 Allow Unregulated LDO to Reset the Part 78 6.4 Description See page Offset Register Descriptions All addresses given are relative to the System Control base address of 0x400F.E000. November 14, 2008 61 Preliminary System Control Register 1: Device Identification 0 (DID0), offset 0x000 This register identifies the version of the device. Device Identification 0 (DID0) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x000 Type RO, reset 31 30 reserved Type Reset 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 VER 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - MAJOR Type Reset MINOR Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31 reserved RO 0 30:28 VER RO 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. DID0 Version This field defines the DID0 register format version. The version number is numeric. The value of the VER field is encoded as follows: Value Description 0x0 27:16 reserved RO 0x0 15:8 MAJOR RO - Initial DID0 register format definition for Stellaris® Sandstorm-class devices. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Major Revision This field specifies the major revision number of the device. The major revision reflects changes to base layers of the design. The major revision number is indicated in the part number as a letter (A for first revision, B for second, and so on). This field is encoded as follows: Value Description 0x0 Revision A (initial device) 0x1 Revision B (first base layer revision) 0x2 Revision C (second base layer revision) and so on. 62 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 7:0 MINOR RO - Description Minor Revision This field specifies the minor revision number of the device. The minor revision reflects changes to the metal layers of the design. The MINOR field value is reset when the MAJOR field is changed. This field is numeric and is encoded as follows: Value Description 0x0 Initial device, or a major revision update. 0x1 First metal layer change. 0x2 Second metal layer change. and so on. November 14, 2008 63 Preliminary System Control Register 2: Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL), offset 0x030 This register is responsible for controlling reset conditions after initial power-on reset. Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x030 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.7FFD 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BORIOR BORWT R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 1 reserved Type Reset BORTIM Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:16 reserved RO 0x0 15:2 BORTIM R/W 0x1FFF Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. BOR Time Delay This field specifies the number of internal oscillator clocks delayed before the BOR output is resampled if the BORWT bit is set. The width of this field is derived by the t BOR width of 500 μs and the internal oscillator (IOSC) frequency of 12 MHz ± 30%. At +30%, the counter value has to exceed 7,800. 1 BORIOR R/W 0 BOR Interrupt or Reset This bit controls how a BOR event is signaled to the controller. If set, a reset is signaled. Otherwise, an interrupt is signaled. 0 BORWT R/W 1 BOR Wait and Check for Noise This bit specifies the response to a brown-out signal assertion if BORIOR is not set. If BORWT is set to 1 and BORIOR is cleared to 0, the controller waits BORTIM IOSC periods and resamples the BOR output. If still asserted, a BOR interrupt is signalled. If no longer asserted, the initial assertion is suppressed (attributable to noise). If BORWT is 0, BOR assertions do not resample the output and any condition is reported immediately if enabled. 64 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 3: LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL), offset 0x034 The VADJ field in this register adjusts the on-chip output voltage (VOUT). LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x034 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 VADJ Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31:6 reserved RO 0 5:0 VADJ R/W 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. LDO Output Voltage This field sets the on-chip output voltage. The programming values for the VADJ field are provided below. Value VOUT (V) 0x00 2.50 0x01 2.45 0x02 2.40 0x03 2.35 0x04 2.30 0x05 2.25 0x06-0x3F Reserved 0x1B 2.75 0x1C 2.70 0x1D 2.65 0x1E 2.60 0x1F 2.55 November 14, 2008 65 Preliminary System Control Register 4: Raw Interrupt Status (RIS), offset 0x050 Central location for system control raw interrupts. These are set and cleared by hardware. Raw Interrupt Status (RIS) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x050 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PLLLRIS CLRIS IOFRIS MOFRIS LDORIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 BORRIS PLLFRIS RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:7 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 6 PLLLRIS RO 0 PLL Lock Raw Interrupt Status This bit is set when the PLL TREADY Timer asserts. 5 CLRIS RO 0 Current Limit Raw Interrupt Status This bit is set if the LDO’s CLE output asserts. 4 IOFRIS RO 0 Internal Oscillator Fault Raw Interrupt Status This bit is set if an internal oscillator fault is detected. 3 MOFRIS RO 0 Main Oscillator Fault Raw Interrupt Status This bit is set if a main oscillator fault is detected. 2 LDORIS RO 0 LDO Power Unregulated Raw Interrupt Status This bit is set if a LDO voltage is unregulated. 1 BORRIS RO 0 Brown-Out Reset Raw Interrupt Status This bit is the raw interrupt status for any brown-out conditions. If set, a brown-out condition is currently active. This is an unregistered signal from the brown-out detection circuit. An interrupt is reported if the BORIM bit in the IMC register is set and the BORIOR bit in the PBORCTL register is cleared. 0 PLLFRIS RO 0 PLL Fault Raw Interrupt Status This bit is set if a PLL fault is detected (stops oscillating). 66 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 5: Interrupt Mask Control (IMC), offset 0x054 Central location for system control interrupt masks. Interrupt Mask Control (IMC) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x054 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PLLLIM CLIM IOFIM MOFIM LDOIM BORIM PLLFIM RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:7 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 6 PLLLIM R/W 0 PLL Lock Interrupt Mask This bit specifies whether a PLL Lock interrupt is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is generated if PLLLRIS in RIS is set; otherwise, an interrupt is not generated. 5 CLIM R/W 0 Current Limit Interrupt Mask This bit specifies whether a current limit detection is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is generated if CLRIS is set; otherwise, an interrupt is not generated. 4 IOFIM R/W 0 Internal Oscillator Fault Interrupt Mask This bit specifies whether an internal oscillator fault detection is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is generated if IOFRIS is set; otherwise, an interrupt is not generated. 3 MOFIM R/W 0 Main Oscillator Fault Interrupt Mask This bit specifies whether a main oscillator fault detection is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is generated if MOFRIS is set; otherwise, an interrupt is not generated. 2 LDOIM R/W 0 LDO Power Unregulated Interrupt Mask This bit specifies whether an LDO unregulated power situation is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is generated if LDORIS is set; otherwise, an interrupt is not generated. 1 BORIM R/W 0 Brown-Out Reset Interrupt Mask This bit specifies whether a brown-out condition is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is generated if BORRIS is set; otherwise, an interrupt is not generated. November 14, 2008 67 Preliminary System Control Bit/Field Name Type Reset 0 PLLFIM R/W 0 Description PLL Fault Interrupt Mask This bit specifies whether a PLL fault detection is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is generated if PLLFRIS is set; otherwise, an interrupt is not generated. 68 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 6: Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC), offset 0x058 On a read, this register gives the current masked status value of the corresponding interrupt. All of the bits are R/W1C and this action also clears the corresponding raw interrupt bit in the RIS register (see page 66). Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x058 Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PLLLMIS CLMIS IOFMIS RO 0 RO 0 R/W1C 0 R/W1C 0 R/W1C 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 MOFMIS LDOMIS R/W1C 0 R/W1C 0 BORMIS reserved R/W1C 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:7 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 6 PLLLMIS R/W1C 0 PLL Lock Masked Interrupt Status This bit is set when the PLL TREADY timer asserts. The interrupt is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit. 5 CLMIS R/W1C 0 Current Limit Masked Interrupt Status This bit is set if the LDO’s CLE output asserts. The interrupt is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit. 4 IOFMIS R/W1C 0 Internal Oscillator Fault Masked Interrupt Status This bit is set if an internal oscillator fault is detected. The interrupt is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit. 3 MOFMIS R/W1C 0 Main Oscillator Fault Masked Interrupt Status This bit is set if a main oscillator fault is detected. The interrupt is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit. 2 LDOMIS R/W1C 0 LDO Power Unregulated Masked Interrupt Status This bit is set if LDO power is unregulated. The interrupt is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit. 1 BORMIS R/W1C 0 BOR Masked Interrupt Status This bit is the masked interrupt status for any brown-out conditions. If set, a brown-out condition was detected. An interrupt is reported if the BORIM bit in the IMC register is set and the BORIOR bit in the PBORCTL register is cleared. The interrupt is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit. 0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. November 14, 2008 69 Preliminary System Control Register 7: Reset Cause (RESC), offset 0x05C This field specifies the cause of the reset event to software. The reset value is determined by the cause of the reset. When an external reset is the cause (EXT is set), all other reset bits are cleared. However, if the reset is due to any other cause, the remaining bits are sticky, allowing software to see all causes. Reset Cause (RESC) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x05C Type R/W, reset 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LDO SW WDT BOR POR EXT RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W - R/W - R/W - R/W - R/W - R/W - reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:6 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 5 LDO R/W - LDO Reset When set, indicates the LDO circuit has lost regulation and has generated a reset event. 4 SW R/W - Software Reset When set, indicates a software reset is the cause of the reset event. 3 WDT R/W - Watchdog Timer Reset When set, indicates a watchdog reset is the cause of the reset event. 2 BOR R/W - Brown-Out Reset When set, indicates a brown-out reset is the cause of the reset event. 1 POR R/W - Power-On Reset When set, indicates a power-on reset is the cause of the reset event. 0 EXT R/W - External Reset When set, indicates an external reset (RST assertion) is the cause of the reset event. 70 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 8: Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC), offset 0x060 This register is defined to provide source control and frequency speed. Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x060 Type R/W, reset 0x0780.3AC0 31 30 29 28 26 25 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 PWRDN OEN BYPASS PLLVER R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 27 24 23 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 9 8 R/W 1 R/W 0 ACG 21 20 19 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 0 SYSDIV 22 Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31:28 reserved RO 0x0 27 ACG R/W 0 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 2 1 0 reserved USESYSDIV XTAL 18 OSCSRC R/W 0 IOSCVER MOSCVER IOSCDIS MOSCDIS R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Auto Clock Gating This bit specifies whether the system uses the Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control (SCGCn) registers and Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control (DCGCn) registers if the controller enters a Sleep or Deep-Sleep mode (respectively). If set, the SCGCn or DCGCn registers are used to control the clocks distributed to the peripherals when the controller is in a sleep mode. Otherwise, the Run-Mode Clock Gating Control (RCGCn) registers are used when the controller enters a sleep mode. The RCGCn registers are always used to control the clocks in Run mode. This allows peripherals to consume less power when the controller is in a sleep mode and the peripheral is unused. November 14, 2008 71 Preliminary System Control Bit/Field Name Type Reset 26:23 SYSDIV R/W 0xF Description System Clock Divisor Specifies which divisor is used to generate the system clock from the PLL output. The PLL VCO frequency is 200 MHz. Value Divisor (BYPASS=1) Frequency (BYPASS=0) 0x0 reserved reserved 0x1 /2 reserved 0x2 /3 reserved 0x3 /4 50 MHz 0x4 /5 40 MHz 0x5 /6 33.33 MHz 0x6 /7 28.57 MHz 0x7 /8 25 MHz 0x8 /9 22.22 MHz 0x9 /10 20 MHz 0xA /11 18.18 MHz 0xB /12 16.67 MHz 0xC /13 15.38 MHz 0xD /14 14.29 MHz 0xE /15 13.33 MHz 0xF /16 12.5 MHz (default) When reading the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register (see page 71), the SYSDIV value is MINSYSDIV if a lower divider was requested and the PLL is being used. This lower value is allowed to divide a non-PLL source. 22 USESYSDIV R/W 0 Enable System Clock Divider Use the system clock divider as the source for the system clock. The system clock divider is forced to be used when the PLL is selected as the source. 21:14 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 13 PWRDN R/W 1 PLL Power Down This bit connects to the PLL PWRDN input. The reset value of 1 powers down the PLL. See Table 6-2 on page 74 for PLL mode control. 12 OEN R/W 1 PLL Output Enable This bit specifies whether the PLL output driver is enabled. If cleared, the driver transmits the PLL clock to the output. Otherwise, the PLL clock does not oscillate outside the PLL module. Note: 72 Both PWRDN and OEN must be cleared to run the PLL. November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 11 BYPASS R/W 1 PLL Bypass Chooses whether the system clock is derived from the PLL output or the OSC source. If set, the clock that drives the system is the OSC source. Otherwise, the clock that drives the system is the PLL output clock divided by the system divider. 10 PLLVER R/W 0 PLL Verification This bit controls the PLL verification timer function. If set, the verification timer is enabled and an interrupt is generated if the PLL becomes inoperative. Otherwise, the verification timer is not enabled. 9:6 XTAL R/W 0xB Crystal Value This field specifies the crystal value attached to the main oscillator. The encoding for this field is provided below. Value 5:4 OSCSRC R/W 0x0 Crystal Frequency (MHz) Not Using the PLL Crystal Frequency (MHz) Using the PLL 0x0 1.000 reserved 0x1 1.8432 reserved 0x2 2.000 reserved 0x3 2.4576 reserved 0x4 3.579545 MHz 0x5 3.6864 MHz 0x6 4 MHz 0x7 4.096 MHz 0x8 4.9152 MHz 0x9 5 MHz 0xA 5.12 MHz 0xB 6 MHz (reset value) 0xC 6.144 MHz 0xD 7.3728 MHz 0xE 8 MHz 0xF 8.192 MHz Oscillator Source Selects the input source for the OSC. The values are: Value Input Source 0x0 MOSC Main oscillator (default) 0x1 IOSC Internal oscillator 0x2 IOSC/4 Internal oscillator / 4 (this is necessary if used as input to PLL) 0x3 reserved November 14, 2008 73 Preliminary System Control Bit/Field Name Type Reset 3 IOSCVER R/W 0 Description Internal Oscillator Verification Timer This bit controls the internal oscillator verification timer function. If set, the verification timer is enabled and an interrupt is generated if the timer becomes inoperative. Otherwise, the verification timer is not enabled. 2 MOSCVER R/W 0 Main Oscillator Verification Timer This bit controls the main oscillator verification timer function. If set, the verification timer is enabled and an interrupt is generated if the timer becomes inoperative. Otherwise, the verification timer is not enabled. 1 IOSCDIS R/W 0 Internal Oscillator Disable 0: Internal oscillator (IOSC) is enabled. 1: Internal oscillator is disabled. 0 MOSCDIS R/W 0 Main Oscillator Disable 0: Main oscillator is enabled (default). 1: Main oscillator is disabled . Table 6-2. PLL Mode Control PWRDN OEN Mode 1 X Power down 0 0 Normal 74 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 9: XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG), offset 0x064 This register provides a means of translating external crystal frequencies into the appropriate PLL settings. This register is initialized during the reset sequence and updated anytime that the XTAL field changes in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register (see page 71). The PLL frequency is calculated using the PLLCFG field values, as follows: PLLFreq = OSCFreq * (F + 2) / (R + 2) XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x064 Type RO, reset 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - RO - reserved Type Reset OD Type Reset RO - F Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31:16 reserved RO 0x0 15:14 OD RO - R Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. PLL OD Value This field specifies the value supplied to the PLL’s OD input. Value Description 13:5 F RO - 0x0 Divide by 1 0x1 Divide by 2 0x2 Divide by 4 0x3 Reserved PLL F Value This field specifies the value supplied to the PLL’s F input. 4:0 R RO - PLL R Value This field specifies the value supplied to the PLL’s R input. November 14, 2008 75 Preliminary System Control Register 10: Deep Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG), offset 0x144 This register is used to automatically switch from the main oscillator to the internal oscillator when entering Deep-Sleep mode. The system clock source is the main oscillator by default. When this register is set, the internal oscillator is powered up and the main oscillator is powered down. When the Deep-Sleep exit event occurs, hardware brings the system clock back to the source and frequency it had at the onset of Deep-Sleep mode. Deep Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x144 Type R/W, reset 0x0780.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31:1 reserved RO 0x0 0 IOSC R/W 0 RO 0 IOSC R/W 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. IOSC Clock Source When set, forces IOSC to be clock source during Deep-Sleep (overrides DSOSCSRC field if set) 76 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 11: Clock Verification Clear (CLKVCLR), offset 0x150 This register is provided as a means of clearing the clock verification circuits by software. Since the clock verification circuits force a known good clock to control the process, the controller is allowed the opportunity to solve the problem and clear the verification fault. This register clears all clock verification faults. To clear a clock verification fault, the VERCLR bit must be set and then cleared by software. This bit is not self-clearing. Clock Verification Clear (CLKVCLR) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x150 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 VERCLR R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:1 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 VERCLR R/W 0 Clock Verification Clear Clears clock verification faults. November 14, 2008 77 Preliminary System Control Register 12: Allow Unregulated LDO to Reset the Part (LDOARST), offset 0x160 This register is provided as a means of allowing the LDO to reset the part if the voltage goes unregulated. Use this register to choose whether to automatically reset the part if the LDO goes unregulated, based on the design tolerance for LDO fluctuation. Allow Unregulated LDO to Reset the Part (LDOARST) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x160 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 0 LDOARST RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:1 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 LDOARST R/W 0 LDO Reset When set, allows unregulated LDO output to reset the part. 78 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 13: Device Identification 1 (DID1), offset 0x004 This register identifies the device family, part number, temperature range, and package type. Device Identification 1 (DID1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x004 Type RO, reset 31 30 29 28 27 26 RO 0 25 24 23 22 21 20 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO - RO - RO 0 VER Type Reset FAM TEMP RO 0 18 17 16 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 2 1 0 PARTNO reserved Type Reset 19 Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31:28 VER RO 0x0 RO - PKG ROHS RO 1 RO 1 QUAL RO - RO - Description DID1 Version This field defines the DID1 register format version. The version number is numeric. The value of the VER field is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 0x0 27:24 FAM RO 0x0 Initial DID1 register format definition, indicating a Stellaris LM3Snnn device. Family This field provides the family identification of the device within the Luminary Micro product portfolio. The value is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 0x0 23:16 PARTNO RO 0x2A Stellaris family of microcontollers, that is, all devices with external part numbers starting with LM3S. Part Number This field provides the part number of the device within the family. The value is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 0x2A LM3S600 15:8 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. November 14, 2008 79 Preliminary System Control Bit/Field Name Type Reset 7:5 TEMP RO - Description Temperature Range This field specifies the temperature rating of the device. The value is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 4:3 PKG RO 0x1 0x0 Commercial temperature range (0°C to 70°C) 0x1 Industrial temperature range (-40°C to 85°C) 0x2 Extended temperature range (-40°C to 105°C) Package Type This field specifies the package type. The value is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 0x1 2 ROHS RO 1 48-pin LQFP package RoHS-Compliance This bit specifies whether the device is RoHS-compliant. A 1 indicates the part is RoHS-compliant. 1:0 QUAL RO - Qualification Status This field specifies the qualification status of the device. The value is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 0x0 Engineering Sample (unqualified) 0x1 Pilot Production (unqualified) 0x2 Fully Qualified 80 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 14: Device Capabilities 0 (DC0), offset 0x008 This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features. Device Capabilities 0 (DC0) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x008 Type RO, reset 0x001F.000F 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 SRAMSZ Type Reset FLASHSZ Type Reset RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:16 SRAMSZ RO 0x001F SRAM Size Indicates the size of the on-chip SRAM memory. Value Description 0x001F 8 KB of SRAM 15:0 FLASHSZ RO 0x000F Flash Size Indicates the size of the on-chip flash memory. Value Description 0x000F 32 KB of Flash November 14, 2008 81 Preliminary System Control Register 15: Device Capabilities 1 (DC1), offset 0x010 This register provides a list of features available in the system. The Stellaris family uses this register format to indicate the availability of the following family features in the specific device: PWM, ADC, Watchdog timer, and debug capabilities. This register also indicates the maximum clock frequency and maximum ADC sample rate. The format of this register is consistent with the RCGC0, SCGC0, and DCGC0 clock control registers and the SRCR0 software reset control register. Device Capabilities 1 (DC1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x010 Type RO, reset 0x0000.309F 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PLL WDT SWO SWD JTAG RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 reserved Type Reset MINSYSDIV Type Reset reserved RO 1 MPU Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31:16 reserved RO 0 15:12 MINSYSDIV RO 0x3 RO 1 reserved RO 0 RO 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. System Clock Divider Minimum 4-bit divider value for system clock. The reset value is hardware-dependent. See the RCC register for how to change the system clock divisor using the SYSDIV bit. Value Description 0x3 Specifies a 50-MHz CPU clock with a PLL divider of 4. 11:8 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7 MPU RO 1 MPU Present When set, indicates that the Cortex-M3 Memory Protection Unit (MPU) module is present. See the ARM Cortex-M3 Technical Reference Manual for details on the MPU. 6:5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 4 PLL RO 1 PLL Present When set, indicates that the on-chip Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is present. 3 WDT RO 1 Watchdog Timer Present When set, indicates that a watchdog timer is present. 82 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 2 SWO RO 1 Description SWO Trace Port Present When set, indicates that the Serial Wire Output (SWO) trace port is present. 1 SWD RO 1 SWD Present When set, indicates that the Serial Wire Debugger (SWD) is present. 0 JTAG RO 1 JTAG Present When set, indicates that the JTAG debugger interface is present. November 14, 2008 83 Preliminary System Control Register 16: Device Capabilities 2 (DC2), offset 0x014 This register provides a list of features available in the system. The Stellaris family uses this register format to indicate the availability of the following family features in the specific device: Analog Comparators, General-Purpose Timers, I2Cs, QEIs, SSIs, and UARTs. The format of this register is consistent with the RCGC1, SCGC1, and DCGC1 clock control registers and the SRCR1 software reset control register. Device Capabilities 2 (DC2) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x014 Type RO, reset 0x0707.1013 31 30 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 RO 1 RO 1 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 I2C0 RO 0 RO 1 23 22 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 RO 0 21 20 19 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 6 5 4 3 RO 0 RO 0 reserved reserved RO 0 SSI0 RO 1 18 17 16 TIMER2 TIMER1 TIMER0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 2 1 0 UART1 UART0 RO 1 RO 1 reserved RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:27 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 26 COMP2 RO 1 Analog Comparator 2 Present When set, indicates that analog comparator 2 is present. 25 COMP1 RO 1 Analog Comparator 1 Present When set, indicates that analog comparator 1 is present. 24 COMP0 RO 1 Analog Comparator 0 Present When set, indicates that analog comparator 0 is present. 23:19 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 18 TIMER2 RO 1 Timer 2 Present When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 2 is present. 17 TIMER1 RO 1 Timer 1 Present When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 1 is present. 16 TIMER0 RO 1 Timer 0 Present When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 0 is present. 15:13 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 12 I2C0 RO 1 I2C Module 0 Present When set, indicates that I2C module 0 is present. 84 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 11:5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 4 SSI0 RO 1 SSI0 Present When set, indicates that SSI module 0 is present. 3:2 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 1 UART1 RO 1 UART1 Present When set, indicates that UART module 1 is present. 0 UART0 RO 1 UART0 Present When set, indicates that UART module 0 is present. November 14, 2008 85 Preliminary System Control Register 17: Device Capabilities 3 (DC3), offset 0x018 This register provides a list of features available in the system. The Stellaris family uses this register format to indicate the availability of the following family features in the specific device: Analog Comparator I/Os, CCP I/Os, ADC I/Os, and PWM I/Os. Device Capabilities 3 (DC3) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x018 Type RO, reset 0xBF00.7FC0 Type Reset Type Reset 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 32KHZ reserved CCP5 CCP4 CCP3 CCP2 CCP1 CCP0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 reserved C2O RO 0 RO 1 C2PLUS C2MINUS RO 1 RO 1 C1O C1PLUS C1MINUS RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31 32KHZ RO 1 23 22 21 20 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 RO 0 C0O RO 1 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved C0PLUS C0MINUS RO 1 RO 1 reserved Description 32KHz Input Clock Available When set, indicates the 32KHz pin or an even CCP pin is present and can be used as a 32-KHz input clock. 30 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 29 CCP5 RO 1 CCP5 Pin Present When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 5 is present. 28 CCP4 RO 1 CCP4 Pin Present When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 4 is present. 27 CCP3 RO 1 CCP3 Pin Present When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 3 is present. 26 CCP2 RO 1 CCP2 Pin Present When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 2 is present. 25 CCP1 RO 1 CCP1 Pin Present When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 1 is present. 24 CCP0 RO 1 CCP0 Pin Present When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 0 is present. 23:15 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 14 C2O RO 1 C2o Pin Present When set, indicates that the analog comparator 2 output pin is present. 86 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 13 C2PLUS RO 1 Description C2+ Pin Present When set, indicates that the analog comparator 2 (+) input pin is present. 12 C2MINUS RO 1 C2- Pin Present When set, indicates that the analog comparator 2 (-) input pin is present. 11 C1O RO 1 C1o Pin Present When set, indicates that the analog comparator 1 output pin is present. 10 C1PLUS RO 1 C1+ Pin Present When set, indicates that the analog comparator 1 (+) input pin is present. 9 C1MINUS RO 1 C1- Pin Present When set, indicates that the analog comparator 1 (-) input pin is present. 8 C0O RO 1 C0o Pin Present When set, indicates that the analog comparator 0 output pin is present. 7 C0PLUS RO 1 C0+ Pin Present When set, indicates that the analog comparator 0 (+) input pin is present. 6 C0MINUS RO 1 C0- Pin Present When set, indicates that the analog comparator 0 (-) input pin is present. 5:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. November 14, 2008 87 Preliminary System Control Register 18: Device Capabilities 4 (DC4), offset 0x01C This register provides a list of features available in the system. The Stellaris family uses this register format to indicate the availability of GPIOs in the specific device. The format of this register is consistent with the RCGC2, SCGC2, and DCGC2 clock control registers and the SRCR2 software reset control register. Device Capabilities 4 (DC4) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x01C Type RO, reset 0x0000.001F 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPIOE GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 4 GPIOE RO 1 GPIO Port E Present When set, indicates that GPIO Port E is present. 3 GPIOD RO 1 GPIO Port D Present When set, indicates that GPIO Port D is present. 2 GPIOC RO 1 GPIO Port C Present When set, indicates that GPIO Port C is present. 1 GPIOB RO 1 GPIO Port B Present When set, indicates that GPIO Port B is present. 0 GPIOA RO 1 GPIO Port A Present When set, indicates that GPIO Port A is present. 88 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 19: Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (RCGC0), offset 0x100 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC0 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC0 for Sleep operation, and DCGC0 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (RCGC0) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x100 Type R/W, reset 0x00000040 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset WDT R/W 0 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:4 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 3 WDT R/W 0 WDT Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for the WDT module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates a bus fault. 2:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. November 14, 2008 89 Preliminary System Control Register 20: Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (SCGC0), offset 0x110 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC0 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC0 for Sleep operation, and DCGC0 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (SCGC0) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x110 Type R/W, reset 0x00000040 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 WDT RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:4 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 3 WDT R/W 0 WDT Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for the WDT module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates a bus fault. 2:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 90 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 21: Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (DCGC0), offset 0x120 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC0 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC0 for Sleep operation, and DCGC0 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (DCGC0) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x120 Type R/W, reset 0x00000040 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 WDT RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:4 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 3 WDT R/W 0 WDT Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for the WDT module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates a bus fault. 2:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. November 14, 2008 91 Preliminary System Control Register 22: Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (RCGC1), offset 0x104 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC1 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC1 for Sleep operation, and DCGC1 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (RCGC1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x104 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 R/W 0 R/W 0 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 I2C0 RO 0 R/W 0 23 22 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 RO 0 21 20 19 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 6 5 4 3 RO 0 RO 0 reserved reserved RO 0 SSI0 R/W 0 18 17 16 TIMER2 TIMER1 TIMER0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 UART1 UART0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:27 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 26 COMP2 R/W 0 Analog Comparator 2 Clock Gating This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 25 COMP1 R/W 0 Analog Comparator 1 Clock Gating This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 24 COMP0 R/W 0 Analog Comparator 0 Clock Gating This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 23:19 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 92 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 18 TIMER2 R/W 0 Description Timer 2 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 17 TIMER1 R/W 0 Timer 1 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 16 TIMER0 R/W 0 Timer 0 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 15:13 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 12 I2C0 R/W 0 I2C0 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 11:5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 4 SSI0 R/W 0 SSI0 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 3:2 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 1 UART1 R/W 0 UART1 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 0 UART0 R/W 0 UART0 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. November 14, 2008 93 Preliminary System Control Register 23: Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (SCGC1), offset 0x114 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC1 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC1 for Sleep operation, and DCGC1 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (SCGC1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x114 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 RO 0 14 13 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 26 25 24 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 12 11 10 9 I2C0 RO 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 20 19 reserved RO 0 RO 0 17 16 TIMER1 TIMER0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 4 3 2 SSI0 RO 0 18 TIMER2 R/W 0 reserved RO 0 RO 0 1 0 UART1 UART0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:27 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 26 COMP2 R/W 0 Analog Comparator 2 Clock Gating This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 25 COMP1 R/W 0 Analog Comparator 1 Clock Gating This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 24 COMP0 R/W 0 Analog Comparator 0 Clock Gating This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 23:19 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 94 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 18 TIMER2 R/W 0 Description Timer 2 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 17 TIMER1 R/W 0 Timer 1 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 16 TIMER0 R/W 0 Timer 0 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 15:13 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 12 I2C0 R/W 0 I2C0 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 11:5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 4 SSI0 R/W 0 SSI0 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 3:2 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 1 UART1 R/W 0 UART1 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 0 UART0 R/W 0 UART0 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. November 14, 2008 95 Preliminary System Control Register 24: Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (DCGC1), offset 0x124 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC1 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC1 for Sleep operation, and DCGC1 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (DCGC1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x124 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 RO 0 14 13 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 26 25 24 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 12 11 10 9 I2C0 RO 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 20 19 reserved RO 0 RO 0 17 16 TIMER1 TIMER0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 4 3 2 SSI0 RO 0 18 TIMER2 R/W 0 reserved RO 0 RO 0 1 0 UART1 UART0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:27 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 26 COMP2 R/W 0 Analog Comparator 2 Clock Gating This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 25 COMP1 R/W 0 Analog Comparator 1 Clock Gating This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 24 COMP0 R/W 0 Analog Comparator 0 Clock Gating This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 23:19 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 96 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 18 TIMER2 R/W 0 Description Timer 2 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 17 TIMER1 R/W 0 Timer 1 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 16 TIMER0 R/W 0 Timer 0 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 15:13 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 12 I2C0 R/W 0 I2C0 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 11:5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 4 SSI0 R/W 0 SSI0 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 3:2 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 1 UART1 R/W 0 UART1 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 0 UART0 R/W 0 UART0 Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. November 14, 2008 97 Preliminary System Control Register 25: Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (RCGC2), offset 0x108 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC2 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC2 for Sleep operation, and DCGC2 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (RCGC2) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x108 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPIOE GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 4 GPIOE R/W 0 Port E Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port E. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 3 GPIOD R/W 0 Port D Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port D. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 2 GPIOC R/W 0 Port C Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port C. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 1 GPIOB R/W 0 Port B Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port B. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 98 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 0 GPIOA R/W 0 Description Port A Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port A. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. November 14, 2008 99 Preliminary System Control Register 26: Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (SCGC2), offset 0x118 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC2 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC2 for Sleep operation, and DCGC2 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (SCGC2) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x118 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 9 8 7 6 5 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 4 3 2 1 0 GPIOE GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 4 GPIOE R/W 0 Port E Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port E. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 3 GPIOD R/W 0 Port D Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port D. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 2 GPIOC R/W 0 Port C Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port C. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 1 GPIOB R/W 0 Port B Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port B. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 100 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 0 GPIOA R/W 0 Description Port A Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port A. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. November 14, 2008 101 Preliminary System Control Register 27: Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (DCGC2), offset 0x128 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC2 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC2 for Sleep operation, and DCGC2 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (DCGC2) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x128 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 9 8 7 6 5 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 4 3 2 1 0 GPIOE GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 4 GPIOE R/W 0 Port E Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port E. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 3 GPIOD R/W 0 Port D Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port D. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 2 GPIOC R/W 0 Port C Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port C. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 1 GPIOB R/W 0 Port B Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port B. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 102 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 0 GPIOA R/W 0 Description Port A Clock Gating Control This bit controls the clock gating for Port A. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. November 14, 2008 103 Preliminary System Control Register 28: Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0), offset 0x040 Writes to this register are masked by the bits in the Device Capabilities 1 (DC1) register. Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x040 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset WDT R/W 0 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:4 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 3 WDT R/W 0 WDT Reset Control Reset control for Watchdog unit. 2:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 104 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 29: Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1), offset 0x044 Writes to this register are masked by the bits in the Device Capabilities 2 (DC2) register. Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x044 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 R/W 0 R/W 0 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 I2C0 RO 0 R/W 0 23 22 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 RO 0 21 20 19 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 6 5 4 3 RO 0 RO 0 reserved reserved RO 0 SSI0 R/W 0 18 17 16 TIMER2 TIMER1 TIMER0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 UART1 UART0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:27 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 26 COMP2 R/W 0 Analog Comp 2 Reset Control Reset control for analog comparator 2. 25 COMP1 R/W 0 Analog Comp 1 Reset Control Reset control for analog comparator 1. 24 COMP0 R/W 0 Analog Comp 0 Reset Control Reset control for analog comparator 0. 23:19 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 18 TIMER2 R/W 0 Timer 2 Reset Control Reset control for General-Purpose Timer module 2. 17 TIMER1 R/W 0 Timer 1 Reset Control Reset control for General-Purpose Timer module 1. 16 TIMER0 R/W 0 Timer 0 Reset Control Reset control for General-Purpose Timer module 0. 15:13 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 12 I2C0 R/W 0 I2C0 Reset Control Reset control for I2C unit 0. 11:5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. November 14, 2008 105 Preliminary System Control Bit/Field Name Type Reset 4 SSI0 R/W 0 Description SSI0 Reset Control Reset control for SSI unit 0. 3:2 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 1 UART1 R/W 0 UART1 Reset Control Reset control for UART unit 1. 0 UART0 R/W 0 UART0 Reset Control Reset control for UART unit 0. 106 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 30: Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2), offset 0x048 Writes to this register are masked by the bits in the Device Capabilities 4 (DC4) register. Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x048 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPIOE GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 4 GPIOE R/W 0 Port E Reset Control Reset control for GPIO Port E. 3 GPIOD R/W 0 Port D Reset Control Reset control for GPIO Port D. 2 GPIOC R/W 0 Port C Reset Control Reset control for GPIO Port C. 1 GPIOB R/W 0 Port B Reset Control Reset control for GPIO Port B. 0 GPIOA R/W 0 Port A Reset Control Reset control for GPIO Port A. November 14, 2008 107 Preliminary Internal Memory 7 Internal Memory The LM3S600 microcontroller comes with 8 KB of bit-banded SRAM and 32 KB of flash memory. The flash controller provides a user-friendly interface, making flash programming a simple task. Flash protection can be applied to the flash memory on a 2-KB block basis. 7.1 Block Diagram Figure 7-1 on page 108 illustrates the Flash functions. The dashed boxes in the figure indicate registers residing in the System Control module rather than the Flash Control module. Figure 7-1. Flash Block Diagram Icode Bus Flash Control Cortex-M3 FMA FMD FMC FCRIS FCIM FCMISC System Bus Dcode Bus Flash Array Flash Protection Bridge FMPRE FMPPE Flash Timing USECRL SRAM Array 7.2 Functional Description This section describes the functionality of the SRAM and Flash memories. 7.2.1 SRAM Memory ® The internal SRAM of the Stellaris devices is located at address 0x2000.0000 of the device memory map. To reduce the number of time consuming read-modify-write (RMW) operations, ARM has introduced bit-banding technology in the Cortex-M3 processor. With a bit-band-enabled processor, certain regions in the memory map (SRAM and peripheral space) can use address aliases to access individual bits in a single, atomic operation. The bit-band alias is calculated by using the formula: bit-band alias = bit-band base + (byte offset * 32) + (bit number * 4) For example, if bit 3 at address 0x2000.1000 is to be modified, the bit-band alias is calculated as: 0x2200.0000 + (0x1000 * 32) + (3 * 4) = 0x2202.000C 108 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller With the alias address calculated, an instruction performing a read/write to address 0x2202.000C allows direct access to only bit 3 of the byte at address 0x2000.1000. For details about bit-banding, please refer to Chapter 4, “Memory Map” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. 7.2.2 Flash Memory The flash is organized as a set of 1-KB blocks that can be individually erased. Erasing a block causes the entire contents of the block to be reset to all 1s. An individual 32-bit word can be programmed to change bits that are currently 1 to a 0. These blocks are paired into a set of 2-KB blocks that can be individually protected. The protection allows blocks to be marked as read-only or execute-only, providing different levels of code protection. Read-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed, protecting the contents of those blocks from being modified. Execute-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed, and can only be read by the controller instruction fetch mechanism, protecting the contents of those blocks from being read by either the controller or by a debugger. See also “Serial Flash Loader” on page 368 for a preprogrammed flash-resident utility used to download code to the flash memory of a device without the use of a debug interface. 7.2.2.1 Flash Memory Timing The timing for the flash is automatically handled by the flash controller. However, in order to do so, it must know the clock rate of the system in order to time its internal signals properly. The number of clock cycles per microsecond must be provided to the flash controller for it to accomplish this timing. It is software's responsibility to keep the flash controller updated with this information via the USec Reload (USECRL) register. On reset, the USECRL register is loaded with a value that configures the flash timing so that it works with the maximum clock rate of the part. If software changes the system operating frequency, the new operating frequency minus 1 (in MHz) must be loaded into USECRL before any flash modifications are attempted. For example, if the device is operating at a speed of 20 MHz, a value of 0x13 (20-1) must be written to the USECRL register. 7.2.2.2 Flash Memory Protection The user is provided two forms of flash protection per 2-KB flash blocks in two 32-bit wide registers.The protection policy for each form is controlled by individual bits (per policy per block) in the FMPPEn and FMPREn registers. ■ Flash Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPEn): If set, the block may be programmed (written) or erased. If cleared, the block may not be changed. ■ Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPREn): If set, the block may be executed or read by software or debuggers. If cleared, the block may only be executed and contents of the memory block are prohibited from being accessed as data. The policies may be combined as shown in Table 7-1 on page 109. Table 7-1. Flash Protection Policy Combinations FMPPEn FMPREn Protection 0 0 Execute-only protection. The block may only be executed and may not be written or erased. This mode is used to protect code. 1 0 The block may be written, erased or executed, but not read. This combination is unlikely to be used. November 14, 2008 109 Preliminary Internal Memory FMPPEn FMPREn Protection 0 1 Read-only protection. The block may be read or executed but may not be written or erased. This mode is used to lock the block from further modification while allowing any read or execute access. 1 1 No protection. The block may be written, erased, executed or read. An access that attempts to program or erase a PE-protected block is prohibited. A controller interrupt may be optionally generated (by setting the AMASK bit in the FIM register) to alert software developers of poorly behaving software during the development and debug phases. An access that attempts to read an RE-protected block is prohibited. Such accesses return data filled with all 0s. A controller interrupt may be optionally generated to alert software developers of poorly behaving software during the development and debug phases. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This implements a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. The changes are not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. 7.2.2.3 Flash Protection by Disabling Debug Access Flash memory may also be protected by permanently disabling access to the Debug Access Port (DAP) through the JTAG and SWD interfaces. This is accomplished by clearing the DBG field of the FMPRE register. Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (DBG field): If set to 0x2, access to the DAP is enabled through the JTAG and SWD interfaces. If clear, access to the DAP is disabled. The DBG field programming becomes permanent, and irreversible, after a commit sequence is performed. In the initial state, provided from the factory, access is enabled in order to facilitate code development and debug. Access to the DAP may be disabled at the end of the manufacturing flow, once all tests have passed and software loaded. This change will not take effect until the next power-up of the device. Note that it is recommended that disabling access to the DAP be combined with a mechanism for providing end-user installable updates (if necessary) such as the Stellaris boot loader. Important: Once the DBG field is cleared and committed, this field can never be restored to the factory-programmed value—which means JTAG/SWD interface to the debug module can never be re-enabled. This sequence does NOT disable the JTAG controller, it only disables the access of the DAP through the JTAG or SWD interfaces. The JTAG interface remains functional and access to the Test Access Port remains enabled, allowing the user to execute the IEEE JTAG-defined instructions (for example, to perform boundary scan operations). If the user will also be using the FMPRE bits to protect flash memory from being read as data (to mark sets of 2 KB blocks of flash memory as execute-only), these one-time-programmable bits should be written at the same time that the debug disable bits are programmed. Mechanisms to execute the one-time code sequence to disable all debug access include: ■ Selecting the debug disable option in the Stellaris boot loader ■ Loading the debug disable sequence into SRAM and running it once from SRAM after programming the final end application code into flash 110 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 7.3 Flash Memory Initialization and Configuration This section shows examples for using the flash controller to perform various operations on the contents of the flash memory. 7.3.1 Changing Flash Protection Bits As discussed in “Flash Memory Protection” on page 109, changes to the protection bits must be committed before they take effect. The sequence below is used change and commit a block protection bit in the FMPRE or FMPPE registers. The sequence to change and commit a bit in software is as follows: 1. The Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPRE) and Flash Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPE) registers are written, changing the intended bit(s). The action of these changes can be tested by software while in this state. 2. The Flash Memory Address (FMA) register (see page 114) bit 0 is set to 1 if the FMPPE register is to be committed; otherwise, a 0 commits the FMPRE register. 3. The Flash Memory Control (FMC) register (see page 116) is written with the COMT bit set. This initiates a write sequence and commits the changes. There is a special sequence to change and commit the DBG bits in the Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPRE) register. This sequence also sets and commits any changes from 1 to 0 in the block protection bits (for execute-only) in the FMPRE register. 1. The Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPRE) register is written, changing the intended bit(s). The action of these changes can be tested by software while in this state. 2. The Flash Memory Address (FMA) register (see page 114) is written with a value of 0x900. 3. The Flash Memory Control (FMC) register (see page 116) is written with the COMT bit set. This initiates a write sequence and commits the changes. Below is an example code sequence to permanently disable the JTAG and SWD interface to the debug module using DriverLib: #include "hw_types.h" #include "hw_flash.h" void permanently_disable_jtag_swd(void) { // // Clear the DBG field of the FMPRE register. Note that the value // used in this instance does not affect the state of the BlockN // bits, but were the value different, all bits in the FMPRE are // affected by this function! // HWREG(FLASH_FMPRE) &= 0x3fffffff; // // The following sequence activates the one-time // programming of the FMPRE register. // HWREG(FLASH_FMA) = 0x900; November 14, 2008 111 Preliminary Internal Memory HWREG(FLASH_FMC) = (FLASH_FMC_WRKEY | FLASH_FMC_COMT); // // Wait until the operation is complete. // while (HWREG(FLASH_FMC) & FLASH_FMC_COMT) { } } 7.3.2 Flash Programming ® The Stellaris devices provide a user-friendly interface for flash programming. All erase/program operations are handled via three registers: FMA, FMD, and FMC. 7.3.2.1 To program a 32-bit word 1. Write source data to the FMD register. 2. Write the target address to the FMA register. 3. Write the flash write key and the WRITE bit (a value of 0xA442.0001) to the FMC register. 4. Poll the FMC register until the WRITE bit is cleared. 7.3.2.2 To perform an erase of a 1-KB page 1. Write the page address to the FMA register. 2. Write the flash write key and the ERASE bit (a value of 0xA442.0002) to the FMC register. 3. Poll the FMC register until the ERASE bit is cleared. 7.3.2.3 To perform a mass erase of the flash 1. Write the flash write key and the MERASE bit (a value of 0xA442.0004) to the FMC register. 2. Poll the FMC register until the MERASE bit is cleared. 7.4 Register Map Table 7-2 on page 112 lists the Flash memory and control registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register's address. The FMA, FMD, FMC, FCRIS, FCIM, and FCMISC registers are relative to the Flash control base address of 0x400F.D000. The FMPREn, FMPPEn, USECRL, USER_DBG, and USER_REGn registers are relative to the System Control base address of 0x400F.E000. Table 7-2. Flash Register Map Offset Name Type Reset Description See page Flash Registers (Flash Control Offset) 0x000 FMA R/W 0x0000.0000 Flash Memory Address 114 0x004 FMD R/W 0x0000.0000 Flash Memory Data 115 112 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Description See page Offset Name Type Reset 0x008 FMC R/W 0x0000.0000 Flash Memory Control 116 0x00C FCRIS RO 0x0000.0000 Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status 118 0x010 FCIM R/W 0x0000.0000 Flash Controller Interrupt Mask 119 0x014 FCMISC R/W1C 0x0000.0000 Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear 120 Flash Registers (System Control Offset) 0x130 FMPRE R/W 0x8000.FFFF Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 122 0x134 FMPPE R/W 0x0000.FFFF Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 123 0x140 USECRL R/W 0x31 USec Reload 121 7.5 Flash Register Descriptions (Flash Control Offset) This section lists and describes the Flash Memory registers, in numerical order by address offset. Registers in this section are relative to the Flash control base address of 0x400F.D000. November 14, 2008 113 Preliminary Internal Memory Register 1: Flash Memory Address (FMA), offset 0x000 During a write operation, this register contains a 4-byte-aligned address and specifies where the data is written. During erase operations, this register contains a 1 KB-aligned address and specifies which page is erased. Note that the alignment requirements must be met by software or the results of the operation are unpredictable. Flash Memory Address (FMA) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 OFFSET R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:15 reserved RO 0x0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 14:0 OFFSET R/W 0x0 Address Offset Address offset in flash where operation is performed. 114 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 2: Flash Memory Data (FMD), offset 0x004 This register contains the data to be written during the programming cycle or read during the read cycle. Note that the contents of this register are undefined for a read access of an execute-only block. This register is not used during the erase cycles. Flash Memory Data (FMD) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x004 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 DATA Type Reset DATA Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:0 DATA R/W 0x0 Data Value Data value for write operation. November 14, 2008 115 Preliminary Internal Memory Register 3: Flash Memory Control (FMC), offset 0x008 When this register is written, the flash controller initiates the appropriate access cycle for the location specified by the Flash Memory Address (FMA) register (see page 114). If the access is a write access, the data contained in the Flash Memory Data (FMD) register (see page 115) is written. This is the final register written and initiates the memory operation. There are four control bits in the lower byte of this register that, when set, initiate the memory operation. The most used of these register bits are the ERASE and WRITE bits. It is a programming error to write multiple control bits and the results of such an operation are unpredictable. Flash Memory Control (FMC) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 COMT MERASE ERASE WRITE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 WRKEY Type Reset reserved Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31:16 WRKEY WO 0x0 Description Flash Write Key This field contains a write key, which is used to minimize the incidence of accidental flash writes. The value 0xA442 must be written into this field for a write to occur. Writes to the FMC register without this WRKEY value are ignored. A read of this field returns the value 0. 15:4 reserved RO 0x0 3 COMT R/W 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Commit Register Value Commit (write) of register value to nonvolatile storage. A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit. If read, the state of the previous commit access is provided. If the previous commit access is complete, a 0 is returned; otherwise, if the commit access is not complete, a 1 is returned. This can take up to 50 μs. 2 MERASE R/W 0 Mass Erase Flash Memory If this bit is set, the flash main memory of the device is all erased. A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit. If read, the state of the previous mass erase access is provided. If the previous mass erase access is complete, a 0 is returned; otherwise, if the previous mass erase access is not complete, a 1 is returned. This can take up to 250 ms. 116 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 1 ERASE R/W 0 Description Erase a Page of Flash Memory If this bit is set, the page of flash main memory as specified by the contents of FMA is erased. A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit. If read, the state of the previous erase access is provided. If the previous erase access is complete, a 0 is returned; otherwise, if the previous erase access is not complete, a 1 is returned. This can take up to 25 ms. 0 WRITE R/W 0 Write a Word into Flash Memory If this bit is set, the data stored in FMD is written into the location as specified by the contents of FMA. A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit. If read, the state of the previous write update is provided. If the previous write access is complete, a 0 is returned; otherwise, if the write access is not complete, a 1 is returned. This can take up to 50 µs. November 14, 2008 117 Preliminary Internal Memory Register 4: Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS), offset 0x00C This register indicates that the flash controller has an interrupt condition. An interrupt is only signaled if the corresponding FCIM register bit is set. Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x00C Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PRIS ARIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31:2 reserved RO 0x0 1 PRIS RO 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Programming Raw Interrupt Status This bit indicates the current state of the programming cycle. If set, the programming cycle completed; if cleared, the programming cycle has not completed. Programming cycles are either write or erase actions generated through the Flash Memory Control (FMC) register bits (see page 116). 0 ARIS RO 0 Access Raw Interrupt Status This bit indicates if the flash was improperly accessed. If set, the program tried to access the flash counter to the policy as set in the Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPREn) and Flash Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPEn) registers. Otherwise, no access has tried to improperly access the flash. 118 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 5: Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM), offset 0x010 This register controls whether the flash controller generates interrupts to the controller. Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x010 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PMASK AMASK RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31:2 reserved RO 0x0 1 PMASK R/W 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Programming Interrupt Mask This bit controls the reporting of the programming raw interrupt status to the controller. If set, a programming-generated interrupt is promoted to the controller. Otherwise, interrupts are recorded but suppressed from the controller. 0 AMASK R/W 0 Access Interrupt Mask This bit controls the reporting of the access raw interrupt status to the controller. If set, an access-generated interrupt is promoted to the controller. Otherwise, interrupts are recorded but suppressed from the controller. November 14, 2008 119 Preliminary Internal Memory Register 6: Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC), offset 0x014 This register provides two functions. First, it reports the cause of an interrupt by indicating which interrupt source or sources are signalling the interrupt. Second, it serves as the method to clear the interrupt reporting. Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x014 Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31:2 reserved RO 0x0 1 PMISC R/W1C 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 1 0 PMISC AMISC R/W1C 0 R/W1C 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Programming Masked Interrupt Status and Clear This bit indicates whether an interrupt was signaled because a programming cycle completed and was not masked. This bit is cleared by writing a 1. The PRIS bit in the FCRIS register (see page 118) is also cleared when the PMISC bit is cleared. 0 AMISC R/W1C 0 Access Masked Interrupt Status and Clear This bit indicates whether an interrupt was signaled because an improper access was attempted and was not masked. This bit is cleared by writing a 1. The ARIS bit in the FCRIS register is also cleared when the AMISC bit is cleared. 7.6 Flash Register Descriptions (System Control Offset) The remainder of this section lists and describes the Flash Memory registers, in numerical order by address offset. Registers in this section are relative to the System Control base address of 0x400F.E000. 120 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 7: USec Reload (USECRL), offset 0x140 Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400F.E000 This register is provided as a means of creating a 1-μs tick divider reload value for the flash controller. The internal flash has specific minimum and maximum requirements on the length of time the high voltage write pulse can be applied. It is required that this register contain the operating frequency (in MHz -1) whenever the flash is being erased or programmed. The user is required to change this value if the clocking conditions are changed for a flash erase/program operation. USec Reload (USECRL) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x140 Type R/W, reset 0x31 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 USEC RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 USEC R/W 0x31 Microsecond Reload Value MHz -1 of the controller clock when the flash is being erased or programmed. If the maximum system frequency is being used, USEC should be set to 0x31 (50 MHz) whenever the flash is being erased or programmed. November 14, 2008 121 Preliminary Internal Memory Register 8: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPRE), offset 0x130 Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000. This register stores the read-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (see the FMPPE registers for the execute-only protection bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settingsare a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This implements a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional information, see the “Flash Memory Protection” section. Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPRE) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x130 Type R/W, reset 0x8000.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 READ_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 READ_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field Name Type 31:0 READ_ENABLE R/W R/W 1 Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 Description 0x8000FFFF Flash Read Enable Each bit position maps 2 Kbytes of Flash to be read-enabled. Value Description 0x8000FFFF Enables 32 KB of flash. 122 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 9: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPE), offset 0x134 Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000. This register stores the execute-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (see the FMPRE registers for the read-only protection bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This implements a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional information, see the “Flash Memory Protection” section. Flash Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPE) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x134 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 PROG_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 PROG_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field Name Type 31:0 PROG_ENABLE R/W R/W 1 Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 Description 0x0000FFFF Flash Programming Enable Each bit position maps 2 Kbytes of Flash to be write-enabled. Value Description 0x0000FFFF Enables 32 KB of flash. November 14, 2008 123 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) 8 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) The GPIO module is composed of five physical GPIO blocks, each corresponding to an individual GPIO port (Port A, Port B, Port C, Port D, Port E). The GPIO module supports 8-36 programmable input/output pins, depending on the peripherals being used. The GPIO module has the following features: ■ 8-36 GPIOs, depending on configuration ■ 5-V-tolerant input/outputs ■ Programmable control for GPIO interrupts – Interrupt generation masking – Edge-triggered on rising, falling, or both – Level-sensitive on High or Low values ■ Bit masking in both read and write operations through address lines ■ Pins configured as digital inputs are Schmitt-triggered. ■ Programmable control for GPIO pad configuration – Weak pull-up or pull-down resistors – 2-mA, 4-mA, and 8-mA pad drive for digital communication – Slew rate control for the 8-mA drive – Open drain enables – Digital input enables 8.1 Functional Description Important: All GPIO pins are inputs by default (GPIODIR=0 and GPIOAFSEL=0), with the exception of the five JTAG pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). The JTAG pins default to their JTAG functionality (GPIOAFSEL=1). A Power-On-Reset (POR) or asserting an external reset (RST) puts both groups of pins back to their default state. Each GPIO port is a separate hardware instantiation of the same physical block (see Figure 8-1 on page 125). The LM3S600 microcontroller contains five ports and thus five of these physical GPIO blocks. 124 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Figure 8-1. GPIO Port Block Diagram Mode Control GPIOAFSEL DEMUX Alternate Input Alternate Output Pad Input Alternate Output Enable Pad Output MUX Pad Output Enable Digital I/O Pad Package I/O Pin GPIO Output GPIODATA GPIODIR Interrupt MUX GPIO Input Data Control GPIO Output Enable Interrupt Control Pad Control GPIOIS GPIOIBE GPIOIEV GPIOIM GPIORIS GPIOMIS GPIOICR GPIODR2R GPIODR4R GPIODR8R GPIOSLR GPIOPUR GPIOPDR GPIOODR GPIODEN Identification Registers GPIOPeriphID0 GPIOPeriphID1 GPIOPeriphID2 GPIOPeriphID3 8.1.1 GPIOPeriphID4 GPIOPeriphID5 GPIOPeriphID6 GPIOPeriphID7 GPIOPCellID0 GPIOPCellID1 GPIOPCellID2 GPIOPCellID3 Data Control The data control registers allow software to configure the operational modes of the GPIOs. The data direction register configures the GPIO as an input or an output while the data register either captures incoming data or drives it out to the pads. 8.1.1.1 Data Direction Operation The GPIO Direction (GPIODIR) register (see page 132) is used to configure each individual pin as an input or output. When the data direction bit is set to 0, the GPIO is configured as an input and the corresponding data register bit will capture and store the value on the GPIO port. When the data direction bit is set to 1, the GPIO is configured as an output and the corresponding data register bit will be driven out on the GPIO port. 8.1.1.2 Data Register Operation To aid in the efficiency of software, the GPIO ports allow for the modification of individual bits in the GPIO Data (GPIODATA) register (see page 131) by using bits [9:2] of the address bus as a mask. This allows software drivers to modify individual GPIO pins in a single instruction, without affecting the state of the other pins. This is in contrast to the "typical" method of doing a read-modify-write operation to set or clear an individual GPIO pin. To accommodate this feature, the GPIODATA register covers 256 locations in the memory map. November 14, 2008 125 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) During a write, if the address bit associated with that data bit is set to 1, the value of the GPIODATA register is altered. If it is cleared to 0, it is left unchanged. For example, writing a value of 0xEB to the address GPIODATA + 0x098 would yield as shown in Figure 8-2 on page 126, where u is data unchanged by the write. Figure 8-2. GPIODATA Write Example ADDR[9:2] 0x098 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0xEB 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 GPIODATA u u 1 u u 0 1 u 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 During a read, if the address bit associated with the data bit is set to 1, the value is read. If the address bit associated with the data bit is set to 0, it is read as a zero, regardless of its actual value. For example, reading address GPIODATA + 0x0C4 yields as shown in Figure 8-3 on page 126. Figure 8-3. GPIODATA Read Example 8.1.2 ADDR[9:2] 0x0C4 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 GPIODATA 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 Returned Value 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Interrupt Control The interrupt capabilities of each GPIO port are controlled by a set of seven registers. With these registers, it is possible to select the source of the interrupt, its polarity, and the edge properties. When one or more GPIO inputs cause an interrupt, a single interrupt output is sent to the interrupt controller for the entire GPIO port. For edge-triggered interrupts, software must clear the interrupt to enable any further interrupts. For a level-sensitive interrupt, it is assumed that the external source holds the level constant for the interrupt to be recognized by the controller. Three registers are required to define the edge or sense that causes interrupts: ■ GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 133) ■ GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE) register (see page 134) ■ GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV) register (see page 135) Interrupts are enabled/disabled via the GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM) register (see page 136). When an interrupt condition occurs, the state of the interrupt signal can be viewed in two locations: the GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS) and GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS) registers (see page 137 and page 138). As the name implies, the GPIOMIS register only shows interrupt 126 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller conditions that are allowed to be passed to the controller. The GPIORIS register indicates that a GPIO pin meets the conditions for an interrupt, but has not necessarily been sent to the controller. Interrupts are cleared by writing a 1 to the appropriate bit of the GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR) register (see page 139). When programming the following interrupt control registers, the interrupts should be masked (GPIOIM set to 0). Writing any value to an interrupt control register (GPIOIS, GPIOIBE, or GPIOIEV) can generate a spurious interrupt if the corresponding bits are enabled. 8.1.3 Mode Control The GPIO pins can be controlled by either hardware or software. When hardware control is enabled via the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 140), the pin state is controlled by its alternate function (that is, the peripheral). Software control corresponds to GPIO mode, where the GPIODATA register is used to read/write the corresponding pins. 8.1.4 Pad Control The pad control registers allow for GPIO pad configuration by software based on the application requirements. The pad control registers include the GPIODR2R, GPIODR4R, GPIODR8R, GPIOODR, GPIOPUR, GPIOPDR, GPIOSLR, and GPIODEN registers. These registers control drive strength, open-drain configuration, pull-up and pull-down resistors, slew-rate control and digital input enable. 8.1.5 Identification The identification registers configured at reset allow software to detect and identify the module as a GPIO block. The identification registers include the GPIOPeriphID0-GPIOPeriphID7 registers as well as the GPIOPCellID0-GPIOPCellID3 registers. 8.2 Initialization and Configuration To use the GPIO, the peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the appropriate GPIO Port bit field (GPIOn) in the RCGC2 register. On reset, all GPIO pins (except for the five JTAG pins) default to general-purpose input mode (GPIODIR=0 and GPIOAFSEL=0). Table 8-1 on page 127 shows all possible configurations of the GPIO pads and the control register settings required to achieve them. Table 8-2 on page 128 shows how a rising edge interrupt would be configured for pin 2 of a GPIO port. Table 8-1. GPIO Pad Configuration Examples Configuration a GPIO Register Bit Value AFSEL DIR ODR DEN PUR PDR DR2R DR4R DR8R SLR Digital Input (GPIO) 0 0 0 1 ? ? X X X X Digital Output (GPIO) 0 1 0 1 ? ? ? ? ? ? Open Drain Input (GPIO) 0 0 1 1 X X X X X X Open Drain Output (GPIO) 0 1 1 1 X X ? ? ? ? Open Drain Input/Output (I2C) 1 X 1 1 X X ? ? ? ? Digital Input (Timer CCP) 1 X 0 1 ? ? X X X X November 14, 2008 127 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) a Configuration GPIO Register Bit Value DR2R DR4R DR8R Digital Output (Timer PWM) AFSEL 1 DIR X ODR 0 DEN 1 PUR ? PDR ? ? ? ? SLR ? Digital Input/Output (SSI) 1 X 0 1 ? ? ? ? ? ? Digital Input/Output (UART) 1 X 0 1 ? ? ? ? ? ? Analog Input (Comparator) 0 0 0 0 0 0 X X X X Digital Output (Comparator) 1 X 0 1 ? ? ? ? ? ? a. X=Ignored (don’t care bit) ?=Can be either 0 or 1, depending on the configuration Table 8-2. GPIO Interrupt Configuration Example Register Desired Interrupt Event Trigger GPIOIS 0=edge GPIOIBE 0=single edge a Pin 2 Bit Value 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 X X X X X 0 X X X X X X X 0 X X X X X X X 1 X X 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1=level 1=both edges GPIOIEV 0=Low level, or negative edge 1=High level, or positive edge GPIOIM 0=masked 1=not masked a. X=Ignored (don’t care bit) 8.3 Register Map Table 8-3 on page 129 lists the GPIO registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s address, relative to that GPIO port’s base address: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ GPIO Port A: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E: 0x4002.4000 Important: The GPIO registers in this chapter are duplicated in each GPIO block; however, depending on the block, all eight bits may not be connected to a GPIO pad. In those 128 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller cases, writing to those unconnected bits has no effect, and reading those unconnected bits returns no meaningful data. Note: The default reset value for the GPIOAFSEL register is 0x0000.0000 for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five JTAG pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins default to JTAG functionality. Because of this, the default reset value of GPIOAFSEL for GPIO Port B is 0x0000.0080 while the default reset value for Port C is 0x0000.000F. Table 8-3. GPIO Register Map Description See page Offset Name Type Reset 0x000 GPIODATA R/W 0x0000.0000 GPIO Data 131 0x400 GPIODIR R/W 0x0000.0000 GPIO Direction 132 0x404 GPIOIS R/W 0x0000.0000 GPIO Interrupt Sense 133 0x408 GPIOIBE R/W 0x0000.0000 GPIO Interrupt Both Edges 134 0x40C GPIOIEV R/W 0x0000.0000 GPIO Interrupt Event 135 0x410 GPIOIM R/W 0x0000.0000 GPIO Interrupt Mask 136 0x414 GPIORIS RO 0x0000.0000 GPIO Raw Interrupt Status 137 0x418 GPIOMIS RO 0x0000.0000 GPIO Masked Interrupt Status 138 0x41C GPIOICR W1C 0x0000.0000 GPIO Interrupt Clear 139 0x420 GPIOAFSEL R/W - GPIO Alternate Function Select 140 0x500 GPIODR2R R/W 0x0000.00FF GPIO 2-mA Drive Select 142 0x504 GPIODR4R R/W 0x0000.0000 GPIO 4-mA Drive Select 143 0x508 GPIODR8R R/W 0x0000.0000 GPIO 8-mA Drive Select 144 0x50C GPIOODR R/W 0x0000.0000 GPIO Open Drain Select 145 0x510 GPIOPUR R/W 0x0000.00FF GPIO Pull-Up Select 146 0x514 GPIOPDR R/W 0x0000.0000 GPIO Pull-Down Select 147 0x518 GPIOSLR R/W 0x0000.0000 GPIO Slew Rate Control Select 148 0x51C GPIODEN R/W 0x0000.00FF GPIO Digital Enable 149 0xFD0 GPIOPeriphID4 RO 0x0000.0000 GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 150 0xFD4 GPIOPeriphID5 RO 0x0000.0000 GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 151 0xFD8 GPIOPeriphID6 RO 0x0000.0000 GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 152 0xFDC GPIOPeriphID7 RO 0x0000.0000 GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 153 0xFE0 GPIOPeriphID0 RO 0x0000.0061 GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 154 0xFE4 GPIOPeriphID1 RO 0x0000.0000 GPIO Peripheral Identification 1 155 0xFE8 GPIOPeriphID2 RO 0x0000.0018 GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 156 0xFEC GPIOPeriphID3 RO 0x0000.0001 GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 157 0xFF0 GPIOPCellID0 RO 0x0000.000D GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 158 November 14, 2008 129 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Offset Name 0xFF4 Reset GPIOPCellID1 RO 0x0000.00F0 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 159 0xFF8 GPIOPCellID2 RO 0x0000.0005 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 160 0xFFC GPIOPCellID3 RO 0x0000.00B1 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 161 8.4 Description See page Type Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the GPIO registers, in numerical order by address offset. 130 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 1: GPIO Data (GPIODATA), offset 0x000 The GPIODATA register is the data register. In software control mode, values written in the GPIODATA register are transferred onto the GPIO port pins if the respective pins have been configured as outputs through the GPIO Direction (GPIODIR) register (see page 132). In order to write to GPIODATA, the corresponding bits in the mask, resulting from the address bus bits [9:2], must be High. Otherwise, the bit values remain unchanged by the write. Similarly, the values read from this register are determined for each bit by the mask bit derived from the address used to access the data register, bits [9:2]. Bits that are 1 in the address mask cause the corresponding bits in GPIODATA to be read, and bits that are 0 in the address mask cause the corresponding bits in GPIODATA to be read as 0, regardless of their value. A read from GPIODATA returns the last bit value written if the respective pins are configured as outputs, or it returns the value on the corresponding input pin when these are configured as inputs. All bits are cleared by a reset. GPIO Data (GPIODATA) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset DATA RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 DATA R/W 0x00 GPIO Data This register is virtually mapped to 256 locations in the address space. To facilitate the reading and writing of data to these registers by independent drivers, the data read from and the data written to the registers are masked by the eight address lines ipaddr[9:2]. Reads from this register return its current state. Writes to this register only affect bits that are not masked by ipaddr[9:2] and are configured as outputs. See “Data Register Operation” on page 125 for examples of reads and writes. November 14, 2008 131 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 2: GPIO Direction (GPIODIR), offset 0x400 The GPIODIR register is the data direction register. Bits set to 1 in the GPIODIR register configure the corresponding pin to be an output, while bits set to 0 configure the pins to be inputs. All bits are cleared by a reset, meaning all GPIO pins are inputs by default. GPIO Direction (GPIODIR) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x400 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 DIR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 DIR R/W 0x00 GPIO Data Direction The DIR values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Pins are inputs. 1 Pins are outputs. 132 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 3: GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS), offset 0x404 The GPIOIS register is the interrupt sense register. Bits set to 1 in GPIOIS configure the corresponding pins to detect levels, while bits set to 0 configure the pins to detect edges. All bits are cleared by a reset. GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x404 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 IS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 IS R/W 0x00 GPIO Interrupt Sense The IS values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Edge on corresponding pin is detected (edge-sensitive). 1 Level on corresponding pin is detected (level-sensitive). November 14, 2008 133 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 4: GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE), offset 0x408 The GPIOIBE register is the interrupt both-edges register. When the corresponding bit in the GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 133) is set to detect edges, bits set to High in GPIOIBE configure the corresponding pin to detect both rising and falling edges, regardless of the corresponding bit in the GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV) register (see page 135). Clearing a bit configures the pin to be controlled by GPIOIEV. All bits are cleared by a reset. GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x408 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 IBE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 IBE R/W 0x00 GPIO Interrupt Both Edges The IBE values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Interrupt generation is controlled by the GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV) register (see page 135). 1 Both edges on the corresponding pin trigger an interrupt. Note: 134 Single edge is determined by the corresponding bit in GPIOIEV. November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 5: GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV), offset 0x40C The GPIOIEV register is the interrupt event register. Bits set to High in GPIOIEV configure the corresponding pin to detect rising edges or high levels, depending on the corresponding bit value in the GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 133). Clearing a bit configures the pin to detect falling edges or low levels, depending on the corresponding bit value in GPIOIS. All bits are cleared by a reset. GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x40C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 IEV RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 IEV R/W 0x00 GPIO Interrupt Event The IEV values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Falling edge or Low levels on corresponding pins trigger interrupts. 1 Rising edge or High levels on corresponding pins trigger interrupts. November 14, 2008 135 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 6: GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM), offset 0x410 The GPIOIM register is the interrupt mask register. Bits set to High in GPIOIM allow the corresponding pins to trigger their individual interrupts and the combined GPIOINTR line. Clearing a bit disables interrupt triggering on that pin. All bits are cleared by a reset. GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x410 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 IME RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 IME R/W 0x00 GPIO Interrupt Mask Enable The IME values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Corresponding pin interrupt is masked. 1 Corresponding pin interrupt is not masked. 136 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 7: GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS), offset 0x414 The GPIORIS register is the raw interrupt status register. Bits read High in GPIORIS reflect the status of interrupt trigger conditions detected (raw, prior to masking), indicating that all the requirements have been met, before they are finally allowed to trigger by the GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM) register (see page 136). Bits read as zero indicate that corresponding input pins have not initiated an interrupt. All bits are cleared by a reset. GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x414 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 RIS RO 0x00 GPIO Interrupt Raw Status Reflects the status of interrupt trigger condition detection on pins (raw, prior to masking). The RIS values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Corresponding pin interrupt requirements not met. 1 Corresponding pin interrupt has met requirements. November 14, 2008 137 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 8: GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS), offset 0x418 The GPIOMIS register is the masked interrupt status register. Bits read High in GPIOMIS reflect the status of input lines triggering an interrupt. Bits read as Low indicate that either no interrupt has been generated, or the interrupt is masked. GPIOMIS is the state of the interrupt after masking. GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x418 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset MIS RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 MIS RO 0x00 GPIO Masked Interrupt Status Masked value of interrupt due to corresponding pin. The MIS values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Corresponding GPIO line interrupt not active. 1 Corresponding GPIO line asserting interrupt. 138 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 9: GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR), offset 0x41C The GPIOICR register is the interrupt clear register. Writing a 1 to a bit in this register clears the corresponding interrupt edge detection logic register. Writing a 0 has no effect. GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x41C Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 IC RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 IC W1C 0x00 GPIO Interrupt Clear The IC values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Corresponding interrupt is unaffected. 1 Corresponding interrupt is cleared. November 14, 2008 139 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 10: GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL), offset 0x420 The GPIOAFSEL register is the mode control select register. Writing a 1 to any bit in this register selects the hardware control for the corresponding GPIO line. All bits are cleared by a reset, therefore no GPIO line is set to hardware control by default. Important: All GPIO pins are inputs by default (GPIODIR=0 and GPIOAFSEL=0), with the exception of the five JTAG pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). The JTAG pins default to their JTAG functionality (GPIOAFSEL=1). A Power-On-Reset (POR) or asserting an external reset (RST) puts both groups of pins back to their default state. Caution – If the JTAG pins are used as GPIOs in a design, PB7 and PC2 cannot have external pull-down resistors connected to both of them at the same time. If both pins are pulled Low during reset, the controller has unpredictable behavior. If this happens, remove one or both of the pull-down resistors, and apply RST or power-cycle the part. It is possible to create a software sequence that prevents the debugger from connecting to the Stellaris® microcontroller. If the program code loaded into flash immediately changes the JTAG pins to their GPIO functionality, the debugger may not have enough time to connect and halt the controller before the JTAG pin functionality switches. This may lock the debugger out of the part. This can be avoided with a software routine that restores JTAG functionality based on an external or software trigger. GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x420 Type R/W, reset 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 R/W - R/W - R/W - R/W - R/W - R/W - R/W - R/W - reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset AFSEL RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 140 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 7:0 AFSEL R/W - Description GPIO Alternate Function Select The AFSEL values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Software control of corresponding GPIO line (GPIO mode). 1 Hardware control of corresponding GPIO line (alternate hardware function). Note: November 14, 2008 The default reset value for the GPIOAFSEL register is 0x0000.0000 for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five JTAG pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins default to JTAG functionality. Because of this, the default reset value of GPIOAFSEL for GPIO Port B is 0x0000.0080 while the default reset value for Port C is 0x0000.000F. 141 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 11: GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R), offset 0x500 The GPIODR2R register is the 2-mA drive control register. It allows for each GPIO signal in the port to be individually configured without affecting the other pads. When writing a DRV2 bit for a GPIO signal, the corresponding DRV4 bit in the GPIODR4R register and the DRV8 bit in the GPIODR8R register are automatically cleared by hardware. GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x500 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.00FF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 DRV2 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 DRV2 R/W 0xFF Output Pad 2-mA Drive Enable A write of 1 to either GPIODR4[n] or GPIODR8[n] clears the corresponding 2-mA enable bit. The change is effective on the second clock cycle after the write. 142 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 12: GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R), offset 0x504 The GPIODR4R register is the 4-mA drive control register. It allows for each GPIO signal in the port to be individually configured without affecting the other pads. When writing the DRV4 bit for a GPIO signal, the corresponding DRV2 bit in the GPIODR2R register and the DRV8 bit in the GPIODR8R register are automatically cleared by hardware. GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x504 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 DRV4 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 DRV4 R/W 0x00 Output Pad 4-mA Drive Enable A write of 1 to either GPIODR2[n] or GPIODR8[n] clears the corresponding 4-mA enable bit. The change is effective on the second clock cycle after the write. November 14, 2008 143 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 13: GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R), offset 0x508 The GPIODR8R register is the 8-mA drive control register. It allows for each GPIO signal in the port to be individually configured without affecting the other pads. When writing the DRV8 bit for a GPIO signal, the corresponding DRV2 bit in the GPIODR2R register and the DRV4 bit in the GPIODR4R register are automatically cleared by hardware. GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x508 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 DRV8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 DRV8 R/W 0x00 Output Pad 8-mA Drive Enable A write of 1 to either GPIODR2[n] or GPIODR4[n] clears the corresponding 8-mA enable bit. The change is effective on the second clock cycle after the write. 144 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 14: GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR), offset 0x50C The GPIOODR register is the open drain control register. Setting a bit in this register enables the open drain configuration of the corresponding GPIO pad. When open drain mode is enabled, the corresponding bit should also be set in the GPIO Digital Input Enable (GPIODEN) register (see page 149). Corresponding bits in the drive strength registers (GPIODR2R, GPIODR4R, GPIODR8R, and GPIOSLR ) can be set to achieve the desired rise and fall times. The GPIO acts as an open drain input if the corresponding bit in the GPIODIR register is set to 0; and as an open drain output when set to 1. When using the I2C module, in addition to configuring the pin to open drain, the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register bits for the I2C clock and data pins should be set to 1 (see examples in “Initialization and Configuration” on page 127). GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x50C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 ODE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 ODE R/W 0x00 Output Pad Open Drain Enable The ODE values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Open drain configuration is disabled. 1 Open drain configuration is enabled. November 14, 2008 145 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 15: GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR), offset 0x510 The GPIOPUR register is the pull-up control register. When a bit is set to 1, it enables a weak pull-up resistor on the corresponding GPIO signal. Setting a bit in GPIOPUR automatically clears the corresponding bit in the GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) register (see page 147). GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x510 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.00FF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PUE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PUE R/W 0xFF Pad Weak Pull-Up Enable A write of 1 to GPIOPDR[n] clears the corresponding GPIOPUR[n] enables. The change is effective on the second clock cycle after the write. 146 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 16: GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR), offset 0x514 The GPIOPDR register is the pull-down control register. When a bit is set to 1, it enables a weak pull-down resistor on the corresponding GPIO signal. Setting a bit in GPIOPDR automatically clears the corresponding bit in the GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR) register (see page 146). GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x514 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PDE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PDE R/W 0x00 Pad Weak Pull-Down Enable A write of 1 to GPIOPUR[n] clears the corresponding GPIOPDR[n] enables. The change is effective on the second clock cycle after the write. November 14, 2008 147 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 17: GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR), offset 0x518 The GPIOSLR register is the slew rate control register. Slew rate control is only available when using the 8-mA drive strength option via the GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R) register (see page 144). GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x518 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 SRL RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 SRL R/W 0x00 Slew Rate Limit Enable (8-mA drive only) The SRL values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Slew rate control disabled. 1 Slew rate control enabled. 148 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 18: GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN), offset 0x51C Note: Pins configured as digital inputs are Schmitt-triggered. The GPIODEN register is the digital input enable register. By default, all GPIO signals are configured as digital inputs at reset. If a pin is being used as a GPIO or its Alternate Hardware Function, it should be configured as a digital input. The only time that a pin should not be configured as a digital input is when the GPIO pin is configured to be one of the analog input signals for the analog comparators. GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0x51C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.00FF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset DEN RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 DEN R/W 0xFF Digital Enable The DEN values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Digital functions disabled. 1 Digital functions enabled. November 14, 2008 149 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 19: GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0xFD0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID4 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID4 RO 0x00 GPIO Peripheral ID Register[7:0] 150 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 20: GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0xFD4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID5 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID5 RO 0x00 GPIO Peripheral ID Register[15:8] November 14, 2008 151 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 21: GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0xFD8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID6 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID6 RO 0x00 GPIO Peripheral ID Register[23:16] 152 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 22: GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0xFDC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID7 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID7 RO 0x00 GPIO Peripheral ID Register[31:24] November 14, 2008 153 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 23: GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0xFE0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0061 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID0 RO 0x61 GPIO Peripheral ID Register[7:0] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 154 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 24: GPIO Peripheral Identification 1 (GPIOPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 1 (GPIOPeriphID1) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0xFE4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID1 RO 0x00 GPIO Peripheral ID Register[15:8] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. November 14, 2008 155 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 25: GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0xFE8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID2 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID2 RO 0x18 GPIO Peripheral ID Register[23:16] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 156 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 26: GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0xFEC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID3 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID3 RO 0x01 GPIO Peripheral ID Register[31:24] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. November 14, 2008 157 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 27: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard cross-peripheral identification system. GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0xFF0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 CID0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID0 RO 0x0D GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[7:0] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 158 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 28: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard cross-peripheral identification system. GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0xFF4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 CID1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID1 RO 0xF0 GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[15:8] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. November 14, 2008 159 Preliminary General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 29: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard cross-peripheral identification system. GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0xFF8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 CID2 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID2 RO 0x05 GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[23:16] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 160 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 30: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3), offset 0xFFC The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard cross-peripheral identification system. GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 Offset 0xFFC Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 CID3 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID3 RO 0xB1 GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[31:24] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. November 14, 2008 161 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers 9 General-Purpose Timers Programmable timers can be used to count or time external events that drive the Timer input pins. ® The Stellaris General-Purpose Timer Module (GPTM) contains three GPTM blocks (Timer0, Timer1, and Timer 2). Each GPTM block provides two 16-bit timers/counters (referred to as TimerA and TimerB) that can be configured to operate independently as timers or event counters, or configured to operate as one 32-bit timer or one 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC). ® The GPT Module is one timing resource available on the Stellaris microcontrollers. Other timer resources include the System Timer (SysTick) (see “System Timer (SysTick)” on page 35). The General-Purpose Timers provide the following features: ■ Three General-Purpose Timer Modules (GPTM), each of which provides two 16-bit timers. Each GPTM can be configured to operate independently: – As a single 32-bit timer – As one 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) to event capture – For Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) ■ 32-bit Timer modes – Programmable one-shot timer – Programmable periodic timer – Real-Time Clock when using an external 32.768-KHz clock as the input – Software-controlled event stalling (excluding RTC mode) ■ 16-bit Timer modes – General-purpose timer function with an 8-bit prescaler (for one-shot and periodic modes only) – Programmable one-shot timer – Programmable periodic timer – User-enabled stalling when the controller asserts CPU Halt flag during debug ■ 16-bit Input Capture modes – Input edge count capture – Input edge time capture ■ 16-bit PWM mode – Simple PWM mode with software-programmable output inversion of the PWM signal 9.1 Block Diagram Note: ® In Figure 9-1 on page 163, the specific CCP pins available depend on the Stellaris device. See Table 9-1 on page 163 for the available CCPs. 162 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Figure 9-1. GPTM Module Block Diagram 0x0000 (Down Counter Modes) TimerA Control GPTMTAPMR TA Comparator GPTMTAPR Clock / Edge Detect GPTMTAMATCHR Interrupt / Config TimerA Interrupt GPTMTAILR GPTMAR En GPTMTAMR GPTMCFG GPTMCTL GPTMIMR TimerB Interrupt 32 KHz or Even CCP Pin RTC Divider GPTMRIS GPTMMIS TimerB Control GPTMICR GPTMTBR En GPTMTBPMR Clock / Edge Detect GPTMTBPR GPTMTBMATCHR Odd CCP Pin TB Comparator GPTMTBILR GPTMTBMR 0x0000 (Down Counter Modes) System Clock Table 9-1. Available CCP Pins Timer 16-Bit Up/Down Counter Even CCP Pin Odd CCP Pin Timer 0 TimerA TimerB Timer 1 TimerA TimerB Timer 2 TimerA TimerB 9.2 CCP0 - - CCP1 CCP2 - - CCP3 CCP4 - - CCP5 Functional Description The main components of each GPTM block are two free-running 16-bit up/down counters (referred to as TimerA and TimerB), two 16-bit match registers, two prescaler match registers, and two 16-bit load/initialization registers and their associated control functions. The exact functionality of each GPTM is controlled by software and configured through the register interface. Software configures the GPTM using the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register (see page 174), the GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR) register (see page 175), and the GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR) register (see page 177). When in one of the 32-bit modes, the timer can only act as a 32-bit timer. However, when configured in 16-bit mode, the GPTM can have its two 16-bit timers configured in any combination of the 16-bit modes. November 14, 2008 163 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers 9.2.1 GPTM Reset Conditions After reset has been applied to the GPTM module, the module is in an inactive state, and all control registers are cleared and in their default states. Counters TimerA and TimerB are initialized to 0xFFFF, along with their corresponding load registers: the GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR) register (see page 188) and the GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register (see page 189). The prescale counters are initialized to 0x00: the GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR) register (see page 192) and the GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR) register (see page 193). 9.2.2 32-Bit Timer Operating Modes This section describes the three GPTM 32-bit timer modes (One-Shot, Periodic, and RTC) and their configuration. The GPTM is placed into 32-bit mode by writing a 0 (One-Shot/Periodic 32-bit timer mode) or a 1 (RTC mode) to the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register. In both configurations, certain GPTM registers are concatenated to form pseudo 32-bit registers. These registers include: ■ GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR) register [15:0], see page 188 ■ GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register [15:0], see page 189 ■ GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR) register [15:0], see page 196 ■ GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR) register [15:0], see page 197 In the 32-bit modes, the GPTM translates a 32-bit write access to GPTMTAILR into a write access to both GPTMTAILR and GPTMTBILR. The resulting word ordering for such a write operation is: GPTMTBILR[15:0]:GPTMTAILR[15:0] Likewise, a read access to GPTMTAR returns the value: GPTMTBR[15:0]:GPTMTAR[15:0] 9.2.2.1 32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode In 32-bit one-shot and periodic timer modes, the concatenated versions of the TimerA and TimerB registers are configured as a 32-bit down-counter. The selection of one-shot or periodic mode is determined by the value written to the TAMR field of the GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR) register (see page 175), and there is no need to write to the GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR) register. When software writes the TAEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register (see page 179), the timer begins counting down from its preloaded value. Once the 0x0000.0000 state is reached, the timer reloads its start value from the concatenated GPTMTAILR on the next cycle. If configured to be a one-shot timer, the timer stops counting and clears the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. If configured as a periodic timer, it continues counting. In addition to reloading the count value, the GPTM generates interrupts and triggers when it reaches the 0x000.0000 state. The GPTM sets the TATORIS bit in the GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS) register (see page 184), and holds it until it is cleared by writing the GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) register (see page 186). If the time-out interrupt is enabled in the GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTIMR) register (see page 182), the GPTM also sets the TATOMIS bit in the GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS) register (see page 185). 164 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller If software reloads the GPTMTAILR register while the counter is running, the counter loads the new value on the next clock cycle and continues counting from the new value. If the TASTALL bit in the GPTMCTL register is asserted, the timer freezes counting until the signal is deasserted. 9.2.2.2 32-Bit Real-Time Clock Timer Mode In Real-Time Clock (RTC) mode, the concatenated versions of the TimerA and TimerB registers are configured as a 32-bit up-counter. When RTC mode is selected for the first time, the counter is loaded with a value of 0x0000.0001. All subsequent load values must be written to the GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR) register (see page 190) by the controller. The input clock on the CCP0, CCP2, or CCP4 pins is required to be 32.768 KHz in RTC mode. The clock signal is then divided down to a 1 Hz rate and is passed along to the input of the 32-bit counter. When software writes the TAEN bit inthe GPTMCTL register, the counter starts counting up from its preloaded value of 0x0000.0001. When the current count value matches the preloaded value in the GPTMTAMATCHR register, it rolls over to a value of 0x0000.0000 and continues counting until either a hardware reset, or it is disabled by software (clearing the TAEN bit). When a match occurs, the GPTM asserts the RTCRIS bit in GPTMRIS. If the RTC interrupt is enabled in GPTIMR, the GPTM also sets the RTCMIS bit in GPTMISR and generates a controller interrupt. The status flags are cleared by writing the RTCCINT bit in GPTMICR. If the TASTALL and/or TBSTALL bits in the GPTMCTL register are set, the timer does not freeze if the RTCEN bit is set in GPTMCTL. 9.2.3 16-Bit Timer Operating Modes The GPTM is placed into global 16-bit mode by writing a value of 0x4 to the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register (see page 174). This section describes each of the GPTM 16-bit modes of operation. TimerA and TimerB have identical modes, so a single description is given using an n to reference both. 9.2.3.1 16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode In 16-bit one-shot and periodic timer modes, the timer is configured as a 16-bit down-counter with an optional 8-bit prescaler that effectively extends the counting range of the timer to 24 bits. The selection of one-shot or periodic mode is determined by the value written to the TnMR field of the GPTMTnMR register. The optional prescaler is loaded into the GPTM Timern Prescale (GPTMTnPR) register. When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register, the timer begins counting down from its preloaded value. Once the 0x0000 state is reached, the timer reloads its start value from GPTMTnILR and GPTMTnPR on the next cycle. If configured to be a one-shot timer, the timer stops counting and clears the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. If configured as a periodic timer, it continues counting. In addition to reloading the count value, the timer generates interrupts and triggers when it reaches the 0x0000 state. The GPTM sets the TnTORIS bit in the GPTMRIS register, and holds it until it is cleared by writing the GPTMICR register. If the time-out interrupt is enabled in GPTIMR, the GPTM also sets the TnTOMIS bit in GPTMISR and generates a controller interrupt. If software reloads the GPTMTAILR register while the counter is running, the counter loads the new value on the next clock cycle and continues counting from the new value. If the TnSTALL bit in the GPTMCTL register is enabled, the timer freezes counting until the signal is deasserted. November 14, 2008 165 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers The following example shows a variety of configurations for a 16-bit free running timer while using the prescaler. All values assume a 50-MHz clock with Tc=20 ns (clock period). Table 9-2. 16-Bit Timer With Prescaler Configurations a Prescale #Clock (T c) Max Time Units 00000000 1 1.3107 mS 00000001 2 2.6214 mS 00000010 3 3.9321 mS ------------ -- -- -- 11111100 254 332.9229 mS 11111110 255 334.2336 mS 11111111 256 335.5443 mS a. Tc is the clock period. 9.2.3.2 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode Note: For rising-edge detection, the input signal must be High for at least two system clock periods following the rising edge. Similarly, for falling-edge detection, the input signal must be Low for at least two system clock periods following the falling edge. Based on this criteria, the maximum input frequency for edge detection is 1/4 of the system frequency. Note: The prescaler is not available in 16-Bit Input Edge Count mode. In Edge Count mode, the timer is configured as a down-counter capable of capturing three types of events: rising edge, falling edge, or both. To place the timer in Edge Count mode, the TnCMR bit of the GPTMTnMR register must be set to 0. The type of edge that the timer counts is determined by the TnEVENT fields of the GPTMCTL register. During initialization, the GPTM Timern Match (GPTMTnMATCHR) register is configured so that the difference between the value in the GPTMTnILR register and the GPTMTnMATCHR register equals the number of edge events that must be counted. When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register, the timer is enabled for event capture. Each input event on the CCP pin decrements the counter by 1 until the event count matches GPTMTnMATCHR. When the counts match, the GPTM asserts the CnMRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register (and the CnMMIS bit, if the interrupt is not masked). The counter is then reloaded using the value in GPTMTnILR, and stopped since the GPTM automatically clears the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. Once the event count has been reached, all further events are ignored until TnEN is re-enabled by software. Figure 9-2 on page 167 shows how input edge count mode works. In this case, the timer start value is set to GPTMnILR =0x000A and the match value is set to GPTMnMATCHR =0x0006 so that four edge events are counted. The counter is configured to detect both edges of the input signal. Note that the last two edges are not counted since the timer automatically clears the TnEN bit after the current count matches the value in the GPTMnMR register. 166 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Figure 9-2. 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode Example Timer stops, flags asserted Count Timer reload on next cycle Ignored Ignored 0x000A 0x0009 0x0008 0x0007 0x0006 Input Signal 9.2.3.3 16-Bit Input Edge Time Mode Note: For rising-edge detection, the input signal must be High for at least two system clock periods following the rising edge. Similarly, for falling edge detection, the input signal must be Low for at least two system clock periods following the falling edge. Based on this criteria, the maximum input frequency for edge detection is 1/4 of the system frequency. Note: The prescaler is not available in 16-Bit Input Edge Time mode. In Edge Time mode, the timer is configured as a free-running down-counter initialized to the value loaded in the GPTMTnILR register (or 0xFFFF at reset). This mode allows for event capture of either rising or falling edges, but not both. The timer is placed into Edge Time mode by setting the TnCMR bit in the GPTMTnMR register, and the type of event that the timer captures is determined by the TnEVENT fields of the GPTMCnTL register. When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register, the timer is enabled for event capture. When the selected input event is detected, the current Tn counter value is captured in the GPTMTnR register and is available to be read by the controller. The GPTM then asserts the CnERIS bit (and the CnEMIS bit, if the interrupt is not masked). After an event has been captured, the timer does not stop counting. It continues to count until the TnEN bit is cleared. When the timer reaches the 0x0000 state, it is reloaded with the value from the GPTMnILR register. Figure 9-3 on page 168 shows how input edge timing mode works. In the diagram, it is assumed that the start value of the timer is the default value of 0xFFFF, and the timer is configured to capture rising edge events. Each time a rising edge event is detected, the current count value is loaded into the GPTMTnR register, and is held there until another rising edge is detected (at which point the new count value is loaded into GPTMTnR). November 14, 2008 167 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Figure 9-3. 16-Bit Input Edge Time Mode Example Count 0xFFFF GPTMTnR=X GPTMTnR=Y GPTMTnR=Z Z X Y Time Input Signal 9.2.3.4 16-Bit PWM Mode Note: The prescaler is not available in 16-Bit PWM mode. The GPTM supports a simple PWM generation mode. In PWM mode, the timer is configured as a down-counter with a start value (and thus period) defined by GPTMTnILR. PWM mode is enabled with the GPTMTnMR register by setting the TnAMS bit to 0x1, the TnCMR bit to 0x0, and the TnMR field to 0x2. When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register, the counter begins counting down until it reaches the 0x0000 state. On the next counter cycle, the counter reloads its start value from GPTMTnILR and continues counting until disabled by software clearing the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. No interrupts or status bits are asserted in PWM mode. The output PWM signal asserts when the counter is at the value of the GPTMTnILR register (its start state), and is deasserted when the counter value equals the value in the GPTM Timern Match Register (GPTMnMATCHR). Software has the capability of inverting the output PWM signal by setting the TnPWML bit in the GPTMCTL register. Figure 9-4 on page 169 shows how to generate an output PWM with a 1-ms period and a 66% duty cycle assuming a 50-MHz input clock and TnPWML =0 (duty cycle would be 33% for the TnPWML =1 configuration). For this example, the start value is GPTMnIRL=0xC350 and the match value is GPTMnMR=0x411A. 168 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Figure 9-4. 16-Bit PWM Mode Example Count GPTMTnR=GPTMnMR GPTMTnR=GPTMnMR 0xC350 0x411A Time TnEN set TnPWML = 0 Output Signal TnPWML = 1 9.3 Initialization and Configuration To use the general-purpose timers, the peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the TIMER0, TIMER1, and TIMER2 bits in the RCGC1 register. This section shows module initialization and configuration examples for each of the supported timer modes. 9.3.1 32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode The GPTM is configured for 32-bit One-Shot and Periodic modes by the following sequence: 1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register is cleared) before making any changes. 2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x0. 3. Set the TAMR field in the GPTM TimerA Mode Register (GPTMTAMR): a. Write a value of 0x1 for One-Shot mode. b. Write a value of 0x2 for Periodic mode. 4. Load the start value into the GPTM TimerA Interval Load Register (GPTMTAILR). 5. If interrupts are required, set the TATOIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register (GPTMIMR). 6. Set the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and start counting. November 14, 2008 169 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers 7. Poll the TATORIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled). In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the TATOCINT bit of the GPTM Interrupt Clear Register (GPTMICR). In One-Shot mode, the timer stops counting after step 7 on page 170. To re-enable the timer, repeat the sequence. A timer configured in Periodic mode does not stop counting after it times out. 9.3.2 32-Bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) Mode To use the RTC mode, the timer must have a 32.768-KHz input signal on its CCP0, CCP2, or CCP4 pins. To enable the RTC feature, follow these steps: 1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TAEN bit is cleared) before making any changes. 2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x1. 3. Write the desired match value to the GPTM TimerA Match Register (GPTMTAMATCHR). 4. Set/clear the RTCEN bit in the GPTM Control Register (GPTMCTL) as desired. 5. If interrupts are required, set the RTCIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register (GPTMIMR). 6. Set the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and start counting. When the timer count equals the value in the GPTMTAMATCHR register, the counter is re-loaded with 0x0000.0000 and begins counting. If an interrupt is enabled, it does not have to be cleared. 9.3.3 16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode A timer is configured for 16-bit One-Shot and Periodic modes by the following sequence: 1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes. 2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x4. 3. Set the TnMR field in the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register: a. Write a value of 0x1 for One-Shot mode. b. Write a value of 0x2 for Periodic mode. 4. If a prescaler is to be used, write the prescale value to the GPTM Timern Prescale Register (GPTMTnPR). 5. Load the start value into the GPTM Timer Interval Load Register (GPTMTnILR). 6. If interrupts are required, set the TnTOIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register (GPTMIMR). 7. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control Register (GPTMCTL) to enable the timer and start counting. 8. Poll the TnTORIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled). In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the TnTOCINT bit of the GPTM Interrupt Clear Register (GPTMICR). 170 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller In One-Shot mode, the timer stops counting after step 8 on page 170. To re-enable the timer, repeat the sequence. A timer configured in Periodic mode does not stop counting after it times out. 9.3.4 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode A timer is configured to Input Edge Count mode by the following sequence: 1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes. 2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x4. 3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, write the TnCMR field to 0x0 and the TnMR field to 0x3. 4. Configure the type of event(s) that the timer captures by writing the TnEVENT field of the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register. 5. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timern Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register. 6. Load the desired event count into the GPTM Timern Match (GPTMTnMATCHR) register. 7. If interrupts are required, set the CnMIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR) register. 8. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and begin waiting for edge events. 9. Poll the CnMRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled). In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the CnMCINT bit of the GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) register. In Input Edge Count Mode, the timer stops after the desired number of edge events has been detected. To re-enable the timer, ensure that the TnEN bit is cleared and repeat step 4 on page 171 through step 9 on page 171. 9.3.5 16-Bit Input Edge Timing Mode A timer is configured to Input Edge Timing mode by the following sequence: 1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes. 2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x4. 3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, write the TnCMR field to 0x1 and the TnMR field to 0x3. 4. Configure the type of event that the timer captures by writing the TnEVENT field of the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register. 5. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timern Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register. 6. If interrupts are required, set the CnEIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR) register. 7. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register to enable the timer and start counting. 8. Poll the CnERIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled). In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the CnECINT bit of the GPTM November 14, 2008 171 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) register. The time at which the event happened can be obtained by reading the GPTM Timern (GPTMTnR) register. In Input Edge Timing mode, the timer continues running after an edge event has been detected, but the timer interval can be changed at any time by writing the GPTMTnILR register. The change takes effect at the next cycle after the write. 9.3.6 16-Bit PWM Mode A timer is configured to PWM mode using the following sequence: 1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes. 2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x4. 3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, set the TnAMS bit to 0x1, the TnCMR bit to 0x0, and the TnMR field to 0x2. 4. Configure the output state of the PWM signal (whether or not it is inverted) in the TnEVENT field of the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register. 5. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timern Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register. 6. Load the GPTM Timern Match (GPTMTnMATCHR) register with the desired value. 7. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register to enable the timer and begin generation of the output PWM signal. In PWM Timing mode, the timer continues running after the PWM signal has been generated. The PWM period can be adjusted at any time by writing the GPTMTnILR register, and the change takes effect at the next cycle after the write. 9.4 Register Map Table 9-3 on page 172 lists the GPTM registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s address, relative to that timer’s base address: ■ Timer0: 0x4003.0000 ■ Timer1: 0x4003.1000 ■ Timer2: 0x4003.2000 Table 9-3. Timers Register Map Description See page Offset Name Type Reset 0x000 GPTMCFG R/W 0x0000.0000 GPTM Configuration 174 0x004 GPTMTAMR R/W 0x0000.0000 GPTM TimerA Mode 175 0x008 GPTMTBMR R/W 0x0000.0000 GPTM TimerB Mode 177 0x00C GPTMCTL R/W 0x0000.0000 GPTM Control 179 0x018 GPTMIMR R/W 0x0000.0000 GPTM Interrupt Mask 182 0x01C GPTMRIS RO 0x0000.0000 GPTM Raw Interrupt Status 184 172 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Offset Name 0x020 0x024 Description See page Type Reset GPTMMIS RO 0x0000.0000 GPTM Masked Interrupt Status 185 GPTMICR W1C 0x0000.0000 GPTM Interrupt Clear 186 GPTM TimerA Interval Load 188 0x028 GPTMTAILR R/W 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) 0x02C GPTMTBILR R/W 0x0000.FFFF GPTM TimerB Interval Load 189 GPTM TimerA Match 190 0x030 GPTMTAMATCHR R/W 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) 0x034 GPTMTBMATCHR R/W 0x0000.FFFF GPTM TimerB Match 191 0x038 GPTMTAPR R/W 0x0000.0000 GPTM TimerA Prescale 192 0x03C GPTMTBPR R/W 0x0000.0000 GPTM TimerB Prescale 193 0x040 GPTMTAPMR R/W 0x0000.0000 GPTM TimerA Prescale Match 194 0x044 GPTMTBPMR R/W 0x0000.0000 GPTM TimerB Prescale Match 195 0x048 GPTMTAR RO 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) GPTM TimerA 196 0x04C GPTMTBR RO 0x0000.FFFF GPTM TimerB 197 9.5 Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the GPTM registers, in numerical order by address offset. November 14, 2008 173 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Register 1: GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG), offset 0x000 This register configures the global operation of the GPTM module. The value written to this register determines whether the GPTM is in 32- or 16-bit mode. GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 GPTMCFG R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:3 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 2:0 GPTMCFG R/W 0x0 GPTM Configuration The GPTMCFG values are defined as follows: Value Description 0x0 32-bit timer configuration. 0x1 32-bit real-time clock (RTC) counter configuration. 0x2 Reserved 0x3 Reserved 0x4-0x7 16-bit timer configuration, function is controlled by bits 1:0 of GPTMTAMR and GPTMTBMR. 174 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 2: GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR), offset 0x004 This register configures the GPTM based on the configuration selected in the GPTMCFG register. When in 16-bit PWM mode, set the TAAMS bit to 0x1, the TACMR bit to 0x0, and the TAMR field to 0x2. GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x004 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TAAMS TACMR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset TAMR R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:4 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 3 TAAMS R/W 0 GPTM TimerA Alternate Mode Select The TAAMS values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Capture mode is enabled. 1 PWM mode is enabled. Note: 2 TACMR R/W 0 To enable PWM mode, you must also clear the TACMR bit and set the TAMR field to 0x2. GPTM TimerA Capture Mode The TACMR values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Edge-Count mode 1 Edge-Time mode November 14, 2008 175 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Bit/Field Name Type Reset 1:0 TAMR R/W 0x0 Description GPTM TimerA Mode The TAMR values are defined as follows: Value Description 0x0 Reserved 0x1 One-Shot Timer mode 0x2 Periodic Timer mode 0x3 Capture mode The Timer mode is based on the timer configuration defined by bits 2:0 in the GPTMCFG register (16-or 32-bit). In 16-bit timer configuration, TAMR controls the 16-bit timer modes for TimerA. In 32-bit timer configuration, this register controls the mode and the contents of GPTMTBMR are ignored. 176 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 3: GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR), offset 0x008 This register configures the GPTM based on the configuration selected in the GPTMCFG register. When in 16-bit PWM mode, set the TBAMS bit to 0x1, the TBCMR bit to 0x0, and the TBMR field to 0x2. GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TBAMS TBCMR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset TBMR R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:4 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 3 TBAMS R/W 0 GPTM TimerB Alternate Mode Select The TBAMS values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Capture mode is enabled. 1 PWM mode is enabled. Note: 2 TBCMR R/W 0 To enable PWM mode, you must also clear the TBCMR bit and set the TBMR field to 0x2. GPTM TimerB Capture Mode The TBCMR values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Edge-Count mode 1 Edge-Time mode November 14, 2008 177 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Bit/Field Name Type Reset 1:0 TBMR R/W 0x0 Description GPTM TimerB Mode The TBMR values are defined as follows: Value Description 0x0 Reserved 0x1 One-Shot Timer mode 0x2 Periodic Timer mode 0x3 Capture mode The timer mode is based on the timer configuration defined by bits 2:0 in the GPTMCFG register. In 16-bit timer configuration, these bits control the 16-bit timer modes for TimerB. In 32-bit timer configuration, this register’s contents are ignored and GPTMTAMR is used. 178 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 4: GPTM Control (GPTMCTL), offset 0x00C This register is used alongside the GPTMCFG and GMTMTnMR registers to fine-tune the timer configuration, and to enable other features such as timer stall. GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x00C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 TBSTALL TBEN R/W 0 R/W 0 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TASTALL TAEN R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved TBPWML Type Reset RO 0 reserved R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 TBEVENT R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved TAPWML reserved RO 0 R/W 0 RO 0 RTCEN R/W 0 TAEVENT R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:15 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 14 TBPWML R/W 0 GPTM TimerB PWM Output Level The TBPWML values are defined as follows: Value Description 13:12 reserved RO 0 11:10 TBEVENT R/W 0x0 0 Output is unaffected. 1 Output is inverted. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM TimerB Event Mode The TBEVENT values are defined as follows: Value Description 0x0 Positive edge 0x1 Negative edge 0x2 Reserved 0x3 Both edges 9 TBSTALL R/W 0 GPTM TimerB Stall Enable The TBSTALL values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 TimerB stalling is disabled. 1 TimerB stalling is enabled. November 14, 2008 179 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Bit/Field Name Type Reset 8 TBEN R/W 0 Description GPTM TimerB Enable The TBEN values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 TimerB is disabled. 1 TimerB is enabled and begins counting or the capture logic is enabled based on the GPTMCFG register. 7 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 6 TAPWML R/W 0 GPTM TimerA PWM Output Level The TAPWML values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Output is unaffected. 1 Output is inverted. 5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 4 RTCEN R/W 0 GPTM RTC Enable The RTCEN values are defined as follows: Value Description 3:2 TAEVENT R/W 0x0 0 RTC counting is disabled. 1 RTC counting is enabled. GPTM TimerA Event Mode The TAEVENT values are defined as follows: Value Description 0x0 Positive edge 0x1 Negative edge 0x2 Reserved 0x3 Both edges 1 TASTALL R/W 0 GPTM TimerA Stall Enable The TASTALL values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 TimerA stalling is disabled. 1 TimerA stalling is enabled. 180 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 0 TAEN R/W 0 Description GPTM TimerA Enable The TAEN values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 TimerA is disabled. 1 TimerA is enabled and begins counting or the capture logic is enabled based on the GPTMCFG register. November 14, 2008 181 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Register 5: GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR), offset 0x018 This register allows software to enable/disable GPTM controller-level interrupts. Writing a 1 enables the interrupt, while writing a 0 disables it. GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x018 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 CBEIM CBMIM TBTOIM RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RTCIM CAEIM CAMIM TATOIM RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 reserved Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:11 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 10 CBEIM R/W 0 GPTM CaptureB Event Interrupt Mask The CBEIM values are defined as follows: Value Description 9 CBMIM R/W 0 0 Interrupt is disabled. 1 Interrupt is enabled. GPTM CaptureB Match Interrupt Mask The CBMIM values are defined as follows: Value Description 8 TBTOIM R/W 0 0 Interrupt is disabled. 1 Interrupt is enabled. GPTM TimerB Time-Out Interrupt Mask The TBTOIM values are defined as follows: Value Description 7:4 reserved RO 0 0 Interrupt is disabled. 1 Interrupt is enabled. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 182 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 3 RTCIM R/W 0 Description GPTM RTC Interrupt Mask The RTCIM values are defined as follows: Value Description 2 CAEIM R/W 0 0 Interrupt is disabled. 1 Interrupt is enabled. GPTM CaptureA Event Interrupt Mask The CAEIM values are defined as follows: Value Description 1 CAMIM R/W 0 0 Interrupt is disabled. 1 Interrupt is enabled. GPTM CaptureA Match Interrupt Mask The CAMIM values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 TATOIM R/W 0 0 Interrupt is disabled. 1 Interrupt is enabled. GPTM TimerA Time-Out Interrupt Mask The TATOIM values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Interrupt is disabled. 1 Interrupt is enabled. November 14, 2008 183 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Register 6: GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS), offset 0x01C This register shows the state of the GPTM's internal interrupt signal. These bits are set whether or not the interrupt is masked in the GPTMIMR register. Each bit can be cleared by writing a 1 to its corresponding bit in GPTMICR. GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x01C Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RTCRIS CAERIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 CBERIS RO 0 CBMRIS TBTORIS RO 0 RO 0 reserved CAMRIS TATORIS RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:11 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 10 CBERIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureB Event Raw Interrupt This is the CaptureB Event interrupt status prior to masking. 9 CBMRIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureB Match Raw Interrupt This is the CaptureB Match interrupt status prior to masking. 8 TBTORIS RO 0 GPTM TimerB Time-Out Raw Interrupt This is the TimerB time-out interrupt status prior to masking. 7:4 reserved RO 0x0 3 RTCRIS RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM RTC Raw Interrupt This is the RTC Event interrupt status prior to masking. 2 CAERIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureA Event Raw Interrupt This is the CaptureA Event interrupt status prior to masking. 1 CAMRIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureA Match Raw Interrupt This is the CaptureA Match interrupt status prior to masking. 0 TATORIS RO 0 GPTM TimerA Time-Out Raw Interrupt This the TimerA time-out interrupt status prior to masking. 184 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 7: GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS), offset 0x020 This register show the state of the GPTM's controller-level interrupt. If an interrupt is unmasked in GPTMIMR, and there is an event that causes the interrupt to be asserted, the corresponding bit is set in this register. All bits are cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in GPTMICR. GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x020 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 CBEMIS CBMMIS TBTOMIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved RTCMIS RO 0 CAEMIS CAMMIS TATOMIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:11 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 10 CBEMIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureB Event Masked Interrupt This is the CaptureB event interrupt status after masking. 9 CBMMIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureB Match Masked Interrupt This is the CaptureB match interrupt status after masking. 8 TBTOMIS RO 0 GPTM TimerB Time-Out Masked Interrupt This is the TimerB time-out interrupt status after masking. 7:4 reserved RO 0x0 3 RTCMIS RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM RTC Masked Interrupt This is the RTC event interrupt status after masking. 2 CAEMIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureA Event Masked Interrupt This is the CaptureA event interrupt status after masking. 1 CAMMIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureA Match Masked Interrupt This is the CaptureA match interrupt status after masking. 0 TATOMIS RO 0 GPTM TimerA Time-Out Masked Interrupt This is the TimerA time-out interrupt status after masking. November 14, 2008 185 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Register 8: GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR), offset 0x024 This register is used to clear the status bits in the GPTMRIS and GPTMMIS registers. Writing a 1 to a bit clears the corresponding bit in the GPTMRIS and GPTMMIS registers. GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x024 Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 CBECINT CBMCINT TBTOCINT W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 reserved RTCCINT CAECINT CAMCINT TATOCINT W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:11 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 10 CBECINT W1C 0 GPTM CaptureB Event Interrupt Clear The CBECINT values are defined as follows: Value Description 9 CBMCINT W1C 0 0 The interrupt is unaffected. 1 The interrupt is cleared. GPTM CaptureB Match Interrupt Clear The CBMCINT values are defined as follows: Value Description 8 TBTOCINT W1C 0 0 The interrupt is unaffected. 1 The interrupt is cleared. GPTM TimerB Time-Out Interrupt Clear The TBTOCINT values are defined as follows: Value Description 7:4 reserved RO 0x0 0 The interrupt is unaffected. 1 The interrupt is cleared. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 186 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 3 RTCCINT W1C 0 Description GPTM RTC Interrupt Clear The RTCCINT values are defined as follows: Value Description 2 CAECINT W1C 0 0 The interrupt is unaffected. 1 The interrupt is cleared. GPTM CaptureA Event Interrupt Clear The CAECINT values are defined as follows: Value Description 1 CAMCINT W1C 0 0 The interrupt is unaffected. 1 The interrupt is cleared. GPTM CaptureA Match Raw Interrupt This is the CaptureA match interrupt status after masking. 0 TATOCINT W1C 0 GPTM TimerA Time-Out Raw Interrupt The TATOCINT values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 The interrupt is unaffected. 1 The interrupt is cleared. November 14, 2008 187 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Register 9: GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR), offset 0x028 This register is used to load the starting count value into the timer. When GPTM is configured to one of the 32-bit modes, GPTMTAILR appears as a 32-bit register (the upper 16-bits correspond to the contents of the GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register). In 16-bit mode, the upper 16 bits of this register read as 0s and have no effect on the state of GPTMTBILR. GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x028 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 TAILRH Type Reset TAILRL Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type 31:16 TAILRH R/W Reset Description 0xFFFF GPTM TimerA Interval Load Register High (32-bit mode) When configured for 32-bit mode via the GPTMCFG register, the GPTM 0x0000 (16-bit mode) TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register loads this value on a write. A read returns the current value of GPTMTBILR. In 16-bit mode, this field reads as 0 and does not have an effect on the state of GPTMTBILR. 15:0 TAILRL R/W 0xFFFF GPTM TimerA Interval Load Register Low For both 16- and 32-bit modes, writing this field loads the counter for TimerA. A read returns the current value of GPTMTAILR. 188 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 10: GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR), offset 0x02C This register is used to load the starting count value into TimerB. When the GPTM is configured to a 32-bit mode, GPTMTBILR returns the current value of TimerB and ignores writes. GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x02C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 reserved Type Reset TBILRL Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:16 reserved RO 0x0000 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 15:0 TBILRL R/W 0xFFFF GPTM TimerB Interval Load Register When the GPTM is not configured as a 32-bit timer, a write to this field updates GPTMTBILR. In 32-bit mode, writes are ignored, and reads return the current value of GPTMTBILR. November 14, 2008 189 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Register 11: GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR), offset 0x030 This register is used in 32-bit Real-Time Clock mode and 16-bit PWM and Input Edge Count modes. GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x030 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 TAMRH Type Reset TAMRL Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type 31:16 TAMRH R/W Reset Description 0xFFFF GPTM TimerA Match Register High (32-bit mode) When configured for 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) mode via the 0x0000 (16-bit mode) GPTMCFG register, this value is compared to the upper half of GPTMTAR, to determine match events. In 16-bit mode, this field reads as 0 and does not have an effect on the state of GPTMTBMATCHR. 15:0 TAMRL R/W 0xFFFF GPTM TimerA Match Register Low When configured for 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) mode via the GPTMCFG register, this value is compared to the lower half of GPTMTAR, to determine match events. When configured for PWM mode, this value along with GPTMTAILR, determines the duty cycle of the output PWM signal. When configured for Edge Count mode, this value along with GPTMTAILR, determines how many edge events are counted. The total number of edge events counted is equal to the value in GPTMTAILR minus this value. 190 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 12: GPTM TimerB Match (GPTMTBMATCHR), offset 0x034 This register is used in 16-bit PWM and Input Edge Count modes. GPTM TimerB Match (GPTMTBMATCHR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x034 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 reserved Type Reset TBMRL Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:16 reserved RO 0x0000 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 15:0 TBMRL R/W 0xFFFF GPTM TimerB Match Register Low When configured for PWM mode, this value along with GPTMTBILR, determines the duty cycle of the output PWM signal. When configured for Edge Count mode, this value along with GPTMTBILR, determines how many edge events are counted. The total number of edge events counted is equal to the value in GPTMTBILR minus this value. November 14, 2008 191 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Register 13: GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR), offset 0x038 This register allows software to extend the range of the 16-bit timers when operating in one-shot or periodic mode. GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x038 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset TAPSR RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 TAPSR R/W 0x00 GPTM TimerA Prescale The register loads this value on a write. A read returns the current value of the register. Refer to Table 9-2 on page 166 for more details and an example. 192 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 14: GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR), offset 0x03C This register allows software to extend the range of the 16-bit timers when operating in one-shot or periodic mode. GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x03C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset TBPSR RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 TBPSR R/W 0x00 GPTM TimerB Prescale The register loads this value on a write. A read returns the current value of this register. Refer to Table 9-2 on page 166 for more details and an example. November 14, 2008 193 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Register 15: GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR), offset 0x040 This register effectively extends the range of GPTMTAMATCHR to 24 bits when operating in 16-bit one-shot or periodic mode. GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x040 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset TAPSMR RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 TAPSMR R/W 0x00 GPTM TimerA Prescale Match This value is used alongside GPTMTAMATCHR to detect timer match events while using a prescaler. 194 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 16: GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR), offset 0x044 This register effectively extends the range of GPTMTBMATCHR to 24 bits when operating in 16-bit one-shot or periodic mode. GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x044 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset TBPSMR RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 TBPSMR R/W 0x00 GPTM TimerB Prescale Match This value is used alongside GPTMTBMATCHR to detect timer match events while using a prescaler. November 14, 2008 195 Preliminary General-Purpose Timers Register 17: GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR), offset 0x048 This register shows the current value of the TimerA counter in all cases except for Input Edge Count mode. When in this mode, this register contains the time at which the last edge event took place. GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x048 Type RO, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 TARH Type Reset TARL Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type 31:16 TARH RO 15:0 TARL RO Reset Description 0xFFFF GPTM TimerA Register High (32-bit mode) If the GPTMCFG is in a 32-bit mode, TimerB value is read. If the 0x0000 (16-bit mode) GPTMCFG is in a 16-bit mode, this is read as zero. 0xFFFF GPTM TimerA Register Low A read returns the current value of the GPTM TimerA Count Register, except in Input Edge Count mode, when it returns the timestamp from the last edge event. 196 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 18: GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR), offset 0x04C This register shows the current value of the TimerB counter in all cases except for Input Edge Count mode. When in this mode, this register contains the time at which the last edge event took place. GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Offset 0x04C Type RO, reset 0x0000.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 reserved Type Reset TBRL Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:16 reserved RO 0x0000 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 15:0 TBRL RO 0xFFFF GPTM TimerB A read returns the current value of the GPTM TimerB Count Register, except in Input Edge Count mode, when it returns the timestamp from the last edge event. November 14, 2008 197 Preliminary Watchdog Timer 10 Watchdog Timer A watchdog timer can generate nonmaskable interrupts (NMIs) or a reset when a time-out value is reached. The watchdog timer is used to regain control when a system has failed due to a software error or due to the failure of an external device to respond in the expected way. ® The Stellaris Watchdog Timer module has the following features: ■ 32-bit down counter with a programmable load register ■ Separate watchdog clock with an enable ■ Programmable interrupt generation logic with interrupt masking ■ Lock register protection from runaway software ■ Reset generation logic with an enable/disable ■ User-enabled stalling when the controller asserts the CPU Halt flag during debug The Watchdog Timer can be configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on its first time-out, and to generate a reset signal on its second time-out. Once the Watchdog Timer has been configured, the lock register can be written to prevent the timer configuration from being inadvertently altered. 198 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 10.1 Block Diagram Figure 10-1. WDT Module Block Diagram WDTLOAD Control / Clock / Interrupt Generation WDTCTL WDTICR Interrupt WDTRIS 32-Bit Down Counter WDTMIS 0x00000000 WDTLOCK System Clock WDTTEST Comparator WDTVALUE Identification Registers 10.2 WDTPCellID0 WDTPeriphID0 WDTPeriphID4 WDTPCellID1 WDTPeriphID1 WDTPeriphID5 WDTPCellID2 WDTPeriphID2 WDTPeriphID6 WDTPCellID3 WDTPeriphID3 WDTPeriphID7 Functional Description The Watchdog Timer module generates the first time-out signal when the 32-bit counter reaches the zero state after being enabled; enabling the counter also enables the watchdog timer interrupt. After the first time-out event, the 32-bit counter is re-loaded with the value of the Watchdog Timer Load (WDTLOAD) register, and the timer resumes counting down from that value. Once the Watchdog Timer has been configured, the Watchdog Timer Lock (WDTLOCK) register is written, which prevents the timer configuration from being inadvertently altered by software. If the timer counts down to its zero state again before the first time-out interrupt is cleared, and the reset signal has been enabled (via the WatchdogResetEnable function), the Watchdog timer asserts its reset signal to the system. If the interrupt is cleared before the 32-bit counter reaches its second time-out, the 32-bit counter is loaded with the value in the WDTLOAD register, and counting resumes from that value. If WDTLOAD is written with a new value while the Watchdog Timer counter is counting, then the counter is loaded with the new value and continues counting. November 14, 2008 199 Preliminary Watchdog Timer Writing to WDTLOAD does not clear an active interrupt. An interrupt must be specifically cleared by writing to the Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR) register. The Watchdog module interrupt and reset generation can be enabled or disabled as required. When the interrupt is re-enabled, the 32-bit counter is preloaded with the load register value and not its last state. 10.3 Initialization and Configuration To use the WDT, its peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the WDT bit in the RCGC0 register. The Watchdog Timer is configured using the following sequence: 1. Load the WDTLOAD register with the desired timer load value. 2. If the Watchdog is configured to trigger system resets, set the RESEN bit in the WDTCTL register. 3. Set the INTEN bit in the WDTCTL register to enable the Watchdog and lock the control register. If software requires that all of the watchdog registers are locked, the Watchdog Timer module can be fully locked by writing any value to the WDTLOCK register. To unlock the Watchdog Timer, write a value of 0x1ACC.E551. 10.4 Register Map Table 10-1 on page 200 lists the Watchdog registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s address, relative to the Watchdog Timer base address of 0x4000.0000. Table 10-1. Watchdog Timer Register Map Description See page Offset Name Type Reset 0x000 WDTLOAD R/W 0xFFFF.FFFF Watchdog Load 202 0x004 WDTVALUE RO 0xFFFF.FFFF Watchdog Value 203 0x008 WDTCTL R/W 0x0000.0000 Watchdog Control 204 0x00C WDTICR WO - Watchdog Interrupt Clear 205 0x010 WDTRIS RO 0x0000.0000 Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status 206 0x014 WDTMIS RO 0x0000.0000 Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status 207 0x418 WDTTEST R/W 0x0000.0000 Watchdog Test 208 0xC00 WDTLOCK R/W 0x0000.0000 Watchdog Lock 209 0xFD0 WDTPeriphID4 RO 0x0000.0000 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 210 0xFD4 WDTPeriphID5 RO 0x0000.0000 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 211 0xFD8 WDTPeriphID6 RO 0x0000.0000 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 212 0xFDC WDTPeriphID7 RO 0x0000.0000 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 213 0xFE0 WDTPeriphID0 RO 0x0000.0005 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 214 0xFE4 WDTPeriphID1 RO 0x0000.0018 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 215 0xFE8 WDTPeriphID2 RO 0x0000.0018 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 216 200 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Offset Name 0xFEC Reset WDTPeriphID3 RO 0x0000.0001 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 217 0xFF0 WDTPCellID0 RO 0x0000.000D Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 218 0xFF4 WDTPCellID1 RO 0x0000.00F0 Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 219 0xFF8 WDTPCellID2 RO 0x0000.0005 Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 220 0xFFC WDTPCellID3 RO 0x0000.00B1 Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 221 10.5 Description See page Type Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the WDT registers, in numerical order by address offset. November 14, 2008 201 Preliminary Watchdog Timer Register 1: Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD), offset 0x000 This register is the 32-bit interval value used by the 32-bit counter. When this register is written, the value is immediately loaded and the counter restarts counting down from the new value. If the WDTLOAD register is loaded with 0x0000.0000, an interrupt is immediately generated. Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 WDTLoad Type Reset WDTLoad Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type 31:0 WDTLoad R/W Reset R/W 1 Description 0xFFFF.FFFF Watchdog Load Value 202 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 2: Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE), offset 0x004 This register contains the current count value of the timer. Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x004 Type RO, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 WDTValue Type Reset WDTValue Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type 31:0 WDTValue RO Reset RO 1 Description 0xFFFF.FFFF Watchdog Value Current value of the 32-bit down counter. November 14, 2008 203 Preliminary Watchdog Timer Register 3: Watchdog Control (WDTCTL), offset 0x008 This register is the watchdog control register. The watchdog timer can be configured to generate a reset signal (on second time-out) or an interrupt on time-out. When the watchdog interrupt has been enabled, all subsequent writes to the control register are ignored. The only mechanism that can re-enable writes is a hardware reset. Watchdog Control (WDTCTL) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 1 0 RESEN INTEN R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:2 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 1 RESEN R/W 0 Watchdog Reset Enable The RESEN values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 INTEN R/W 0 0 Disabled. 1 Enable the Watchdog module reset output. Watchdog Interrupt Enable The INTEN values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Interrupt event disabled (once this bit is set, it can only be cleared by a hardware reset). 1 Interrupt event enabled. Once enabled, all writes are ignored. 204 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 4: Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR), offset 0x00C This register is the interrupt clear register. A write of any value to this register clears the Watchdog interrupt and reloads the 32-bit counter from the WDTLOAD register. Value for a read or reset is indeterminate. Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x00C Type WO, reset 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - WO - WDTIntClr Type Reset WDTIntClr Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31:0 WDTIntClr WO - WO - Description Watchdog Interrupt Clear November 14, 2008 205 Preliminary Watchdog Timer Register 5: Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS), offset 0x010 This register is the raw interrupt status register. Watchdog interrupt events can be monitored via this register if the controller interrupt is masked. Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x010 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 WDTRIS RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:1 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 WDTRIS RO 0 Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of WDTINTR. 206 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 6: Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS), offset 0x014 This register is the masked interrupt status register. The value of this register is the logical AND of the raw interrupt bit and the Watchdog interrupt enable bit. Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x014 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 WDTMIS RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:1 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 WDTMIS RO 0 Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state (after masking) of the WDTINTR interrupt. November 14, 2008 207 Preliminary Watchdog Timer Register 7: Watchdog Test (WDTTEST), offset 0x418 This register provides user-enabled stalling when the microcontroller asserts the CPU halt flag during debug. Watchdog Test (WDTTEST) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x418 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 STALL R/W 0 reserved Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:9 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 8 STALL R/W 0 Watchdog Stall Enable ® When set to 1, if the Stellaris microcontroller is stopped with a debugger, the watchdog timer stops counting. Once the microcontroller is restarted, the watchdog timer resumes counting. 7:0 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 208 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 8: Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK), offset 0xC00 Writing 0x1ACC.E551 to the WDTLOCK register enables write access to all other registers. Writing any other value to the WDTLOCK register re-enables the locked state for register writes to all the other registers. Reading the WDTLOCK register returns the lock status rather than the 32-bit value written. Therefore, when write accesses are disabled, reading the WDTLOCK register returns 0x0000.0001 (when locked; otherwise, the returned value is 0x0000.0000 (unlocked)). Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xC00 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 WDTLock Type Reset WDTLock Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31:0 WDTLock R/W 0x0000 R/W 0 Description Watchdog Lock A write of the value 0x1ACC.E551 unlocks the watchdog registers for write access. A write of any other value reapplies the lock, preventing any register updates. A read of this register returns the following values: Value Description 0x0000.0001 Locked 0x0000.0000 Unlocked November 14, 2008 209 Preliminary Watchdog Timer Register 9: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFD0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID4 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID4 RO 0x00 WDT Peripheral ID Register[7:0] 210 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 10: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFD4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID5 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID5 RO 0x00 WDT Peripheral ID Register[15:8] November 14, 2008 211 Preliminary Watchdog Timer Register 11: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFD8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID6 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID6 RO 0x00 WDT Peripheral ID Register[23:16] 212 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 12: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFDC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID7 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID7 RO 0x00 WDT Peripheral ID Register[31:24] November 14, 2008 213 Preliminary Watchdog Timer Register 13: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFE0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID0 RO 0x05 Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[7:0] 214 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 14: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFE4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID1 RO 0x18 Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[15:8] November 14, 2008 215 Preliminary Watchdog Timer Register 15: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFE8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID2 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID2 RO 0x18 Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[23:16] 216 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 16: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFEC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PID3 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID3 RO 0x01 Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[31:24] November 14, 2008 217 Preliminary Watchdog Timer Register 17: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFF0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset CID0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID0 RO 0x0D Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[7:0] 218 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 18: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFF4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset CID1 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID1 RO 0xF0 Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[15:8] November 14, 2008 219 Preliminary Watchdog Timer Register 19: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFF8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset CID2 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID2 RO 0x05 Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[23:16] 220 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 20: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3 ), offset 0xFFC The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFFC Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset CID3 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID3 RO 0xB1 Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[31:24] November 14, 2008 221 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) 11 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) ® Each Stellaris Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) has the following features: ■ Two fully programmable 16C550-type UARTs ■ Separate 16x8 transmit (TX) and 16x12 receive (RX) FIFOs to reduce CPU interrupt service loading ■ Programmable baud-rate generator allowing speeds up to 3.125 Mbps ■ Programmable FIFO length, including 1-byte deep operation providing conventional double-buffered interface ■ FIFO trigger levels of 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and 7/8 ■ Standard asynchronous communication bits for start, stop, and parity ■ False-start bit detection ■ Line-break generation and detection ■ Fully programmable serial interface characteristics – 5, 6, 7, or 8 data bits – Even, odd, stick, or no-parity bit generation/detection – 1 or 2 stop bit generation 222 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 11.1 Block Diagram Figure 11-1. UART Module Block Diagram System Clock Interrupt Interrupt Control UARTIFLS UARTIM UARTMIS UARTRIS UARTICR Identification Registers UARTPCellID0 UARTPCellID1 UARTPCellID2 UARTPCellID3 UARTPeriphID0 UARTPeriphID1 UARTPeriphID2 UARTPeriphID3 UARTPeriphID4 UARTPeriphID5 UARTPeriphID6 UARTPeriphID7 11.2 TxFIFO 16 x 8 . . . Transmitter UnTx Baud Rate Generator UARTIBRD UARTFBRD UARTDR Receiver Control/Status UARTRSR/ECR UARTFR UARTLCRH UARTCTL UARTILPR UnRx RxFIFO 16 x 8 . . . Functional Description ® Each Stellaris UART performs the functions of parallel-to-serial and serial-to-parallel conversions. It is similar in functionality to a 16C550 UART, but is not register compatible. The UART is configured for transmit and/or receive via the TXE and RXE bits of the UART Control (UARTCTL) register (see page 239). Transmit and receive are both enabled out of reset. Before any control registers are programmed, the UART must be disabled by clearing the UARTEN bit in UARTCTL. If the UART is disabled during a TX or RX operation, the current transaction is completed prior to the UART stopping. 11.2.1 Transmit/Receive Logic The transmit logic performs parallel-to-serial conversion on the data read from the transmit FIFO. The control logic outputs the serial bit stream beginning with a start bit, and followed by the data bits (LSB first), parity bit, and the stop bits according to the programmed configuration in the control registers. See Figure 11-2 on page 224 for details. The receive logic performs serial-to-parallel conversion on the received bit stream after a valid start pulse has been detected. Overrun, parity, frame error checking, and line-break detection are also performed, and their status accompanies the data that is written to the receive FIFO. November 14, 2008 223 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Figure 11-2. UART Character Frame UnTX LSB 1 5-8 data bits 0 n Start 11.2.2 1-2 stop bits MSB Parity bit if enabled Baud-Rate Generation The baud-rate divisor is a 22-bit number consisting of a 16-bit integer and a 6-bit fractional part. The number formed by these two values is used by the baud-rate generator to determine the bit period. Having a fractional baud-rate divider allows the UART to generate all the standard baud rates. The 16-bit integer is loaded through the UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD) register (see page 235) and the 6-bit fractional part is loaded with the UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD) register (see page 236). The baud-rate divisor (BRD) has the following relationship to the system clock (where BRDI is the integer part of the BRD and BRDF is the fractional part, separated by a decimal place.) BRD = BRDI + BRDF = UARTSysClk / (16 * Baud Rate) where UARTSysClk is the system clock connected to the UART. The 6-bit fractional number (that is to be loaded into the DIVFRAC bit field in the UARTFBRD register) can be calculated by taking the fractional part of the baud-rate divisor, multiplying it by 64, and adding 0.5 to account for rounding errors: UARTFBRD[DIVFRAC] = integer(BRDF * 64 + 0.5) The UART generates an internal baud-rate reference clock at 16x the baud-rate (referred to as Baud16). This reference clock is divided by 16 to generate the transmit clock, and is used for error detection during receive operations. Along with the UART Line Control, High Byte (UARTLCRH) register (see page 237), the UARTIBRD and UARTFBRD registers form an internal 30-bit register. This internal register is only updated when a write operation to UARTLCRH is performed, so any changes to the baud-rate divisor must be followed by a write to the UARTLCRH register for the changes to take effect. To update the baud-rate registers, there are four possible sequences: ■ UARTIBRD write, UARTFBRD write, and UARTLCRH write ■ UARTFBRD write, UARTIBRD write, and UARTLCRH write ■ UARTIBRD write and UARTLCRH write ■ UARTFBRD write and UARTLCRH write 11.2.3 Data Transmission Data received or transmitted is stored in two 16-byte FIFOs, though the receive FIFO has an extra four bits per character for status information. For transmission, data is written into the transmit FIFO. If the UART is enabled, it causes a data frame to start transmitting with the parameters indicated in the UARTLCRH register. Data continues to be transmitted until there is no data left in the transmit FIFO. The BUSY bit in the UART Flag (UARTFR) register (see page 233) is asserted as soon as 224 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller data is written to the transmit FIFO (that is, if the FIFO is non-empty) and remains asserted while data is being transmitted. The BUSY bit is negated only when the transmit FIFO is empty, and the last character has been transmitted from the shift register, including the stop bits. The UART can indicate that it is busy even though the UART may no longer be enabled. When the receiver is idle (the UnRx is continuously 1) and the data input goes Low (a start bit has been received), the receive counter begins running and data is sampled on the eighth cycle of Baud16 (described in “Transmit/Receive Logic” on page 223). The start bit is valid if UnRx is still low on the eighth cycle of Baud16, otherwise a false start bit is detected and it is ignored. Start bit errors can be viewed in the UART Receive Status (UARTRSR) register (see page 231). If the start bit was valid, successive data bits are sampled on every 16th cycle of Baud16 (that is, one bit period later) according to the programmed length of the data characters. The parity bit is then checked if parity mode was enabled. Data length and parity are defined in the UARTLCRH register. Lastly, a valid stop bit is confirmed if UnRx is High, otherwise a framing error has occurred. When a full word is received, the data is stored in the receive FIFO, with any error bits associated with that word. 11.2.4 FIFO Operation The UART has two 16-entry FIFOs; one for transmit and one for receive. Both FIFOs are accessed via the UART Data (UARTDR) register (see page 229). Read operations of the UARTDR register return a 12-bit value consisting of 8 data bits and 4 error flags while write operations place 8-bit data in the transmit FIFO. Out of reset, both FIFOs are disabled and act as 1-byte-deep holding registers. The FIFOs are enabled by setting the FEN bit in UARTLCRH (page 237). FIFO status can be monitored via the UART Flag (UARTFR) register (see page 233) and the UART Receive Status (UARTRSR) register. Hardware monitors empty, full and overrun conditions. The UARTFR register contains empty and full flags (TXFE, TXFF, RXFE, and RXFF bits) and the UARTRSR register shows overrun status via the OE bit. The trigger points at which the FIFOs generate interrupts is controlled via the UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS) register (see page 241). Both FIFOs can be individually configured to trigger interrupts at different levels. Available configurations include 1/8, ¼, ½, ¾, and 7/8. For example, if the ¼ option is selected for the receive FIFO, the UART generates a receive interrupt after 4 data bytes are received. Out of reset, both FIFOs are configured to trigger an interrupt at the ½ mark. 11.2.5 Interrupts The UART can generate interrupts when the following conditions are observed: ■ Overrun Error ■ Break Error ■ Parity Error ■ Framing Error ■ Receive Timeout ■ Transmit (when condition defined in the TXIFLSEL bit in the UARTIFLS register is met) November 14, 2008 225 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) ■ Receive (when condition defined in the RXIFLSEL bit in the UARTIFLS register is met) All of the interrupt events are ORed together before being sent to the interrupt controller, so the UART can only generate a single interrupt request to the controller at any given time. Software can service multiple interrupt events in a single interrupt service routine by reading the UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS) register (see page 246). The interrupt events that can trigger a controller-level interrupt are defined in the UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM ) register (see page 243) by setting the corresponding IM bit to 1. If interrupts are not used, the raw interrupt status is always visible via the UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS) register (see page 245). Interrupts are always cleared (for both the UARTMIS and UARTRIS registers) by setting the corresponding bit in the UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR) register (see page 247). The receive timeout interrupt is asserted when the receive FIFO is not empty, and no further data is received over a 32-bit period. The receive timeout interrupt is cleared either when the FIFO becomes empty through reading all the data (or by reading the holding register), or when a 1 is written to the corresponding bit in the UARTICR register. 11.2.6 Loopback Operation The UART can be placed into an internal loopback mode for diagnostic or debug work. This is accomplished by setting the LBE bit in the UARTCTL register (see page 239). In loopback mode, data transmitted on UnTx is received on the UnRx input. 11.3 Initialization and Configuration To use the UARTs, the peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the UART0 or UART1 bits in the RCGC1 register. This section discusses the steps that are required to use a UART module. For this example, the UART clock is assumed to be 20 MHz and the desired UART configuration is: ■ 115200 baud rate ■ Data length of 8 bits ■ One stop bit ■ No parity ■ FIFOs disabled ■ No interrupts The first thing to consider when programming the UART is the baud-rate divisor (BRD), since the UARTIBRD and UARTFBRD registers must be written before the UARTLCRH register. Using the equation described in “Baud-Rate Generation” on page 224, the BRD can be calculated: BRD = 20,000,000 / (16 * 115,200) = 10.8507 which means that the DIVINT field of the UARTIBRD register (see page 235) should be set to 10. The value to be loaded into the UARTFBRD register (see page 236) is calculated by the equation: UARTFBRD[DIVFRAC] = integer(0.8507 * 64 + 0.5) = 54 226 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller With the BRD values in hand, the UART configuration is written to the module in the following order: 1. Disable the UART by clearing the UARTEN bit in the UARTCTL register. 2. Write the integer portion of the BRD to the UARTIBRD register. 3. Write the fractional portion of the BRD to the UARTFBRD register. 4. Write the desired serial parameters to the UARTLCRH register (in this case, a value of 0x0000.0060). 5. Enable the UART by setting the UARTEN bit in the UARTCTL register. 11.4 Register Map Table 11-1 on page 227 lists the UART registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s address, relative to that UART’s base address: ■ UART0: 0x4000.C000 ■ UART1: 0x4000.D000 Note: The UART must be disabled (see the UARTEN bit in the UARTCTL register on page 239) before any of the control registers are reprogrammed. When the UART is disabled during a TX or RX operation, the current transaction is completed prior to the UART stopping. Table 11-1. UART Register Map Offset Name Type Reset Description See page 0x000 UARTDR R/W 0x0000.0000 UART Data 229 0x004 UARTRSR/UARTECR R/W 0x0000.0000 UART Receive Status/Error Clear 231 0x018 UARTFR RO 0x0000.0090 UART Flag 233 0x024 UARTIBRD R/W 0x0000.0000 UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor 235 0x028 UARTFBRD R/W 0x0000.0000 UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor 236 0x02C UARTLCRH R/W 0x0000.0000 UART Line Control 237 0x030 UARTCTL R/W 0x0000.0300 UART Control 239 0x034 UARTIFLS R/W 0x0000.0012 UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select 241 0x038 UARTIM R/W 0x0000.0000 UART Interrupt Mask 243 0x03C UARTRIS RO 0x0000.000F UART Raw Interrupt Status 245 0x040 UARTMIS RO 0x0000.0000 UART Masked Interrupt Status 246 0x044 UARTICR W1C 0x0000.0000 UART Interrupt Clear 247 0xFD0 UARTPeriphID4 RO 0x0000.0000 UART Peripheral Identification 4 249 0xFD4 UARTPeriphID5 RO 0x0000.0000 UART Peripheral Identification 5 250 0xFD8 UARTPeriphID6 RO 0x0000.0000 UART Peripheral Identification 6 251 0xFDC UARTPeriphID7 RO 0x0000.0000 UART Peripheral Identification 7 252 November 14, 2008 227 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Offset Name 0xFE0 Reset UARTPeriphID0 RO 0x0000.0011 UART Peripheral Identification 0 253 0xFE4 UARTPeriphID1 RO 0x0000.0000 UART Peripheral Identification 1 254 0xFE8 UARTPeriphID2 RO 0x0000.0018 UART Peripheral Identification 2 255 0xFEC UARTPeriphID3 RO 0x0000.0001 UART Peripheral Identification 3 256 0xFF0 UARTPCellID0 RO 0x0000.000D UART PrimeCell Identification 0 257 0xFF4 UARTPCellID1 RO 0x0000.00F0 UART PrimeCell Identification 1 258 0xFF8 UARTPCellID2 RO 0x0000.0005 UART PrimeCell Identification 2 259 0xFFC UARTPCellID3 RO 0x0000.00B1 UART PrimeCell Identification 3 260 11.5 Description See page Type Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the UART registers, in numerical order by address offset. 228 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 1: UART Data (UARTDR), offset 0x000 This register is the data register (the interface to the FIFOs). When FIFOs are enabled, data written to this location is pushed onto the transmit FIFO. If FIFOs are disabled, data is stored in the transmitter holding register (the bottom word of the transmit FIFO). A write to this register initiates a transmission from the UART. For received data, if the FIFO is enabled, the data byte and the 4-bit status (break, frame, parity, and overrun) is pushed onto the 12-bit wide receive FIFO. If FIFOs are disabled, the data byte and status are stored in the receiving holding register (the bottom word of the receive FIFO). The received data can be retrieved by reading this register. UART Data (UARTDR) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 OE BE PE FE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 DATA Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:12 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 11 OE RO 0 UART Overrun Error The OE values are defined as follows: Value Description 10 BE RO 0 0 There has been no data loss due to a FIFO overrun. 1 New data was received when the FIFO was full, resulting in data loss. UART Break Error This bit is set to 1 when a break condition is detected, indicating that the receive data input was held Low for longer than a full-word transmission time (defined as start, data, parity, and stop bits). In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. When a break occurs, only one 0 character is loaded into the FIFO. The next character is only enabled after the received data input goes to a 1 (marking state) and the next valid start bit is received. November 14, 2008 229 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Bit/Field Name Type Reset 9 PE RO 0 Description UART Parity Error This bit is set to 1 when the parity of the received data character does not match the parity defined by bits 2 and 7 of the UARTLCRH register. In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. 8 FE RO 0 UART Framing Error This bit is set to 1 when the received character does not have a valid stop bit (a valid stop bit is 1). 7:0 DATA R/W 0 Data Transmitted or Received When written, the data that is to be transmitted via the UART. When read, the data that was received by the UART. 230 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 2: UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR), offset 0x004 The UARTRSR/UARTECR register is the receive status register/error clear register. In addition to the UARTDR register, receive status can also be read from the UARTRSR register. If the status is read from this register, then the status information corresponds to the entry read from UARTDR prior to reading UARTRSR. The status information for overrun is set immediately when an overrun condition occurs. The UARTRSR register cannot be written. A write of any value to the UARTECR register clears the framing, parity, break, and overrun errors. All the bits are cleared to 0 on reset. Reads UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0x004 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 OE BE PE FE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:4 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 3 OE RO 0 UART Overrun Error When this bit is set to 1, data is received and the FIFO is already full. This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR. The FIFO contents remain valid since no further data is written when the FIFO is full, only the contents of the shift register are overwritten. The CPU must now read the data in order to empty the FIFO. 2 BE RO 0 UART Break Error This bit is set to 1 when a break condition is detected, indicating that the received data input was held Low for longer than a full-word transmission time (defined as start, data, parity, and stop bits). This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR. In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. When a break occurs, only one 0 character is loaded into the FIFO. The next character is only enabled after the receive data input goes to a 1 (marking state) and the next valid start bit is received. November 14, 2008 231 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Bit/Field Name Type Reset 1 PE RO 0 Description UART Parity Error This bit is set to 1 when the parity of the received data character does not match the parity defined by bits 2 and 7 of the UARTLCRH register. This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR. 0 FE RO 0 UART Framing Error This bit is set to 1 when the received character does not have a valid stop bit (a valid stop bit is 1). This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR. In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. Writes UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0x004 Type WO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset DATA WO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved WO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 DATA WO 0 Error Clear A write to this register of any data clears the framing, parity, break, and overrun flags. 232 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 3: UART Flag (UARTFR), offset 0x018 The UARTFR register is the flag register. After reset, the TXFF, RXFF, and BUSY bits are 0, and TXFE and RXFE bits are 1. UART Flag (UARTFR) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0x018 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0090 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TXFE RXFF TXFF RXFE BUSY RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7 TXFE RO 1 UART Transmit FIFO Empty The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FEN bit in the UARTLCRH register. If the FIFO is disabled (FEN is 0), this bit is set when the transmit holding register is empty. If the FIFO is enabled (FEN is 1), this bit is set when the transmit FIFO is empty. 6 RXFF RO 0 UART Receive FIFO Full The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FEN bit in the UARTLCRH register. If the FIFO is disabled, this bit is set when the receive holding register is full. If the FIFO is enabled, this bit is set when the receive FIFO is full. 5 TXFF RO 0 UART Transmit FIFO Full The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FEN bit in the UARTLCRH register. If the FIFO is disabled, this bit is set when the transmit holding register is full. If the FIFO is enabled, this bit is set when the transmit FIFO is full. November 14, 2008 233 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Bit/Field Name Type Reset 4 RXFE RO 1 Description UART Receive FIFO Empty The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FEN bit in the UARTLCRH register. If the FIFO is disabled, this bit is set when the receive holding register is empty. If the FIFO is enabled, this bit is set when the receive FIFO is empty. 3 BUSY RO 0 UART Busy When this bit is 1, the UART is busy transmitting data. This bit remains set until the complete byte, including all stop bits, has been sent from the shift register. This bit is set as soon as the transmit FIFO becomes non-empty (regardless of whether UART is enabled). 2:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 234 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 4: UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD), offset 0x024 The UARTIBRD register is the integer part of the baud-rate divisor value. All the bits are cleared on reset. The minimum possible divide ratio is 1 (when UARTIBRD=0), in which case the UARTFBRD register is ignored. When changing the UARTIBRD register, the new value does not take effect until transmission/reception of the current character is complete. Any changes to the baud-rate divisor must be followed by a write to the UARTLCRH register. See “Baud-Rate Generation” on page 224 for configuration details. UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0x024 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset DIVINT Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:16 reserved RO 0 15:0 DIVINT R/W 0x0000 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Integer Baud-Rate Divisor November 14, 2008 235 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 5: UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD), offset 0x028 The UARTFBRD register is the fractional part of the baud-rate divisor value. All the bits are cleared on reset. When changing the UARTFBRD register, the new value does not take effect until transmission/reception of the current character is complete. Any changes to the baud-rate divisor must be followed by a write to the UARTLCRH register. See “Baud-Rate Generation” on page 224 for configuration details. UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0x028 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 DIVFRAC R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:6 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 5:0 DIVFRAC R/W 0x000 Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor 236 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 6: UART Line Control (UARTLCRH), offset 0x02C The UARTLCRH register is the line control register. Serial parameters such as data length, parity, and stop bit selection are implemented in this register. When updating the baud-rate divisor (UARTIBRD and/or UARTIFRD), the UARTLCRH register must also be written. The write strobe for the baud-rate divisor registers is tied to the UARTLCRH register. UART Line Control (UARTLCRH) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0x02C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 SPS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 5 WLEN R/W 0 R/W 0 4 3 2 1 0 FEN STP2 EPS PEN BRK R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7 SPS R/W 0 UART Stick Parity Select When bits 1, 2, and 7 of UARTLCRH are set, the parity bit is transmitted and checked as a 0. When bits 1 and 7 are set and 2 is cleared, the parity bit is transmitted and checked as a 1. When this bit is cleared, stick parity is disabled. 6:5 WLEN R/W 0 UART Word Length The bits indicate the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame as follows: Value Description 0x3 8 bits 0x2 7 bits 0x1 6 bits 0x0 5 bits (default) 4 FEN R/W 0 UART Enable FIFOs If this bit is set to 1, transmit and receive FIFO buffers are enabled (FIFO mode). When cleared to 0, FIFOs are disabled (Character mode). The FIFOs become 1-byte-deep holding registers. November 14, 2008 237 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Bit/Field Name Type Reset 3 STP2 R/W 0 Description UART Two Stop Bits Select If this bit is set to 1, two stop bits are transmitted at the end of a frame. The receive logic does not check for two stop bits being received. 2 EPS R/W 0 UART Even Parity Select If this bit is set to 1, even parity generation and checking is performed during transmission and reception, which checks for an even number of 1s in data and parity bits. When cleared to 0, then odd parity is performed, which checks for an odd number of 1s. This bit has no effect when parity is disabled by the PEN bit. 1 PEN R/W 0 UART Parity Enable If this bit is set to 1, parity checking and generation is enabled; otherwise, parity is disabled and no parity bit is added to the data frame. 0 BRK R/W 0 UART Send Break If this bit is set to 1, a Low level is continually output on the UnTX output, after completing transmission of the current character. For the proper execution of the break command, the software must set this bit for at least two frames (character periods). For normal use, this bit must be cleared to 0. 238 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 7: UART Control (UARTCTL), offset 0x030 The UARTCTL register is the control register. All the bits are cleared on reset except for the Transmit Enable (TXE) and Receive Enable (RXE) bits, which are set to 1. To enable the UART module, the UARTEN bit must be set to 1. If software requires a configuration change in the module, the UARTEN bit must be cleared before the configuration changes are written. If the UART is disabled during a transmit or receive operation, the current transaction is completed prior to the UART stopping. Note: The UARTCTL register should not be changed while the UART is enabled or else the results are unpredictable. The following sequence is recommended for making changes to the UARTCTL register. 1. Disable the UART. 2. Wait for the end of transmission or reception of the current character. 3. Flush the transmit FIFO by disabling bit 4 (FEN) in the line control register (UARTLCRH). 4. Reprogram the control register. 5. Enable the UART. UART Control (UARTCTL) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0x030 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0300 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RXE TXE LBE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 reserved UARTEN R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:10 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 9 RXE R/W 1 UART Receive Enable If this bit is set to 1, the receive section of the UART is enabled. When the UART is disabled in the middle of a receive, it completes the current character before stopping. Note: 8 TXE R/W 1 To enable reception, the UARTEN bit must also be set. UART Transmit Enable If this bit is set to 1, the transmit section of the UART is enabled. When the UART is disabled in the middle of a transmission, it completes the current character before stopping. Note: November 14, 2008 To enable transmission, the UARTEN bit must also be set. 239 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Bit/Field Name Type Reset 7 LBE R/W 0 Description UART Loop Back Enable If this bit is set to 1, the UnTX path is fed through the UnRX path. 6:1 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 UARTEN R/W 0 UART Enable If this bit is set to 1, the UART is enabled. When the UART is disabled in the middle of transmission or reception, it completes the current character before stopping. 240 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 8: UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS), offset 0x034 The UARTIFLS register is the interrupt FIFO level select register. You can use this register to define the FIFO level at which the TXRIS and RXRIS bits in the UARTRIS register are triggered. The interrupts are generated based on a transition through a level rather than being based on the level. That is, the interrupts are generated when the fill level progresses through the trigger level. For example, if the receive trigger level is set to the half-way mark, the interrupt is triggered as the module is receiving the 9th character. Out of reset, the TXIFLSEL and RXIFLSEL bits are configured so that the FIFOs trigger an interrupt at the half-way mark. UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0x034 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0012 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 RXIFLSEL R/W 1 TXIFLSEL R/W 1 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:6 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 5:3 RXIFLSEL R/W 0x2 UART Receive Interrupt FIFO Level Select The trigger points for the receive interrupt are as follows: Value Description 0x0 RX FIFO ≥ 1/8 full 0x1 RX FIFO ≥ ¼ full 0x2 RX FIFO ≥ ½ full (default) 0x3 RX FIFO ≥ ¾ full 0x4 RX FIFO ≥ 7/8 full 0x5-0x7 Reserved November 14, 2008 241 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Bit/Field Name Type Reset 2:0 TXIFLSEL R/W 0x2 Description UART Transmit Interrupt FIFO Level Select The trigger points for the transmit interrupt are as follows: Value Description 0x0 TX FIFO ≤ 1/8 full 0x1 TX FIFO ≤ ¼ full 0x2 TX FIFO ≤ ½ full (default) 0x3 TX FIFO ≤ ¾ full 0x4 TX FIFO ≤ 7/8 full 0x5-0x7 Reserved 242 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 9: UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM), offset 0x038 The UARTIM register is the interrupt mask set/clear register. On a read, this register gives the current value of the mask on the relevant interrupt. Writing a 1 to a bit allows the corresponding raw interrupt signal to be routed to the interrupt controller. Writing a 0 prevents the raw interrupt signal from being sent to the interrupt controller. UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0x038 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 15 14 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 13 12 11 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 OEIM BEIM PEIM FEIM RTIM TXIM RXIM R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 reserved RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:11 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 10 OEIM R/W 0 UART Overrun Error Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the OEIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the OEIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. 9 BEIM R/W 0 UART Break Error Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the BEIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the BEIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. 8 PEIM R/W 0 UART Parity Error Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the PEIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the PEIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. 7 FEIM R/W 0 UART Framing Error Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the FEIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the FEIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. 6 RTIM R/W 0 UART Receive Time-Out Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the RTIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the RTIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. 5 TXIM R/W 0 UART Transmit Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the TXIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the TXIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. November 14, 2008 243 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Bit/Field Name Type Reset 4 RXIM R/W 0 Description UART Receive Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the RXIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the RXIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. 3:0 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 244 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 10: UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS), offset 0x03C The UARTRIS register is the raw interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current raw status value of the corresponding interrupt. A write has no effect. UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0x03C Type RO, reset 0x0000.000F 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 OERIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BERIS PERIS FERIS RTRIS TXRIS RXRIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 reserved Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:11 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 10 OERIS RO 0 UART Overrun Error Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 9 BERIS RO 0 UART Break Error Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 8 PERIS RO 0 UART Parity Error Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 7 FERIS RO 0 UART Framing Error Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 6 RTRIS RO 0 UART Receive Time-Out Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 5 TXRIS RO 0 UART Transmit Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 4 RXRIS RO 0 UART Receive Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 3:0 reserved RO 0xF Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. November 14, 2008 245 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 11: UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS), offset 0x040 The UARTMIS register is the masked interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current masked status value of the corresponding interrupt. A write has no effect. UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0x040 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 OEMIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BEMIS PEMIS FEMIS RTMIS TXMIS RXMIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 reserved Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:11 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 10 OEMIS RO 0 UART Overrun Error Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 9 BEMIS RO 0 UART Break Error Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 8 PEMIS RO 0 UART Parity Error Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 7 FEMIS RO 0 UART Framing Error Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 6 RTMIS RO 0 UART Receive Time-Out Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 5 TXMIS RO 0 UART Transmit Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 4 RXMIS RO 0 UART Receive Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 3:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 246 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 12: UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR), offset 0x044 The UARTICR register is the interrupt clear register. On a write of 1, the corresponding interrupt (both raw interrupt and masked interrupt, if enabled) is cleared. A write of 0 has no effect. UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0x044 Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 OEIC RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 W1C 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BEIC PEIC FEIC RTIC TXIC RXIC W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 reserved Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:11 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 10 OEIC W1C 0 Overrun Error Interrupt Clear The OEIC values are defined as follows: Value Description 9 BEIC W1C 0 0 No effect on the interrupt. 1 Clears interrupt. Break Error Interrupt Clear The BEIC values are defined as follows: Value Description 8 PEIC W1C 0 0 No effect on the interrupt. 1 Clears interrupt. Parity Error Interrupt Clear The PEIC values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 No effect on the interrupt. 1 Clears interrupt. November 14, 2008 247 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Bit/Field Name Type Reset 7 FEIC W1C 0 Description Framing Error Interrupt Clear The FEIC values are defined as follows: Value Description 6 RTIC W1C 0 0 No effect on the interrupt. 1 Clears interrupt. Receive Time-Out Interrupt Clear The RTIC values are defined as follows: Value Description 5 TXIC W1C 0 0 No effect on the interrupt. 1 Clears interrupt. Transmit Interrupt Clear The TXIC values are defined as follows: Value Description 4 RXIC W1C 0 0 No effect on the interrupt. 1 Clears interrupt. Receive Interrupt Clear The RXIC values are defined as follows: Value Description 3:0 reserved RO 0x00 0 No effect on the interrupt. 1 Clears interrupt. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 248 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 13: UART Peripheral Identification 4 (UARTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 4 (UARTPeriphID4) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0xFD0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID4 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID4 RO 0x0000 UART Peripheral ID Register[7:0] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. November 14, 2008 249 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 14: UART Peripheral Identification 5 (UARTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 5 (UARTPeriphID5) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0xFD4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID5 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID5 RO 0x0000 UART Peripheral ID Register[15:8] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 250 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 15: UART Peripheral Identification 6 (UARTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 6 (UARTPeriphID6) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0xFD8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID6 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID6 RO 0x0000 UART Peripheral ID Register[23:16] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. November 14, 2008 251 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 16: UART Peripheral Identification 7 (UARTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 7 (UARTPeriphID7) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0xFDC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID7 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0 7:0 PID7 RO 0x0000 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Peripheral ID Register[31:24] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 252 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 17: UART Peripheral Identification 0 (UARTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 0 (UARTPeriphID0) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0xFE0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0011 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID0 RO 0x11 UART Peripheral ID Register[7:0] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. November 14, 2008 253 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 18: UART Peripheral Identification 1 (UARTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 1 (UARTPeriphID1) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0xFE4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID1 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID1 RO 0x00 UART Peripheral ID Register[15:8] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 254 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 19: UART Peripheral Identification 2 (UARTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 2 (UARTPeriphID2) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0xFE8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID2 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID2 RO 0x18 UART Peripheral ID Register[23:16] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. November 14, 2008 255 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 20: UART Peripheral Identification 3 (UARTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 3 (UARTPeriphID3) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0xFEC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID3 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID3 RO 0x01 UART Peripheral ID Register[31:24] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 256 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 21: UART PrimeCell Identification 0 (UARTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART PrimeCell Identification 0 (UARTPCellID0) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0xFF0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset CID0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID0 RO 0x0D UART PrimeCell ID Register[7:0] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. November 14, 2008 257 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 22: UART PrimeCell Identification 1 (UARTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART PrimeCell Identification 1 (UARTPCellID1) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0xFF4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset CID1 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID1 RO 0xF0 UART PrimeCell ID Register[15:8] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 258 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 23: UART PrimeCell Identification 2 (UARTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART PrimeCell Identification 2 (UARTPCellID2) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0xFF8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset CID2 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID2 RO 0x05 UART PrimeCell ID Register[23:16] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. November 14, 2008 259 Preliminary Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 24: UART PrimeCell Identification 3 (UARTPCellID3), offset 0xFFC The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART PrimeCell Identification 3 (UARTPCellID3) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 Offset 0xFFC Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset CID3 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID3 RO 0xB1 UART PrimeCell ID Register[31:24] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 260 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 12 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) ® The Stellaris Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) is a master or slave interface for synchronous serial communication with peripheral devices that have either Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or Texas Instruments synchronous serial interfaces. ® The Stellaris SSI module has the following features: ■ Master or slave operation ■ Programmable clock bit rate and prescale ■ Separate transmit and receive FIFOs, 16 bits wide, 8 locations deep ■ Programmable interface operation for Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or Texas Instruments synchronous serial interfaces ■ Programmable data frame size from 4 to 16 bits ■ Internal loopback test mode for diagnostic/debug testing 12.1 Block Diagram Figure 12-1. SSI Module Block Diagram Interrupt Interrupt Control SSIIM SSIMIS Control/ Status SSIRIS SSIICR SSICR0 SSICR1 TxFIFO 8 x16 . . . SSITx SSISR SSIRx SSIDR RxFIFO 8 x16 System Clock SSIPCellID0 Identification Registers SSIPeriphID0 SSIPeriphID 4 SSIPCellID1 SSIPeriphID 1 SSIPeriphID 5 SSIPCellID2 SSIPeriphID 2 SSIPeriphID 6 SSIPCellID3 SSIPeriphID 3 SSIPeriphID7 12.2 Clock Prescaler Transmit / Receive Logic SSIClk SSIFss . . . SSICPSR Functional Description The SSI performs serial-to-parallel conversion on data received from a peripheral device. The CPU accesses data, control, and status information. The transmit and receive paths are buffered with November 14, 2008 261 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) internal FIFO memories allowing up to eight 16-bit values to be stored independently in both transmit and receive modes. 12.2.1 Bit Rate Generation The SSI includes a programmable bit rate clock divider and prescaler to generate the serial output clock. Bit rates are supported to 2 MHz and higher, although maximum bit rate is determined by peripheral devices. The serial bit rate is derived by dividing down the input clock (FSysClk). The clock is first divided by an even prescale value CPSDVSR from 2 to 254, which is programmed in the SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR) register (see page 280). The clock is further divided by a value from 1 to 256, which is 1 + SCR, where SCR is the value programmed in the SSI Control0 (SSICR0) register (see page 273). The frequency of the output clock SSIClk is defined by: SSIClk = FSysClk / (CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR)) Note: Although the SSIClk transmit clock can theoretically be 25 MHz, the module may not be able to operate at that speed. For master mode, the system clock must be at least two times faster than the SSIClk. For slave mode, the system clock must be at least 12 times faster than the SSIClk. See “Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)” on page 363 to view SSI timing parameters. 12.2.2 FIFO Operation 12.2.2.1 Transmit FIFO The common transmit FIFO is a 16-bit wide, 8-locations deep, first-in, first-out memory buffer. The CPU writes data to the FIFO by writing the SSI Data (SSIDR) register (see page 277), and data is stored in the FIFO until it is read out by the transmission logic. When configured as a master or a slave, parallel data is written into the transmit FIFO prior to serial conversion and transmission to the attached slave or master, respectively, through the SSITx pin. 12.2.2.2 Receive FIFO The common receive FIFO is a 16-bit wide, 8-locations deep, first-in, first-out memory buffer. Received data from the serial interface is stored in the buffer until read out by the CPU, which accesses the read FIFO by reading the SSIDR register. When configured as a master or slave, serial data received through the SSIRx pin is registered prior to parallel loading into the attached slave or master receive FIFO, respectively. 12.2.3 Interrupts The SSI can generate interrupts when the following conditions are observed: ■ Transmit FIFO service ■ Receive FIFO service ■ Receive FIFO time-out ■ Receive FIFO overrun 262 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller All of the interrupt events are ORed together before being sent to the interrupt controller, so the SSI can only generate a single interrupt request to the controller at any given time. You can mask each of the four individual maskable interrupts by setting the appropriate bits in the SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM) register (see page 281). Setting the appropriate mask bit to 1 enables the interrupt. Provision of the individual outputs, as well as a combined interrupt output, allows use of either a global interrupt service routine, or modular device drivers to handle interrupts. The transmit and receive dynamic dataflow interrupts have been separated from the status interrupts so that data can be read or written in response to the FIFO trigger levels. The status of the individual interrupt sources can be read from the SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS) and SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS) registers (see page 283 and page 284, respectively). 12.2.4 Frame Formats Each data frame is between 4 and 16 bits long, depending on the size of data programmed, and is transmitted starting with the MSB. There are three basic frame types that can be selected: ■ Texas Instruments synchronous serial ■ Freescale SPI ■ MICROWIRE For all three formats, the serial clock (SSIClk) is held inactive while the SSI is idle, and SSIClk transitions at the programmed frequency only during active transmission or reception of data. The idle state of SSIClk is utilized to provide a receive timeout indication that occurs when the receive FIFO still contains data after a timeout period. For Freescale SPI and MICROWIRE frame formats, the serial frame (SSIFss ) pin is active Low, and is asserted (pulled down) during the entire transmission of the frame. For Texas Instruments synchronous serial frame format, the SSIFss pin is pulsed for one serial clock period starting at its rising edge, prior to the transmission of each frame. For this frame format, both the SSI and the off-chip slave device drive their output data on the rising edge of SSIClk, and latch data from the other device on the falling edge. Unlike the full-duplex transmission of the other two frame formats, the MICROWIRE format uses a special master-slave messaging technique, which operates at half-duplex. In this mode, when a frame begins, an 8-bit control message is transmitted to the off-chip slave. During this transmit, no incoming data is received by the SSI. After the message has been sent, the off-chip slave decodes it and, after waiting one serial clock after the last bit of the 8-bit control message has been sent, responds with the requested data. The returned data can be 4 to 16 bits in length, making the total frame length anywhere from 13 to 25 bits. 12.2.4.1 Texas Instruments Synchronous Serial Frame Format Figure 12-2 on page 264 shows the Texas Instruments synchronous serial frame format for a single transmitted frame. November 14, 2008 263 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Figure 12-2. TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Single Transfer) SSIClk SSIFss SSITx/SSIRx MSB LSB 4 to 16 bits In this mode, SSIClk and SSIFss are forced Low, and the transmit data line SSITx is tristated whenever the SSI is idle. Once the bottom entry of the transmit FIFO contains data, SSIFss is pulsed High for one SSIClk period. The value to be transmitted is also transferred from the transmit FIFO to the serial shift register of the transmit logic. On the next rising edge of SSIClk, the MSB of the 4 to 16-bit data frame is shifted out on the SSITx pin. Likewise, the MSB of the received data is shifted onto the SSIRx pin by the off-chip serial slave device. Both the SSI and the off-chip serial slave device then clock each data bit into their serial shifter on the falling edge of each SSIClk. The received data is transferred from the serial shifter to the receive FIFO on the first rising edge of SSIClk after the LSB has been latched. Figure 12-3 on page 264 shows the Texas Instruments synchronous serial frame format when back-to-back frames are transmitted. Figure 12-3. TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) SSIClk SSIFss SSITx/SSIRx MSB LSB 4 to 16 bits 12.2.4.2 Freescale SPI Frame Format The Freescale SPI interface is a four-wire interface where the SSIFss signal behaves as a slave select. The main feature of the Freescale SPI format is that the inactive state and phase of the SSIClk signal are programmable through the SPO and SPH bits within the SSISCR0 control register. SPO Clock Polarity Bit When the SPO clock polarity control bit is Low, it produces a steady state Low value on the SSIClk pin. If the SPO bit is High, a steady state High value is placed on the SSIClk pin when data is not being transferred. 264 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller SPH Phase Control Bit The SPH phase control bit selects the clock edge that captures data and allows it to change state. It has the most impact on the first bit transmitted by either allowing or not allowing a clock transition before the first data capture edge. When the SPH phase control bit is Low, data is captured on the first clock edge transition. If the SPH bit is High, data is captured on the second clock edge transition. 12.2.4.3 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=0 Single and continuous transmission signal sequences for Freescale SPI format with SPO=0 and SPH=0 are shown in Figure 12-4 on page 265 and Figure 12-5 on page 265. Figure 12-4. Freescale SPI Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0 SSIClk SSIFss SSIRx LSB MSB Q 4 to 16 bits SSITx MSB Note: LSB Q is undefined. Figure 12-5. Freescale SPI Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0 SSIClk SSIFss SSIRx LSB LSB MSB MSB 4 to16 bits SSITx LSB MSB LSB MSB In this configuration, during idle periods: ■ SSIClk is forced Low ■ SSIFss is forced High ■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low ■ When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClk pad ■ When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClk pad If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is signified by the SSIFss master signal being driven Low. This causes slave data to be enabled onto the SSIRx input line of the master. The master SSITx output pad is enabled. November 14, 2008 265 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) One half SSIClk period later, valid master data is transferred to the SSITx pin. Now that both the master and slave data have been set, the SSIClk master clock pin goes High after one further half SSIClk period. The data is now captured on the rising and propagated on the falling edges of the SSIClk signal. In the case of a single word transmission, after all bits of the data word have been transferred, the SSIFss line is returned to its idle High state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured. However, in the case of continuous back-to-back transmissions, the SSIFss signal must be pulsed High between each data word transfer. This is because the slave select pin freezes the data in its serial peripheral register and does not allow it to be altered if the SPH bit is logic zero. Therefore, the master device must raise the SSIFss pin of the slave device between each data transfer to enable the serial peripheral data write. On completion of the continuous transfer, the SSIFss pin is returned to its idle state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured. 12.2.4.4 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=1 The transfer signal sequence for Freescale SPI format with SPO=0 and SPH=1 is shown in Figure 12-6 on page 266, which covers both single and continuous transfers. Figure 12-6. Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=1 SSIClk SSIFss SSIRx Q Q MSB LSB Q 4 to 16 bits SSITx LSB MSB Note: Q is undefined. In this configuration, during idle periods: ■ SSIClk is forced Low ■ SSIFss is forced High ■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low ■ When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClk pad ■ When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClk pad If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is signified by the SSIFss master signal being driven Low. The master SSITx output is enabled. After a further one half SSIClk period, both master and slave valid data is enabled onto their respective transmission lines. At the same time, the SSIClk is enabled with a rising edge transition. Data is then captured on the falling edges and propagated on the rising edges of the SSIClk signal. In the case of a single word transfer, after all bits have been transferred, the SSIFss line is returned to its idle High state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured. 266 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller For continuous back-to-back transfers, the SSIFss pin is held Low between successive data words and termination is the same as that of the single word transfer. 12.2.4.5 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=0 Single and continuous transmission signal sequences for Freescale SPI format with SPO=1 and SPH=0 are shown in Figure 12-7 on page 267 and Figure 12-8 on page 267. Figure 12-7. Freescale SPI Frame Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0 SSIClk SSIFss SSIRx MSB LSB Q 4 to 16 bits SSITx LSB MSB Note: Q is undefined. Figure 12-8. Freescale SPI Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0 SSIClk SSIFss SSITx/SSIRx LSB MSB LSB MSB 4 to 16 bits In this configuration, during idle periods: ■ SSIClk is forced High ■ SSIFss is forced High ■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low ■ When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClk pad ■ When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClk pad If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is signified by the SSIFss master signal being driven Low, which causes slave data to be immediately transferred onto the SSIRx line of the master. The master SSITx output pad is enabled. One half period later, valid master data is transferred to the SSITx line. Now that both the master and slave data have been set, the SSIClk master clock pin becomes Low after one further half SSIClk period. This means that data is captured on the falling edges and propagated on the rising edges of the SSIClk signal. In the case of a single word transmission, after all bits of the data word are transferred, the SSIFss line is returned to its idle High state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured. November 14, 2008 267 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) However, in the case of continuous back-to-back transmissions, the SSIFss signal must be pulsed High between each data word transfer. This is because the slave select pin freezes the data in its serial peripheral register and does not allow it to be altered if the SPH bit is logic zero. Therefore, the master device must raise the SSIFss pin of the slave device between each data transfer to enable the serial peripheral data write. On completion of the continuous transfer, the SSIFss pin is returned to its idle state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured. 12.2.4.6 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=1 The transfer signal sequence for Freescale SPI format with SPO=1 and SPH=1 is shown in Figure 12-9 on page 268, which covers both single and continuous transfers. Figure 12-9. Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=1 SSIClk SSIFss SSIRx Q MSB LSB Q 4 to 16 bits MSB SSITx Note: LSB Q is undefined. In this configuration, during idle periods: ■ SSIClk is forced High ■ SSIFss is forced High ■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low ■ When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClk pad ■ When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClk pad If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is signified by the SSIFss master signal being driven Low. The master SSITx output pad is enabled. After a further one-half SSIClk period, both master and slave data are enabled onto their respective transmission lines. At the same time, SSIClk is enabled with a falling edge transition. Data is then captured on the rising edges and propagated on the falling edges of the SSIClk signal. After all bits have been transferred, in the case of a single word transmission, the SSIFss line is returned to its idle high state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured. For continuous back-to-back transmissions, the SSIFss pin remains in its active Low state, until the final bit of the last word has been captured, and then returns to its idle state as described above. For continuous back-to-back transfers, the SSIFss pin is held Low between successive data words and termination is the same as that of the single word transfer. 12.2.4.7 MICROWIRE Frame Format Figure 12-10 on page 269 shows the MICROWIRE frame format, again for a single frame. Figure 12-11 on page 270 shows the same format when back-to-back frames are transmitted. 268 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Figure 12-10. MICROWIRE Frame Format (Single Frame) SSIClk SSIFss SSITx LSB MSB 8-bit control 0 SSIRx MSB LSB 4 to 16 bits output data MICROWIRE format is very similar to SPI format, except that transmission is half-duplex instead of full-duplex, using a master-slave message passing technique. Each serial transmission begins with an 8-bit control word that is transmitted from the SSI to the off-chip slave device. During this transmission, no incoming data is received by the SSI. After the message has been sent, the off-chip slave decodes it and, after waiting one serial clock after the last bit of the 8-bit control message has been sent, responds with the required data. The returned data is 4 to 16 bits in length, making the total frame length anywhere from 13 to 25 bits. In this configuration, during idle periods: ■ SSIClk is forced Low ■ SSIFss is forced High ■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low A transmission is triggered by writing a control byte to the transmit FIFO. The falling edge of SSIFss causes the value contained in the bottom entry of the transmit FIFO to be transferred to the serial shift register of the transmit logic, and the MSB of the 8-bit control frame to be shifted out onto the SSITx pin. SSIFss remains Low for the duration of the frame transmission. The SSIRx pin remains tristated during this transmission. The off-chip serial slave device latches each control bit into its serial shifter on the rising edge of each SSIClk. After the last bit is latched by the slave device, the control byte is decoded during a one clock wait-state, and the slave responds by transmitting data back to the SSI. Each bit is driven onto the SSIRx line on the falling edge of SSIClk. The SSI in turn latches each bit on the rising edge of SSIClk. At the end of the frame, for single transfers, the SSIFss signal is pulled High one clock period after the last bit has been latched in the receive serial shifter, which causes the data to be transferred to the receive FIFO. Note: The off-chip slave device can tristate the receive line either on the falling edge of SSIClk after the LSB has been latched by the receive shifter, or when the SSIFss pin goes High. For continuous transfers, data transmission begins and ends in the same manner as a single transfer. However, the SSIFss line is continuously asserted (held Low) and transmission of data occurs back-to-back. The control byte of the next frame follows directly after the LSB of the received data from the current frame. Each of the received values is transferred from the receive shifter on the falling edge of SSIClk, after the LSB of the frame has been latched into the SSI. November 14, 2008 269 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Figure 12-11. MICROWIRE Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) SSIClk SSIFss SSITx LSB MSB LSB 8-bit control SSIRx 0 MSB MSB LSB 4 to 16 bits output data In the MICROWIRE mode, the SSI slave samples the first bit of receive data on the rising edge of SSIClk after SSIFss has gone Low. Masters that drive a free-running SSIClk must ensure that the SSIFss signal has sufficient setup and hold margins with respect to the rising edge of SSIClk. Figure 12-12 on page 270 illustrates these setup and hold time requirements. With respect to the SSIClk rising edge on which the first bit of receive data is to be sampled by the SSI slave, SSIFss must have a setup of at least two times the period of SSIClk on which the SSI operates. With respect to the SSIClk rising edge previous to this edge, SSIFss must have a hold of at least one SSIClk period. Figure 12-12. MICROWIRE Frame Format, SSIFss Input Setup and Hold Requirements tSetup=(2*tSSIClk) tHold=tSSIClk SSIClk SSIFss SSIRx First RX data to be sampled by SSI slave 12.3 Initialization and Configuration To use the SSI, its peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the SSI bit in the RCGC1 register. For each of the frame formats, the SSI is configured using the following steps: 1. Ensure that the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register is disabled before making any configuration changes. 2. Select whether the SSI is a master or slave: a. For master operations, set the SSICR1 register to 0x0000.0000. b. For slave mode (output enabled), set the SSICR1 register to 0x0000.0004. c. For slave mode (output disabled), set the SSICR1 register to 0x0000.000C. 3. Configure the clock prescale divisor by writing the SSICPSR register. 4. Write the SSICR0 register with the following configuration: 270 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller ■ Serial clock rate (SCR) ■ Desired clock phase/polarity, if using Freescale SPI mode (SPH and SPO) ■ The protocol mode: Freescale SPI, TI SSF, MICROWIRE (FRF) ■ The data size (DSS) 5. Enable the SSI by setting the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register. As an example, assume the SSI must be configured to operate with the following parameters: ■ Master operation ■ Freescale SPI mode (SPO=1, SPH=1) ■ 1 Mbps bit rate ■ 8 data bits Assuming the system clock is 20 MHz, the bit rate calculation would be: FSSIClk = FSysClk / (CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR)) 1x106 = 20x106 / (CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR)) In this case, if CPSDVSR=2, SCR must be 9. The configuration sequence would be as follows: 1. Ensure that the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register is disabled. 2. Write the SSICR1 register with a value of 0x0000.0000. 3. Write the SSICPSR register with a value of 0x0000.0002. 4. Write the SSICR0 register with a value of 0x0000.09C7. 5. The SSI is then enabled by setting the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register to 1. 12.4 Register Map Table 12-1 on page 271 lists the SSI registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s address, relative to that SSI module’s base address: ■ SSI0: 0x4000.8000 Note: The SSI must be disabled (see the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register) before any of the control registers are reprogrammed. Table 12-1. SSI Register Map Offset Name Type Reset Description See page 0x000 SSICR0 R/W 0x0000.0000 SSI Control 0 273 0x004 SSICR1 R/W 0x0000.0000 SSI Control 1 275 November 14, 2008 271 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Name Type Reset 0x008 SSIDR R/W 0x0000.0000 SSI Data 277 0x00C SSISR RO 0x0000.0003 SSI Status 278 0x010 SSICPSR R/W 0x0000.0000 SSI Clock Prescale 280 0x014 SSIIM R/W 0x0000.0000 SSI Interrupt Mask 281 0x018 SSIRIS RO 0x0000.0008 SSI Raw Interrupt Status 283 0x01C SSIMIS RO 0x0000.0000 SSI Masked Interrupt Status 284 0x020 SSIICR W1C 0x0000.0000 SSI Interrupt Clear 285 0xFD0 SSIPeriphID4 RO 0x0000.0000 SSI Peripheral Identification 4 286 0xFD4 SSIPeriphID5 RO 0x0000.0000 SSI Peripheral Identification 5 287 0xFD8 SSIPeriphID6 RO 0x0000.0000 SSI Peripheral Identification 6 288 0xFDC SSIPeriphID7 RO 0x0000.0000 SSI Peripheral Identification 7 289 0xFE0 SSIPeriphID0 RO 0x0000.0022 SSI Peripheral Identification 0 290 0xFE4 SSIPeriphID1 RO 0x0000.0000 SSI Peripheral Identification 1 291 0xFE8 SSIPeriphID2 RO 0x0000.0018 SSI Peripheral Identification 2 292 0xFEC SSIPeriphID3 RO 0x0000.0001 SSI Peripheral Identification 3 293 0xFF0 SSIPCellID0 RO 0x0000.000D SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 294 0xFF4 SSIPCellID1 RO 0x0000.00F0 SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 295 0xFF8 SSIPCellID2 RO 0x0000.0005 SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 296 0xFFC SSIPCellID3 RO 0x0000.00B1 SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 297 12.5 Description See page Offset Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the SSI registers, in numerical order by address offset. 272 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 1: SSI Control 0 (SSICR0), offset 0x000 SSICR0 is control register 0 and contains bit fields that control various functions within the SSI module. Functionality such as protocol mode, clock rate, and data size are configured in this register. SSI Control 0 (SSICR0) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SPH SPO R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset SCR Type Reset FRF R/W 0 DSS Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:16 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 15:8 SCR R/W 0x0000 SSI Serial Clock Rate The value SCR is used to generate the transmit and receive bit rate of the SSI. The bit rate is: BR=FSSIClk/(CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR)) where CPSDVSR is an even value from 2-254 programmed in the SSICPSR register, and SCR is a value from 0-255. 7 SPH R/W 0 SSI Serial Clock Phase This bit is only applicable to the Freescale SPI Format. The SPH control bit selects the clock edge that captures data and allows it to change state. It has the most impact on the first bit transmitted by either allowing or not allowing a clock transition before the first data capture edge. When the SPH bit is 0, data is captured on the first clock edge transition. If SPH is 1, data is captured on the second clock edge transition. 6 SPO R/W 0 SSI Serial Clock Polarity This bit is only applicable to the Freescale SPI Format. When the SPO bit is 0, it produces a steady state Low value on the SSIClk pin. If SPO is 1, a steady state High value is placed on the SSIClk pin when data is not being transferred. November 14, 2008 273 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Bit/Field Name Type Reset 5:4 FRF R/W 0x0 Description SSI Frame Format Select The FRF values are defined as follows: Value Frame Format 0x0 Freescale SPI Frame Format 0x1 Texas Instruments Synchronous Serial Frame Format 0x2 MICROWIRE Frame Format 0x3 Reserved 3:0 DSS R/W 0x00 SSI Data Size Select The DSS values are defined as follows: Value Data Size 0x0-0x2 Reserved 0x3 4-bit data 0x4 5-bit data 0x5 6-bit data 0x6 7-bit data 0x7 8-bit data 0x8 9-bit data 0x9 10-bit data 0xA 11-bit data 0xB 12-bit data 0xC 13-bit data 0xD 14-bit data 0xE 15-bit data 0xF 16-bit data 274 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 2: SSI Control 1 (SSICR1), offset 0x004 SSICR1 is control register 1 and contains bit fields that control various functions within the SSI module. Master and slave mode functionality is controlled by this register. SSI Control 1 (SSICR1) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0x004 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SOD MS SSE LBM RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:4 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 3 SOD R/W 0 SSI Slave Mode Output Disable This bit is relevant only in the Slave mode (MS=1). In multiple-slave systems, it is possible for the SSI master to broadcast a message to all slaves in the system while ensuring that only one slave drives data onto the serial output line. In such systems, the TXD lines from multiple slaves could be tied together. To operate in such a system, the SOD bit can be configured so that the SSI slave does not drive the SSITx pin. The SOD values are defined as follows: Value Description 2 MS R/W 0 0 SSI can drive SSITx output in Slave Output mode. 1 SSI must not drive the SSITx output in Slave mode. SSI Master/Slave Select This bit selects Master or Slave mode and can be modified only when SSI is disabled (SSE=0). The MS values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Device configured as a master. 1 Device configured as a slave. November 14, 2008 275 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Bit/Field Name Type Reset 1 SSE R/W 0 Description SSI Synchronous Serial Port Enable Setting this bit enables SSI operation. The SSE values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 SSI operation disabled. 1 SSI operation enabled. Note: 0 LBM R/W 0 This bit must be set to 0 before any control registers are reprogrammed. SSI Loopback Mode Setting this bit enables Loopback Test mode. The LBM values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Normal serial port operation enabled. 1 Output of the transmit serial shift register is connected internally to the input of the receive serial shift register. 276 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 3: SSI Data (SSIDR), offset 0x008 SSIDR is the data register and is 16-bits wide. When SSIDR is read, the entry in the receive FIFO (pointed to by the current FIFO read pointer) is accessed. As data values are removed by the SSI receive logic from the incoming data frame, they are placed into the entry in the receive FIFO (pointed to by the current FIFO write pointer). When SSIDR is written to, the entry in the transmit FIFO (pointed to by the write pointer) is written to. Data values are removed from the transmit FIFO one value at a time by the transmit logic. It is loaded into the transmit serial shifter, then serially shifted out onto the SSITx pin at the programmed bit rate. When a data size of less than 16 bits is selected, the user must right-justify data written to the transmit FIFO. The transmit logic ignores the unused bits. Received data less than 16 bits is automatically right-justified in the receive buffer. When the SSI is programmed for MICROWIRE frame format, the default size for transmit data is eight bits (the most significant byte is ignored). The receive data size is controlled by the programmer. The transmit FIFO and the receive FIFO are not cleared even when the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register is set to zero. This allows the software to fill the transmit FIFO before enabling the SSI. SSI Data (SSIDR) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 DATA Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:16 reserved RO 0x0000 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 15:0 DATA R/W 0x0000 SSI Receive/Transmit Data A read operation reads the receive FIFO. A write operation writes the transmit FIFO. Software must right-justify data when the SSI is programmed for a data size that is less than 16 bits. Unused bits at the top are ignored by the transmit logic. The receive logic automatically right-justifies the data. November 14, 2008 277 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 4: SSI Status (SSISR), offset 0x00C SSISR is a status register that contains bits that indicate the FIFO fill status and the SSI busy status. SSI Status (SSISR) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0x00C Type RO, reset 0x0000.0003 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RFF RNE TNF TFE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 R0 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:5 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 4 BSY RO 0 SSI Busy Bit The BSY values are defined as follows: Value Description 3 RFF RO 0 0 SSI is idle. 1 SSI is currently transmitting and/or receiving a frame, or the transmit FIFO is not empty. SSI Receive FIFO Full The RFF values are defined as follows: Value Description 2 RNE RO 0 0 Receive FIFO is not full. 1 Receive FIFO is full. SSI Receive FIFO Not Empty The RNE values are defined as follows: Value Description 1 TNF RO 1 0 Receive FIFO is empty. 1 Receive FIFO is not empty. SSI Transmit FIFO Not Full The TNF values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Transmit FIFO is full. 1 Transmit FIFO is not full. 278 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 0 TFE R0 1 Description SSI Transmit FIFO Empty The TFE values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 Transmit FIFO is not empty. 1 Transmit FIFO is empty. November 14, 2008 279 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 5: SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR), offset 0x010 SSICPSR is the clock prescale register and specifies the division factor by which the system clock must be internally divided before further use. The value programmed into this register must be an even number between 2 and 254. The least-significant bit of the programmed number is hard-coded to zero. If an odd number is written to this register, data read back from this register has the least-significant bit as zero. SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0x010 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 CPSDVSR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CPSDVSR R/W 0x00 SSI Clock Prescale Divisor This value must be an even number from 2 to 254, depending on the frequency of SSIClk. The LSB always returns 0 on reads. 280 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 6: SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM), offset 0x014 The SSIIM register is the interrupt mask set or clear register. It is a read/write register and all bits are cleared to 0 on reset. On a read, this register gives the current value of the mask on the relevant interrupt. A write of 1 to the particular bit sets the mask, enabling the interrupt to be read. A write of 0 clears the corresponding mask. SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0x014 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 TXIM RXIM RTIM RORIM R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:4 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 3 TXIM R/W 0 SSI Transmit FIFO Interrupt Mask The TXIM values are defined as follows: Value Description 2 RXIM R/W 0 0 TX FIFO half-full or less condition interrupt is masked. 1 TX FIFO half-full or less condition interrupt is not masked. SSI Receive FIFO Interrupt Mask The RXIM values are defined as follows: Value Description 1 RTIM R/W 0 0 RX FIFO half-full or more condition interrupt is masked. 1 RX FIFO half-full or more condition interrupt is not masked. SSI Receive Time-Out Interrupt Mask The RTIM values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 RX FIFO time-out interrupt is masked. 1 RX FIFO time-out interrupt is not masked. November 14, 2008 281 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Bit/Field Name Type Reset 0 RORIM R/W 0 Description SSI Receive Overrun Interrupt Mask The RORIM values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 RX FIFO overrun interrupt is masked. 1 RX FIFO overrun interrupt is not masked. 282 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 7: SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS), offset 0x018 The SSIRIS register is the raw interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current raw status value of the corresponding interrupt prior to masking. A write has no effect. SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0x018 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0008 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TXRIS RXRIS RTRIS RORRIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:4 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 3 TXRIS RO 1 SSI Transmit FIFO Raw Interrupt Status Indicates that the transmit FIFO is half full or less, when set. 2 RXRIS RO 0 SSI Receive FIFO Raw Interrupt Status Indicates that the receive FIFO is half full or more, when set. 1 RTRIS RO 0 SSI Receive Time-Out Raw Interrupt Status Indicates that the receive time-out has occurred, when set. 0 RORRIS RO 0 SSI Receive Overrun Raw Interrupt Status Indicates that the receive FIFO has overflowed, when set. November 14, 2008 283 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 8: SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS), offset 0x01C The SSIMIS register is the masked interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current masked status value of the corresponding interrupt. A write has no effect. SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0x01C Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TXMIS RXMIS RTMIS RORMIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:4 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 3 TXMIS RO 0 SSI Transmit FIFO Masked Interrupt Status Indicates that the transmit FIFO is half full or less, when set. 2 RXMIS RO 0 SSI Receive FIFO Masked Interrupt Status Indicates that the receive FIFO is half full or more, when set. 1 RTMIS RO 0 SSI Receive Time-Out Masked Interrupt Status Indicates that the receive time-out has occurred, when set. 0 RORMIS RO 0 SSI Receive Overrun Masked Interrupt Status Indicates that the receive FIFO has overflowed, when set. 284 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 9: SSI Interrupt Clear (SSIICR), offset 0x020 The SSIICR register is the interrupt clear register. On a write of 1, the corresponding interrupt is cleared. A write of 0 has no effect. SSI Interrupt Clear (SSIICR) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0x020 Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RTIC RORIC RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:2 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 1 RTIC W1C 0 SSI Receive Time-Out Interrupt Clear The RTIC values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 RORIC W1C 0 0 No effect on interrupt. 1 Clears interrupt. SSI Receive Overrun Interrupt Clear The RORIC values are defined as follows: Value Description 0 No effect on interrupt. 1 Clears interrupt. November 14, 2008 285 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 10: SSI Peripheral Identification 4 (SSIPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 4 (SSIPeriphID4) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0xFD0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID4 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID4 RO 0x00 SSI Peripheral ID Register[7:0] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 286 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 11: SSI Peripheral Identification 5 (SSIPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 5 (SSIPeriphID5) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0xFD4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID5 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID5 RO 0x00 SSI Peripheral ID Register[15:8] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. November 14, 2008 287 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 12: SSI Peripheral Identification 6 (SSIPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 6 (SSIPeriphID6) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0xFD8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID6 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID6 RO 0x00 SSI Peripheral ID Register[23:16] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 288 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 13: SSI Peripheral Identification 7 (SSIPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 7 (SSIPeriphID7) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0xFDC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID7 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID7 RO 0x00 SSI Peripheral ID Register[31:24] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. November 14, 2008 289 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 14: SSI Peripheral Identification 0 (SSIPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 0 (SSIPeriphID0) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0xFE0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0022 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset 31:8 reserved RO 0 7:0 PID0 RO 0x22 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Peripheral ID Register[7:0] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 290 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 15: SSI Peripheral Identification 1 (SSIPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 1 (SSIPeriphID1) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0xFE4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID1 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID1 RO 0x00 SSI Peripheral ID Register [15:8] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. November 14, 2008 291 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 16: SSI Peripheral Identification 2 (SSIPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 2 (SSIPeriphID2) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0xFE8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID2 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID2 RO 0x18 SSI Peripheral ID Register [23:16] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 292 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 17: SSI Peripheral Identification 3 (SSIPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 3 (SSIPeriphID3) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0xFEC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset PID3 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 PID3 RO 0x01 SSI Peripheral ID Register [31:24] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. November 14, 2008 293 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 18: SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 (SSIPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded, and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 (SSIPCellID0) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0xFF0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset CID0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID0 RO 0x0D SSI PrimeCell ID Register [7:0] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 294 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 19: SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 (SSIPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded, and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 (SSIPCellID1) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0xFF4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset CID1 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID1 RO 0xF0 SSI PrimeCell ID Register [15:8] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. November 14, 2008 295 Preliminary Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 20: SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 (SSIPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded, and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 (SSIPCellID2) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0xFF8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset CID2 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID2 RO 0x05 SSI PrimeCell ID Register [23:16] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 296 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 21: SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 (SSIPCellID3), offset 0xFFC The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded, and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 (SSIPCellID3) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 Offset 0xFFC Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset CID3 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 CID3 RO 0xB1 SSI PrimeCell ID Register [31:24] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. November 14, 2008 297 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface 13 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) bus provides bi-directional data transfer through a two-wire design (a serial data line SDA and a serial clock line SCL), and interfaces to external I2C devices such as serial memory (RAMs and ROMs), networking devices, LCDs, tone generators, and so on. The I2C bus may also be used for system testing and diagnostic purposes in product development and manufacture. The LM3S600 microcontroller includes one I2C module, providing the ability to interact (both send and receive) with other I2C devices on the bus. ® The Stellaris I2C interface has the following features: ■ Devices on the I2C bus can be designated as either a master or a slave – Supports both sending and receiving data as either a master or a slave – Supports simultaneous master and slave operation ■ Four I2C modes – Master transmit – Master receive – Slave transmit – Slave receive ■ Two transmission speeds: Standard (100 Kbps) and Fast (400 Kbps) ■ Master and slave interrupt generation – Master generates interrupts when a transmit or receive operation completes (or aborts due to an error) – Slave generates interrupts when data has been sent or requested by a master ■ Master with arbitration and clock synchronization, multimaster support, and 7-bit addressing mode 298 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 13.1 Block Diagram Figure 13-1. I2C Block Diagram I2CSCL I2C Control Interrupt I2CMSA I2CSOAR I2CMCS I2CSCSR I2CMDR I2CSDR I2CMTPR I2CSIM I2CMIMR I2CSRIS I2CMRIS I2CSMIS I2CMMIS I2CSICR I2C Master Core I2CSDA I2CSCL I2C I/O Select I2CSDA I2CSCL I2C Slave Core I2CMICR I2CSDA I2CMCR 13.2 Functional Description I2C module is comprised of both master and slave functions which are implemented as separate peripherals. For proper operation, the SDA and SCL pins must be connected to bi-directional open-drain pads. A typical I2C bus configuration is shown in Figure 13-2 on page 299. See “Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface” on page 364 for I2C timing diagrams. Figure 13-2. I2C Bus Configuration RPUP SCL SDA I2C Bus I2CSCL I2CSDA StellarisTM 13.2.1 RPUP SCL SDA 3rd Party Device with I2C Interface SCL SDA 3rd Party Device with I2C Interface I2C Bus Functional Overview ® The I2C bus uses only two signals: SDA and SCL, named I2CSDA and I2CSCL on Stellaris microcontrollers. SDA is the bi-directional serial data line and SCL is the bi-directional serial clock line. The bus is considered idle when both lines are High. Every transaction on the I2C bus is nine bits long, consisting of eight data bits and a single acknowledge bit. The number of bytes per transfer (defined as the time between a valid START and STOP condition, described in “START and STOP Conditions” on page 300) is unrestricted, but each byte has to be followed by an acknowledge bit, and data must be transferred MSB first. When a receiver cannot receive another complete byte, it can hold the clock line SCL Low and force the transmitter into a wait state. The data transfer continues when the receiver releases the clock SCL. November 14, 2008 299 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface 13.2.1.1 START and STOP Conditions The protocol of the I2C bus defines two states to begin and end a transaction: START and STOP. A High-to-Low transition on the SDA line while the SCL is High is defined as a START condition, and a Low-to-High transition on the SDA line while SCL is High is defined as a STOP condition. The bus is considered busy after a START condition and free after a STOP condition. See Figure 13-3 on page 300. Figure 13-3. START and STOP Conditions SDA SDA SCL SCL START condition STOP condition 13.2.1.2 Data Format with 7-Bit Address Data transfers follow the format shown in Figure 13-4 on page 300. After the START condition, a slave address is sent. This address is 7-bits long followed by an eighth bit, which is a data direction bit (R/S bit in the I2CMSA register). A zero indicates a transmit operation (send), and a one indicates a request for data (receive). A data transfer is always terminated by a STOP condition generated by the master, however, a master can initiate communications with another device on the bus by generating a repeated START condition and addressing another slave without first generating a STOP condition. Various combinations of receive/send formats are then possible within a single transfer. Figure 13-4. Complete Data Transfer with a 7-Bit Address SDA MSB SCL 1 2 LSB R/S ACK 7 8 9 Slave address MSB 1 2 7 LSB ACK 8 9 Data The first seven bits of the first byte make up the slave address (see Figure 13-5 on page 300). The eighth bit determines the direction of the message. A zero in the R/S position of the first byte means that the master will write (send) data to the selected slave, and a one in this position means that the master will receive data from the slave. Figure 13-5. R/S Bit in First Byte MSB LSB R/S Slave address 13.2.1.3 Data Validity The data on the SDA line must be stable during the high period of the clock, and the data line can only change when SCL is Low (see Figure 13-6 on page 301). 300 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Figure 13-6. Data Validity During Bit Transfer on the I2C Bus SDA SCL Data line Change stable of data allowed 13.2.1.4 Acknowledge All bus transactions have a required acknowledge clock cycle that is generated by the master. During the acknowledge cycle, the transmitter (which can be the master or slave) releases the SDA line. To acknowledge the transaction, the receiver must pull down SDA during the acknowledge clock cycle. The data sent out by the receiver during the acknowledge cycle must comply with the data validity requirements described in “Data Validity” on page 300. When a slave receiver does not acknowledge the slave address, SDA must be left High by the slave so that the master can generate a STOP condition and abort the current transfer. If the master device is acting as a receiver during a transfer, it is responsible for acknowledging each transfer made by the slave. Since the master controls the number of bytes in the transfer, it signals the end of data to the slave transmitter by not generating an acknowledge on the last data byte. The slave transmitter must then release SDA to allow the master to generate the STOP or a repeated START condition. 13.2.1.5 Arbitration A master may start a transfer only if the bus is idle. It's possible for two or more masters to generate a START condition within minimum hold time of the START condition. In these situations, an arbitration scheme takes place on the SDA line, while SCL is High. During arbitration, the first of the competing master devices to place a '1' (High) on SDA while another master transmits a '0' (Low) will switch off its data output stage and retire until the bus is idle again. Arbitration can take place over several bits. Its first stage is a comparison of address bits, and if both masters are trying to address the same device, arbitration continues on to the comparison of data bits. 13.2.2 Available Speed Modes The I2C clock rate is determined by the parameters: CLK_PRD, TIMER_PRD, SCL_LP, and SCL_HP. where: CLK_PRD is the system clock period SCL_LP is the low phase of SCL (fixed at 6) SCL_HP is the high phase of SCL (fixed at 4) TIMER_PRD is the programmed value in the I2C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR) register (see page 319). The I2C clock period is calculated as follows: SCL_PERIOD = 2*(1 + TIMER_PRD)*(SCL_LP + SCL_HP)*CLK_PRD For example: November 14, 2008 301 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface CLK_PRD = 50 ns TIMER_PRD = 2 SCL_LP=6 SCL_HP=4 yields a SCL frequency of: 1/T = 333 Khz Table 13-1 on page 302 gives examples of timer period, system clock, and speed mode (Standard or Fast). Table 13-1. Examples of I2C Master Timer Period versus Speed Mode System Clock Timer Period Standard Mode Timer Period Fast Mode 13.2.3 4 MHz 0x01 100 Kbps - - 6 MHz 0x02 100 Kbps - - 12.5 MHz 0x06 89 Kbps 0x01 312 Kbps 16.7 MHz 0x08 93 Kbps 0x02 278 Kbps 20 MHz 0x09 100 Kbps 0x02 333 Kbps 25 MHz 0x0C 96.2 Kbps 0x03 312 Kbps 33 MHz 0x10 97.1 Kbps 0x04 330 Kbps 40 MHz 0x13 100 Kbps 0x04 400 Kbps 50 MHz 0x18 100 Kbps 0x06 357 Kbps Interrupts The I2C can generate interrupts when the following conditions are observed: ■ Master transaction completed ■ Master transaction error ■ Slave transaction received ■ Slave transaction requested There is a separate interrupt signal for the I2C master and I2C slave modules. While both modules can generate interrupts for multiple conditions, only a single interrupt signal is sent to the interrupt controller. 13.2.3.1 I2C Master Interrupts The I2C master module generates an interrupt when a transaction completes (either transmit or receive), or when an error occurs during a transaction. To enable the I2C master interrupt, software must write a '1' to the I2C Master Interrupt Mask (I2CMIMR) register. When an interrupt condition is met, software must check the ERROR bit in the I2C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS) register to verify that an error didn't occur during the last transaction. An error condition is asserted if the last transaction wasn't acknowledge by the slave or if the master was forced to give up ownership of the bus due to a lost arbitration round with another master. If an error is not detected, the application can proceed with the transfer. The interrupt is cleared by writing a '1' to the I2C Master Interrupt Clear (I2CMICR) register. 302 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller If the application doesn't require the use of interrupts, the raw interrupt status is always visible via the I2C Master Raw Interrupt Status (I2CMRIS) register. 13.2.3.2 I2C Slave Interrupts The slave module can generate an interrupt when data has been received or requested. This interrupt is enabled by writing a 1 to the DATAIM bit in the I2C Slave Interrupt Mask (I2CSIMR) register. Software determines whether the module should write (transmit) or read (receive) data from the I2C Slave Data (I2CSDR) register, by checking the RREQ and TREQ bits of the I2C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR) register. If the slave module is in receive mode and the first byte of a transfer is received, the FBR bit is set along with the RREQ bit. The interrupt is cleared by writing a 1 to the DATAIC bit in the I2C Slave Interrupt Clear (I2CSICR) register. If the application doesn't require the use of interrupts, the raw interrupt status is always visible via the I2C Slave Raw Interrupt Status (I2CSRIS) register. 13.2.4 Loopback Operation The I2C modules can be placed into an internal loopback mode for diagnostic or debug work. This is accomplished by setting the LPBK bit in the I2C Master Configuration (I2CMCR) register. In loopback mode, the SDA and SCL signals from the master and slave modules are tied together. 13.2.5 Command Sequence Flow Charts This section details the steps required to perform the various I2C transfer types in both master and slave mode. 13.2.5.1 I2C Master Command Sequences The figures that follow show the command sequences available for the I2C master. November 14, 2008 303 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Figure 13-7. Master Single SEND Idle Write Slave Address to I2CMSA Sequence may be omitted in a Single Master system Write data to I2CMDR Read I2CMCS NO BUSBSY bit=0? YES Write ---0-111 to I2CMCS Read I2CMCS NO BUSY bit=0? YES Error Service NO ERROR bit=0? YES Idle 304 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Figure 13-8. Master Single RECEIVE Idle Sequence may be omitted in a Single Master system Write Slave Address to I2CMSA Read I2CMCS NO BUSBSY bit=0? YES Write ---00111 to I2CMCS Read I2CMCS NO BUSY bit=0? YES Error Service NO ERROR bit=0? YES Read data from I2CMDR Idle November 14, 2008 305 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Figure 13-9. Master Burst SEND Idle Write Slave Address to I2CMSA Sequence may be omitted in a Single Master system Read I2CMCS Write data to I2CMDR BUSY bit=0? YES Read I2CMCS ERROR bit=0? NO NO NO BUSBSY bit=0? YES Write data to I2CMDR YES Write ---0-011 to I2CMCS NO ARBLST bit=1? YES Write ---0-001 to I2CMCS NO Index=n? YES Write ---0-101 to I2CMCS Write ---0-100 to I2CMCS Error Service Idle Read I2CMCS NO BUSY bit=0? YES Error Service NO ERROR bit=0? YES Idle 306 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Figure 13-10. Master Burst RECEIVE Idle Write Slave Address to I2CMSA Sequence may be omitted in a Single Master system Read I2CMCS BUSY bit=0? Read I2CMCS NO YES NO BUSBSY bit=0? ERROR bit=0? NO YES Write ---01011 to I2CMCS NO Read data from I2CMDR ARBLST bit=1? YES Write ---01001 to I2CMCS NO Write ---0-100 to I2CMCS Index=m-1? Error Service YES Write ---00101 to I2CMCS Idle Read I2CMCS BUSY bit=0? NO YES NO ERROR bit=0? YES Error Service Read data from I2CMDR Idle November 14, 2008 307 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Figure 13-11. Master Burst RECEIVE after Burst SEND Idle Master operates in Master Transmit mode STOP condition is not generated Write Slave Address to I2CMSA Write ---01011 to I2CMCS Repeated START condition is generated with changing data direction Master operates in Master Receive mode Idle 308 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Figure 13-12. Master Burst SEND after Burst RECEIVE Idle Master operates in Master Receive mode STOP condition is not generated Write Slave Address to I2CMSA Write ---0-011 to I2CMCS Repeated START condition is generated with changing data direction Master operates in Master Transmit mode Idle 13.2.5.2 I2C Slave Command Sequences Figure 13-13 on page 310 presents the command sequence available for the I2C slave. November 14, 2008 309 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Figure 13-13. Slave Command Sequence Idle Write OWN Slave Address to I2CSOAR Write -------1 to I2CSCSR Read I2CSCSR NO TREQ bit=1? YES Write data to I2CSDR 13.3 NO RREQ bit=1? FBR is also valid YES Read data from I2CSDR Initialization and Configuration The following example shows how to configure the I2C module to send a single byte as a master. This assumes the system clock is 20 MHz. 1. Enable the I2C clock by writing a value of 0x0000.1000 to the RCGC1 register in the System Control module. 2. Enable the clock to the appropriate GPIO module via the RCGC2 register in the System Control module. 3. In the GPIO module, enable the appropriate pins for their alternate function using the GPIOAFSEL register. Also, be sure to enable the same pins for Open Drain operation. 4. Initialize the I2C Master by writing the I2CMCR register with a value of 0x0000.0020. 5. Set the desired SCL clock speed of 100 Kbps by writing the I2CMTPR register with the correct value. The value written to the I2CMTPR register represents the number of system clock periods in one SCL clock period. The TPR value is determined by the following equation: 310 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller TPR = (System Clock / (2 * (SCL_LP + SCL_HP) * SCL_CLK)) - 1; TPR = (20MHz / (2 * (6 + 4) * 100000)) - 1; TPR = 9 Write the I2CMTPR register with the value of 0x0000.0009. 6. Specify the slave address of the master and that the next operation will be a Send by writing the I2CMSA register with a value of 0x0000.0076. This sets the slave address to 0x3B. 7. Place data (byte) to be sent in the data register by writing the I2CMDR register with the desired data. 8. Initiate a single byte send of the data from Master to Slave by writing the I2CMCS register with a value of 0x0000.0007 (STOP, START, RUN). 9. Wait until the transmission completes by polling the I2CMCS register’s BUSBSY bit until it has been cleared. 13.4 Register Map Table 13-2 on page 311 lists the I2C registers. All addresses given are relative to the I2C base addresses for the master and slave: ■ I2C Master 0: 0x4002.0000 ■ I2C Slave 0: 0x4002.0800 Table 13-2. Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Register Map Offset Description See page Name Type Reset 0x000 I2CMSA R/W 0x0000.0000 I2C Master Slave Address 313 0x004 I2CMCS R/W 0x0000.0000 I2C Master Control/Status 314 0x008 I2CMDR R/W 0x0000.0000 I2C Master Data 318 0x00C I2CMTPR R/W 0x0000.0001 I2C Master Timer Period 319 0x010 I2CMIMR R/W 0x0000.0000 I2C Master Interrupt Mask 320 0x014 I2CMRIS RO 0x0000.0000 I2C Master Raw Interrupt Status 321 0x018 I2CMMIS RO 0x0000.0000 I2C Master Masked Interrupt Status 322 0x01C I2CMICR WO 0x0000.0000 I2C Master Interrupt Clear 323 0x020 I2CMCR R/W 0x0000.0000 I2C Master Configuration 324 0x000 I2CSOAR R/W 0x0000.0000 I2C Slave Own Address 326 0x004 I2CSCSR RO 0x0000.0000 I2C Slave Control/Status 327 0x008 I2CSDR R/W 0x0000.0000 I2C Slave Data 329 0x00C I2CSIMR R/W 0x0000.0000 I2C Slave Interrupt Mask 330 I2C Master I2C Slave November 14, 2008 311 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Offset Name 0x010 Reset I2CSRIS RO 0x0000.0000 I2C Slave Raw Interrupt Status 331 0x014 I2CSMIS RO 0x0000.0000 I2C Slave Masked Interrupt Status 332 0x018 I2CSICR WO 0x0000.0000 I2C Slave Interrupt Clear 333 13.5 Description See page Type Register Descriptions (I2C Master) The remainder of this section lists and describes the I2C master registers, in numerical order by address offset. See also “Register Descriptions (I2C Slave)” on page 325. 312 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 1: I2C Master Slave Address (I2CMSA), offset 0x000 This register consists of eight bits: seven address bits (A6-A0), and a Receive/Send bit, which determines if the next operation is a Receive (High), or Send (Low). I2C Master Slave Address (I2CMSA) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset SA RO 0 R/S Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:1 SA R/W 0 I2C Slave Address This field specifies bits A6 through A0 of the slave address. 0 R/S R/W 0 Receive/Send The R/S bit specifies if the next operation is a Receive (High) or Send (Low). Value Description 0 Send. 1 Receive. November 14, 2008 313 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Register 2: I2C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS), offset 0x004 This register accesses four control bits when written, and accesses seven status bits when read. The status register consists of seven bits, which when read determine the state of the I2C bus controller. The control register consists of four bits: the RUN, START, STOP, and ACK bits. The START bit causes the generation of the START, or REPEATED START condition. The STOP bit determines if the cycle stops at the end of the data cycle, or continues on to a burst. To generate a single send cycle, the I2C Master Slave Address (I2CMSA) register is written with the desired address, the R/S bit is set to 0, and the Control register is written with ACK=X (0 or 1), STOP=1, START=1, and RUN=1 to perform the operation and stop. When the operation is completed (or aborted due an error), the interrupt pin becomes active and the data may be read from the I2CMDR register. When the I2C module operates in Master receiver mode, the ACK bit must be set normally to logic 1. This causes the I2C bus controller to send an acknowledge automatically after each byte. This bit must be reset when the I2C bus controller requires no further data to be sent from the slave transmitter. Reads I2C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 Offset 0x004 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BUSBSY IDLE ARBLST ERROR BUSY RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 DATACK ADRACK RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:7 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 6 BUSBSY RO 0 Bus Busy This bit specifies the state of the I2C bus. If set, the bus is busy; otherwise, the bus is idle. The bit changes based on the START and STOP conditions. 5 IDLE RO 0 I2C Idle This bit specifies the I2C controller state. If set, the controller is idle; otherwise the controller is not idle. 4 ARBLST RO 0 Arbitration Lost This bit specifies the result of bus arbitration. If set, the controller lost arbitration; otherwise, the controller won arbitration. 314 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Bit/Field Name Type Reset 3 DATACK RO 0 Description Acknowledge Data This bit specifies the result of the last data operation. If set, the transmitted data was not acknowledged; otherwise, the data was acknowledged. 2 ADRACK RO 0 Acknowledge Address This bit specifies the result of the last address operation. If set, the transmitted address was not acknowledged; otherwise, the address was acknowledged. 1 ERROR RO 0 Error This bit specifies the result of the last bus operation. If set, an error occurred on the last operation; otherwise, no error was detected. The error can be from the slave address not being acknowledged, the transmit data not being acknowledged, or because the controller lost arbitration. 0 BUSY RO 0 I2C Busy This bit specifies the state of the controller. If set, the controller is busy; otherwise, the controller is idle. When the BUSY bit is set, the other status bits are not valid. Writes I2C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 Offset 0x004 Type WO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 reserved Type Reset WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 3 2 1 0 ACK STOP START RUN WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:4 reserved WO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 3 ACK WO 0 Data Acknowledge Enable When set, causes received data byte to be acknowledged automatically by the master. See field decoding in Table 13-3 on page 316. 2 STOP WO 0 Generate STOP When set, causes the generation of the STOP condition. See field decoding in Table 13-3 on page 316. November 14, 2008 315 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Bit/Field Name Type Reset 1 START WO 0 Description Generate START When set, causes the generation of a START or repeated START condition. See field decoding in Table 13-3 on page 316. 0 RUN WO I2C Master Enable 0 When set, allows the master to send or receive data. See field decoding in Table 13-3 on page 316. Table 13-3. Write Field Decoding for I2CMCS[3:0] Field (Sheet 1 of 3) Current I2CMSA[0] State R/S Idle I2CMCS[3:0] ACK Description STOP START RUN 0 X a 0 1 1 0 X 1 1 1 START condition followed by a SEND and STOP condition (master remains in Idle state). 1 0 0 1 1 START condition followed by RECEIVE operation with negative ACK (master goes to the Master Receive state). 1 0 1 1 1 START condition followed by RECEIVE and STOP condition (master remains in Idle state). 1 1 0 1 1 START condition followed by RECEIVE (master goes to the Master Receive state). 1 1 1 1 1 Illegal. START condition followed by SEND (master goes to the Master Transmit state). All other combinations not listed are non-operations. NOP. Master Transmit X X 0 0 1 SEND operation (master remains in Master Transmit state). X X 1 0 0 STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). X X 1 0 1 SEND followed by STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). 0 X 0 1 1 Repeated START condition followed by a SEND (master remains in Master Transmit state). 0 X 1 1 1 Repeated START condition followed by SEND and STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). 1 0 0 1 1 Repeated START condition followed by a RECEIVE operation with a negative ACK (master goes to Master Receive state). 1 0 1 1 1 Repeated START condition followed by a SEND and STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). 1 1 0 1 1 Repeated START condition followed by RECEIVE (master goes to Master Receive state). 1 1 1 1 1 Illegal. All other combinations not listed are non-operations. NOP. 316 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Current I2CMSA[0] State R/S Master Receive I2CMCS[3:0] Description ACK STOP START RUN X 0 0 0 1 RECEIVE operation with negative ACK (master remains in Master Receive state). X X 1 0 0 STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). X 0 1 0 1 RECEIVE followed by STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). X 1 0 0 1 RECEIVE operation (master remains in Master Receive state). X 1 1 0 1 Illegal. 1 0 0 1 1 Repeated START condition followed by RECEIVE operation with a negative ACK (master remains in Master Receive state). 1 0 1 1 1 Repeated START condition followed by RECEIVE and STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). 1 1 0 1 1 Repeated START condition followed by RECEIVE (master remains in Master Receive state). 0 X 0 1 1 Repeated START condition followed by SEND (master goes to Master Transmit state). 0 X 1 1 1 Repeated START condition followed by SEND and STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). b All other combinations not listed are non-operations. NOP. a. An X in a table cell indicates the bit can be 0 or 1. b. In Master Receive mode, a STOP condition should be generated only after a Data Negative Acknowledge executed by the master or an Address Negative Acknowledge executed by the slave. November 14, 2008 317 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Register 3: I2C Master Data (I2CMDR), offset 0x008 This register contains the data to be transmitted when in the Master Transmit state, and the data received when in the Master Receive state. I2C Master Data (I2CMDR) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset DATA RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 DATA R/W 0x00 Data Transferred Data transferred during transaction. 318 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 4: I2C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR), offset 0x00C This register specifies the period of the SCL clock. I2C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 Offset 0x00C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0001 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset TPR RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 TPR R/W 0x1 SCL Clock Period This field specifies the period of the SCL clock. SCL_PRD = 2*(1 + TPR)*(SCL_LP + SCL_HP)*CLK_PRD where: SCL_PRD is the SCL line period (I2C clock). TPR is the Timer Period register value (range of 1 to 255). SCL_LP is the SCL Low period (fixed at 6). SCL_HP is the SCL High period (fixed at 4). November 14, 2008 319 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Register 5: I2C Master Interrupt Mask (I2CMIMR), offset 0x010 This register controls whether a raw interrupt is promoted to a controller interrupt. I2C Master Interrupt Mask (I2CMIMR) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 Offset 0x010 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 IM Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:1 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 IM R/W 0 Interrupt Mask This bit controls whether a raw interrupt is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, the interrupt is not masked and the interrupt is promoted; otherwise, the interrupt is masked. 320 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 6: I2C Master Raw Interrupt Status (I2CMRIS), offset 0x014 This register specifies whether an interrupt is pending. I2C Master Raw Interrupt Status (I2CMRIS) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 Offset 0x014 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 RIS RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:1 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 RIS RO 0 Raw Interrupt Status This bit specifies the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of the I2C master block. If set, an interrupt is pending; otherwise, an interrupt is not pending. November 14, 2008 321 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Register 7: I2C Master Masked Interrupt Status (I2CMMIS), offset 0x018 This register specifies whether an interrupt was signaled. I2C Master Masked Interrupt Status (I2CMMIS) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 Offset 0x018 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 MIS RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:1 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 MIS RO 0 Masked Interrupt Status This bit specifies the raw interrupt state (after masking) of the I2C master block. If set, an interrupt was signaled; otherwise, an interrupt has not been generated since the bit was last cleared. 322 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 8: I2C Master Interrupt Clear (I2CMICR), offset 0x01C This register clears the raw interrupt. I2C Master Interrupt Clear (I2CMICR) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 Offset 0x01C Type WO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 WO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 IC Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:1 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 IC WO 0 Interrupt Clear This bit controls the clearing of the raw interrupt. A write of 1 clears the interrupt; otherwise, a write of 0 has no affect on the interrupt state. A read of this register returns no meaningful data. November 14, 2008 323 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Register 9: I2C Master Configuration (I2CMCR), offset 0x020 This register configures the mode (Master or Slave) and sets the interface for test mode loopback. I2C Master Configuration (I2CMCR) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 Offset 0x020 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SFE MFE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 reserved RO 0 RO 0 LPBK RO 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:6 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 5 SFE R/W 0 I2C Slave Function Enable This bit specifies whether the interface may operate in Slave mode. If set, Slave mode is enabled; otherwise, Slave mode is disabled. 4 MFE R/W 0 I2C Master Function Enable This bit specifies whether the interface may operate in Master mode. If set, Master mode is enabled; otherwise, Master mode is disabled and the interface clock is disabled. 3:1 reserved RO 0x00 0 LPBK R/W 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. I2C Loopback This bit specifies whether the interface is operating normally or in Loopback mode. If set, the device is put in a test mode loopback configuration; otherwise, the device operates normally. 324 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 13.6 Register Descriptions (I2C Slave) The remainder of this section lists and describes the I2C slave registers, in numerical order by address offset. See also “Register Descriptions (I2C Master)” on page 312. November 14, 2008 325 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Register 10: I2C Slave Own Address (I2CSOAR), offset 0x000 ® This register consists of seven address bits that identify the Stellaris I2C device on the I2C bus. I2C Slave Own Address (I2CSOAR) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 OAR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:7 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 6:0 OAR R/W 0x00 I2C Slave Own Address This field specifies bits A6 through A0 of the slave address. 326 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 11: I2C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR), offset 0x004 This register accesses one control bit when written, and three status bits when read. The read-only Status register consists of three bits: the FBR, RREQ, and TREQ bits. The First ® Byte Received (FBR) bit is set only after the Stellaris device detects its own slave address and receives the first data byte from the I2C master. The Receive Request (RREQ) bit indicates ® that the Stellaris I2C device has received a data byte from an I2C master. Read one data byte from the I2C Slave Data (I2CSDR) register to clear the RREQ bit. The Transmit Request (TREQ) bit ® indicates that the Stellaris I2C device is addressed as a Slave Transmitter. Write one data byte 2 into the I C Slave Data (I2CSDR) register to clear the TREQ bit. The write-only Control register consists of one bit: the DA bit. The DA bit enables and disables the ® Stellaris I2C slave operation. Reads I2C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 Offset 0x004 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FBR TREQ RREQ RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:3 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 2 FBR RO 0 First Byte Received Indicates that the first byte following the slave’s own address is received. This bit is only valid when the RREQ bit is set, and is automatically cleared when data has been read from the I2CSDR register. Note: 1 TREQ RO 0 This bit is not used for slave transmit operations. Transmit Request This bit specifies the state of the I2C slave with regards to outstanding transmit requests. If set, the I2C unit has been addressed as a slave transmitter and uses clock stretching to delay the master until data has been written to the I2CSDR register. Otherwise, there is no outstanding transmit request. November 14, 2008 327 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Bit/Field Name Type Reset 0 RREQ RO 0 Description Receive Request This bit specifies the status of the I2C slave with regards to outstanding receive requests. If set, the I2C unit has outstanding receive data from the I2C master and uses clock stretching to delay the master until the data has been read from the I2CSDR register. Otherwise, no receive data is outstanding. Writes I2C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 Offset 0x004 Type WO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 WO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 DA Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:1 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 DA WO 0 Device Active Value Description 0 Disables the I2C slave operation. 1 Enables the I2C slave operation. 328 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 12: I2C Slave Data (I2CSDR), offset 0x008 This register contains the data to be transmitted when in the Slave Transmit state, and the data received when in the Slave Receive state. I2C Slave Data (I2CSDR) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset DATA RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:8 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 7:0 DATA R/W 0x0 Data for Transfer This field contains the data for transfer during a slave receive or transmit operation. November 14, 2008 329 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Register 13: I2C Slave Interrupt Mask (I2CSIMR), offset 0x00C This register controls whether a raw interrupt is promoted to a controller interrupt. I2C Slave Interrupt Mask (I2CSIMR) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 Offset 0x00C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 DATAIM R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:1 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 DATAIM R/W 0 Data Interrupt Mask This bit controls whether the raw interrupt for data received and data requested is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, the interrupt is not masked and the interrupt is promoted; otherwise, the interrupt is masked. 330 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 14: I2C Slave Raw Interrupt Status (I2CSRIS), offset 0x010 This register specifies whether an interrupt is pending. I2C Slave Raw Interrupt Status (I2CSRIS) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 Offset 0x010 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 DATARIS RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:1 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 DATARIS RO 0 Data Raw Interrupt Status This bit specifies the raw interrupt state for data received and data requested (prior to masking) of the I2C slave block. If set, an interrupt is pending; otherwise, an interrupt is not pending. November 14, 2008 331 Preliminary Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Register 15: I2C Slave Masked Interrupt Status (I2CSMIS), offset 0x014 This register specifies whether an interrupt was signaled. I2C Slave Masked Interrupt Status (I2CSMIS) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 Offset 0x014 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 DATAMIS RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:1 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 DATAMIS RO 0 Data Masked Interrupt Status This bit specifies the interrupt state for data received and data requested (after masking) of the I2C slave block. If set, an interrupt was signaled; otherwise, an interrupt has not been generated since the bit was last cleared. 332 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 16: I2C Slave Interrupt Clear (I2CSICR), offset 0x018 This register clears the raw interrupt. A read of this register returns no meaningful data. I2C Slave Interrupt Clear (I2CSICR) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 Offset 0x018 Type WO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 DATAIC WO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:1 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 DATAIC WO 0 Data Interrupt Clear This bit controls the clearing of the raw interrupt for data received and data requested. When set, it clears the DATARIS interrupt bit; otherwise, it has no effect on the DATARIS bit value. November 14, 2008 333 Preliminary Analog Comparators 14 Analog Comparators An analog comparator is a peripheral that compares two analog voltages, and provides a logical output that signals the comparison result. Note: Not all comparators have the option to drive an output pin. See the Comparator Operating Mode tables in “Functional Description” on page 335 for more information. The comparator can provide its output to a device pin, acting as a replacement for an analog comparator on the board, or it can be used to signal the application via interrupts to cause it to start capturing a sample sequence. ® The Stellaris Analog Comparators module has the following features: ■ Three independent integrated analog comparators ■ Configurable for output to drive an output pin or generate an interrupt ■ Compare external pin input to external pin input or to internal programmable voltage reference ■ Compare a test voltage against any one of these voltages – An individual external reference voltage – A shared single external reference voltage – A shared internal reference voltage 334 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 14.1 Block Diagram Figure 14-1. Analog Comparator Module Block Diagram C2- -ve input C2+ +ve input Comparator 2 output C2o +ve input (alternate) ACCTL2 ACSTAT2 interrupt reference input C1- -ve input C1+ +ve input Comparator 1 output C1o +ve input (alternate) ACCTL1 ACSTAT1 interrupt reference input C0- -ve input C0+ +ve input Comparator 0 output C0o +ve input (alternate) ACCTL0 ACSTAT0 interrupt reference input Voltage Ref Interrupt Control ACRIS internal bus ACREFCTL ACMIS ACINTEN interrupt 14.2 Functional Description Important: It is recommended that the Digital-Input enable (the GPIODEN bit in the GPIO module) for the analog input pin be disabled to prevent excessive current draw from the I/O pads. The comparator compares the VIN- and VIN+ inputs to produce an output, VOUT. VIN- < VIN+, VOUT = 1 VIN- > VIN+, VOUT = 0 As shown in Figure 14-2 on page 336, the input source for VIN- is an external input. In addition to an external input, input sources for VIN+ can be the +ve input of comparator 0 or an internal reference. November 14, 2008 335 Preliminary Analog Comparators Figure 14-2. Structure of Comparator Unit -ve input +ve input 0 output CINV 1 IntGen +ve input (alternate) reference input 2 ACSTAT interrupt internal bus ACCTL A comparator is configured through two status/control registers (ACCTL and ACSTAT ). The internal reference is configured through one control register (ACREFCTL). Interrupt status and control is configured through three registers (ACMIS, ACRIS, and ACINTEN). The operating modes of the comparators are shown in the Comparator Operating Mode tables. Typically, the comparator output is used internally to generate controller interrupts. It may also be used to drive an external pin. Important: Certain register bit values must be set before using the analog comparators. The proper pad configuration for the comparator input and output pins are described in the Comparator Operating Mode tables. Table 14-1. Comparator 0 Operating Modes ACCNTL0 Comparator 0 ASRCP VIN- VIN+ Output Interrupt 00 C0- C0+ C0o yes 01 C0- C0+ C0o yes 10 C0- Vref C0o yes 11 C0- reserved C0o yes Table 14-2. Comparator 1 Operating Modes ACCNTL1 Comparator 1 ASRCP VIN- VIN+ 00 C1- C1o/C1+ C1o/C1+ Output yes 01 C1- C0+ C1o/C1+ yes 10 C1- Vref C1o/C1+ yes 11 C1- reserved C1o/C1+ yes a Interrupt a. C1o and C1+ signals share a single pin and may only be used as one or the other. 336 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Table 14-3. Comparator 2 Operating Modes ACCNTL2 Comparator 2 ASRCP VIN- VIN+ 00 C2- C2o/C2+ C2o/C2+ Output Interrupt yes 01 C2- C0+ C2o/C2+ yes 10 C2- Vref C2o/C2+ yes 11 C2- reserved C2o/C2+ yes a a. C2o and C2+ signals share a single pin and may only be used as one or the other. 14.2.1 Internal Reference Programming The structure of the internal reference is shown in Figure 14-3 on page 337. This is controlled by a single configuration register (ACREFCTL). Table 14-4 on page 337 shows the programming options to develop specific internal reference values, to compare an external voltage against a particular voltage generated internally. Figure 14-3. Comparator Internal Reference Structure 8R AVDD 8R R R R ••• EN 15 14 ••• 1 0 Decoder VREF internal reference RNG Table 14-4. Internal Reference Voltage and ACREFCTL Field Values ACREFCTL Register Output Reference Voltage Based on VREF Field Value EN Bit Value RNG Bit Value EN=0 RNG=X 0 V (GND) for any value of VREF; however, it is recommended that RNG=1 and VREF=0 for the least noisy ground reference. November 14, 2008 337 Preliminary Analog Comparators ACREFCTL Register Output Reference Voltage Based on VREF Field Value EN Bit Value RNG Bit Value EN=1 RNG=0 Total resistance in ladder is 31 R. The range of internal reference in this mode is 0.85-2.448 V. RNG=1 Total resistance in ladder is 23 R. The range of internal reference for this mode is 0-2.152 V. 14.3 Initialization and Configuration The following example shows how to configure an analog comparator to read back its output value from an internal register. 1. Enable the analog comparator 0 clock by writing a value of 0x0010.0000 to the RCGC1 register in the System Control module. 2. In the GPIO module, enable the GPIO port/pin associated with C0- as a GPIO input. 3. Configure the internal voltage reference to 1.65 V by writing the ACREFCTL register with the value 0x0000.030C. 4. Configure comparator 0 to use the internal voltage reference and to not invert the output by writing the ACCTL0 register with the value of 0x0000.040C. 5. Delay for some time. 6. Read the comparator output value by reading the ACSTAT0 register’s OVAL value. Change the level of the signal input on C0- to see the OVAL value change. 14.4 Register Map Table 14-5 on page 339 lists the comparator registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s address, relative to the Analog Comparator base address of 0x4003.C000. 338 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Table 14-5. Analog Comparators Register Map Name Type Reset 0x000 ACMIS R/W1C 0x0000.0000 Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status 340 0x004 ACRIS RO 0x0000.0000 Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status 341 0x008 ACINTEN R/W 0x0000.0000 Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable 342 0x010 ACREFCTL R/W 0x0000.0000 Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control 343 0x020 ACSTAT0 RO 0x0000.0000 Analog Comparator Status 0 344 0x024 ACCTL0 R/W 0x0000.0000 Analog Comparator Control 0 345 0x040 ACSTAT1 RO 0x0000.0000 Analog Comparator Status 1 344 0x044 ACCTL1 R/W 0x0000.0000 Analog Comparator Control 1 345 0x060 ACSTAT2 RO 0x0000.0000 Analog Comparator Status 2 344 0x064 ACCTL2 R/W 0x0000.0000 Analog Comparator Control 2 345 14.5 Description See page Offset Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the Analog Comparator registers, in numerical order by address offset. November 14, 2008 339 Preliminary Analog Comparators Register 1: Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status (ACMIS), offset 0x000 This register provides a summary of the interrupt status (masked) of the comparator. Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status (ACMIS) Base 0x4003.C000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 IN2 IN1 IN0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W1C 0 R/W1C 0 R/W1C 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:3 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 2 IN2 R/W1C 0 Comparator 2 Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. Write 1 to this bit to clear the pending interrupt. 1 IN1 R/W1C 0 Comparator 1 Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. Write 1 to this bit to clear the pending interrupt. 0 IN0 R/W1C 0 Comparator 0 Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. Write 1 to this bit to clear the pending interrupt. 340 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 2: Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status (ACRIS), offset 0x004 This register provides a summary of the interrupt status (raw) of the comparator. Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status (ACRIS) Base 0x4003.C000 Offset 0x004 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 IN2 IN1 IN0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:3 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 2 IN2 RO 0 Comparator 2 Interrupt Status When set, indicates that an interrupt has been generated by comparator 2. 1 IN1 RO 0 Comparator 1 Interrupt Status When set, indicates that an interrupt has been generated by comparator 1. 0 IN0 RO 0 Comparator 0 Interrupt Status When set, indicates that an interrupt has been generated by comparator 0. November 14, 2008 341 Preliminary Analog Comparators Register 3: Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable (ACINTEN), offset 0x008 This register provides the interrupt enable for the comparator. Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable (ACINTEN) Base 0x4003.C000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 IN2 IN1 IN0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:3 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 2 IN2 R/W 0 Comparator 2 Interrupt Enable When set, enables the controller interrupt from the comparator 2 output 1 IN1 R/W 0 Comparator 1 Interrupt Enable When set, enables the controller interrupt from the comparator 1 output. 0 IN0 R/W 0 Comparator 0 Interrupt Enable When set, enables the controller interrupt from the comparator 0 output. 342 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 4: Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control (ACREFCTL), offset 0x010 This register specifies whether the resistor ladder is powered on as well as the range and tap. Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control (ACREFCTL) Base 0x4003.C000 Offset 0x010 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 9 8 EN RNG R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 VREF RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:10 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 9 EN R/W 0 Resistor Ladder Enable The EN bit specifies whether the resistor ladder is powered on. If 0, the resistor ladder is unpowered. If 1, the resistor ladder is connected to the analog VDD. This bit is reset to 0 so that the internal reference consumes the least amount of power if not used and programmed. 8 RNG R/W 0 Resistor Ladder Range The RNG bit specifies the range of the resistor ladder. If 0, the resistor ladder has a total resistance of 31 R. If 1, the resistor ladder has a total resistance of 23 R. 7:4 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 3:0 VREF R/W 0x00 Resistor Ladder Voltage Ref The VREF bit field specifies the resistor ladder tap that is passed through an analog multiplexer. The voltage corresponding to the tap position is the internal reference voltage available for comparison. See Table 14-4 on page 337 for some output reference voltage examples. November 14, 2008 343 Preliminary Analog Comparators Register 5: Analog Comparator Status 0 (ACSTAT0), offset 0x020 Register 6: Analog Comparator Status 1 (ACSTAT1), offset 0x040 Register 7: Analog Comparator Status 2 (ACSTAT2), offset 0x060 These registers specify the current output value of the comparator. Analog Comparator Status 0 (ACSTAT0) Base 0x4003.C000 Offset 0x020 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 OVAL reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:2 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 1 OVAL RO 0 Comparator Output Value The OVAL bit specifies the current output value of the comparator. 0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 344 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Register 8: Analog Comparator Control 0 (ACCTL0), offset 0x024 Register 9: Analog Comparator Control 1 (ACCTL1), offset 0x044 Register 10: Analog Comparator Control 2 (ACCTL2), offset 0x064 These registers configure the comparator’s input and output. Analog Comparator Control 0 (ACCTL0) Base 0x4003.C000 Offset 0x024 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CINV reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 RO 0 reserved Type Reset reserved Type Reset RO 0 ASRCP reserved ISLVAL R/W 0 ISEN R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field Name Type Reset Description 31:11 reserved RO 0x00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 10:9 ASRCP R/W 0x00 Analog Source Positive The ASRCP field specifies the source of input voltage to the VIN+ terminal of the comparator. The encodings for this field are as follows: Value Function 0x0 Pin value 0x1 Pin value of C0+ 0x2 Internal voltage reference 0x3 Reserved 8:5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 4 ISLVAL R/W 0 Interrupt Sense Level Value The ISLVAL bit specifies the sense value of the input that generates an interrupt if in Level Sense mode. If 0, an interrupt is generated if the comparator output is Low. Otherwise, an interrupt is generated if the comparator output is High. November 14, 2008 345 Preliminary Analog Comparators Bit/Field Name Type Reset 3:2 ISEN R/W 0x0 Description Interrupt Sense The ISEN field specifies the sense of the comparator output that generates an interrupt. The sense conditioning is as follows: Value Function 1 CINV R/W 0 0x0 Level sense, see ISLVAL 0x1 Falling edge 0x2 Rising edge 0x3 Either edge Comparator Output Invert The CINV bit conditionally inverts the output of the comparator. If 0, the output of the comparator is unchanged. If 1, the output of the comparator is inverted prior to being processed by hardware. 0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 346 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 15 Pin Diagram The LM3S600 microcontroller pin diagram is shown below. Figure 15-1. 48-Pin QFP Package Pin Diagram November 14, 2008 347 Preliminary Signal Tables 16 Signal Tables The following tables list the signals available for each pin. Functionality is enabled by software with the GPIOAFSEL register. Important: All multiplexed pins are GPIOs by default, with the exception of the five JTAG pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]) which default to the JTAG functionality. Table 16-1 on page 348 shows the pin-to-signal-name mapping, including functional characteristics of the signals. Table 16-2 on page 350 lists the signals in alphabetical order by signal name. Table 16-3 on page 352 groups the signals by functionality, except for GPIOs. Table 16-4 on page 353 lists the GPIO pins and their alternate functionality. Table 16-1. Signals by Pin Number Pin Number Pin Name Pin Type 1 PE5 I/O TTL GPIO port E bit 5 CCP5 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 5 2 3 4 Buffer Type Description PE4 I/O TTL GPIO port E bit 4 CCP3 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 3 PE3 I/O TTL GPIO port E bit 3 CCP1 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 1 PE2 I/O TTL GPIO port E bit 2 CCP4 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 4 5 RST I TTL System reset input. 6 LDO - Power Low drop-out regulator output voltage. This pin requires an external capacitor between the pin and GND of 1 µF or greater. 7 VDD - Power Positive supply for I/O and some logic. 8 GND - Power Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. 9 OSC0 I Analog Main oscillator crystal input or an external clock reference input. 10 OSC1 O Analog Main oscillator crystal output. 11 PC7 I/O TTL C2- I Analog PC6 I/O TTL C2+ I Analog C2o O TTL Analog comparator 2 output PC5 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 5 C1+ I Analog 12 13 GPIO port C bit 7 Analog comparator 2 negative input GPIO port C bit 6 Analog comparator positive input Analog comparator positive input C1o O TTL Analog comparator 1 output 14 PC4 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 4 15 VDD - Power Positive supply for I/O and some logic. 16 GND - Power Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. 17 PA0 I/O TTL GPIO port A bit 0 U0Rx I TTL UART module 0 receive 348 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Pin Number Pin Name Pin Type 18 PA1 I/O TTL GPIO port A bit 1 U0Tx O TTL UART module 0 transmit 19 20 21 22 Buffer Type Description PA2 I/O TTL GPIO port A bit 2 SSIClk I/O TTL SSI clock PA3 I/O TTL GPIO port A bit 3 SSIFss I/O TTL SSI frame PA4 I/O TTL GPIO port A bit 4 SSIRx I TTL SSI module 0 receive PA5 I/O TTL GPIO port A bit 5 SSI module 0 transmit SSITx O TTL 23 VDD - Power Positive supply for I/O and some logic. 24 GND - Power Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. 25 PD0 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 0 26 PD1 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 1 27 PD2 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 2 U1Rx I TTL UART module 1 receive. PD3 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 3 28 U1Tx O TTL UART module 1 transmit. 29 PB0 I/O TTL GPIO port B bit 0 30 PB1 I/O TTL GPIO port B bit 1 31 GND - Power Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. 32 VDD - Power Positive supply for I/O and some logic. 33 34 PB2 I/O TTL GPIO port B bit 2 I2CSCL I/O OD I2C module 0 clock PB3 I/O TTL GPIO port B bit 3 I2CSDA I/O OD I2C module 0 data 35 PE0 I/O TTL GPIO port E bit 0 36 PE1 I/O TTL GPIO port E bit 1 37 PC3 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 3 TDO O TTL JTAG TDO and SWO SWO O TTL JTAG TDO and SWO PC2 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 2 TDI I TTL JTAG TDI PC1 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 1 TMS I/O TTL JTAG TMS and SWDIO SWDIO I/O TTL JTAG TMS and SWDIO PC0 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 0 38 39 40 41 TCK I TTL JTAG/SWD CLK SWCLK I TTL JTAG/SWD CLK PB7 I/O TTL GPIO port B bit 7 TRST I TTL JTAG TRSTn November 14, 2008 349 Preliminary Signal Tables Pin Number Pin Name Pin Type 42 PB6 I/O TTL C0+ I Analog PB5 I/O TTL C1- I Analog PB4 I/O TTL C0- I Analog PD4 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 4 CCP0 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 0 PD5 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 5 43 44 45 46 Buffer Type Description GPIO port B bit 6 Analog comparator 0 positive input GPIO port B bit 5 Analog comparator 1 negative input GPIO port B bit 4 Analog comparator 0 negative input CCP2 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 2 47 PD6 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 6 48 PD7 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 7 C0o O TTL Analog comparator 0 output Table 16-2. Signals by Signal Name Pin Name Pin Number Pin Type C0+ 42 I Analog Analog comparator 0 positive input C0- 44 I Analog Analog comparator 0 negative input C0o 48 O TTL C1+ 13 I Analog Analog comparator positive input C1- 43 I Analog Analog comparator 1 negative input C1o 13 O TTL C2+ 12 I Analog Analog comparator positive input C2- 11 I Analog Analog comparator 2 negative input C2o 12 O TTL Analog comparator 2 output CCP0 45 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 0 CCP1 3 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 1 CCP2 46 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 2 CCP3 2 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 3 CCP4 4 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 4 CCP5 1 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 5 GND 8 - Power Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. GND 16 - Power Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. GND 24 - Power Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. GND 31 - Power Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. I2CSCL 33 I/O OD I2C module 0 clock I2CSDA 34 I/O OD I2C module 0 data LDO 6 - Power Low drop-out regulator output voltage. This pin requires an external capacitor between the pin and GND of 1 µF or greater. OSC0 9 I Analog Main oscillator crystal input or an external clock reference input. OSC1 10 O Analog Main oscillator crystal output. 350 Buffer Type Description Analog comparator 0 output Analog comparator 1 output November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Pin Name Pin Number Pin Type PA0 17 I/O TTL GPIO port A bit 0 PA1 18 I/O TTL GPIO port A bit 1 PA2 19 I/O TTL GPIO port A bit 2 PA3 20 I/O TTL GPIO port A bit 3 PA4 21 I/O TTL GPIO port A bit 4 PA5 22 I/O TTL GPIO port A bit 5 PB0 29 I/O TTL GPIO port B bit 0 PB1 30 I/O TTL GPIO port B bit 1 PB2 33 I/O TTL GPIO port B bit 2 PB3 34 I/O TTL GPIO port B bit 3 PB4 44 I/O TTL GPIO port B bit 4 PB5 43 I/O TTL GPIO port B bit 5 PB6 42 I/O TTL GPIO port B bit 6 PB7 41 I/O TTL GPIO port B bit 7 PC0 40 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 0 PC1 39 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 1 PC2 38 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 2 PC3 37 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 3 PC4 14 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 4 PC5 13 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 5 PC6 12 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 6 PC7 11 I/O TTL GPIO port C bit 7 PD0 25 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 0 PD1 26 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 1 PD2 27 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 2 PD3 28 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 3 PD4 45 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 4 PD5 46 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 5 PD6 47 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 6 PD7 48 I/O TTL GPIO port D bit 7 PE0 35 I/O TTL GPIO port E bit 0 PE1 36 I/O TTL GPIO port E bit 1 PE2 4 I/O TTL GPIO port E bit 2 PE3 3 I/O TTL GPIO port E bit 3 PE4 2 I/O TTL GPIO port E bit 4 PE5 1 I/O TTL GPIO port E bit 5 RST 5 I TTL System reset input. SSIClk 19 I/O TTL SSI clock SSIFss 20 I/O TTL SSI frame SSIRx 21 I TTL SSI module 0 receive SSITx 22 O TTL SSI module 0 transmit SWCLK 40 I TTL JTAG/SWD CLK November 14, 2008 Buffer Type Description 351 Preliminary Signal Tables Pin Name Pin Number Pin Type SWDIO 39 I/O Buffer Type Description TTL JTAG TMS and SWDIO SWO 37 O TTL JTAG TDO and SWO TCK 40 I TTL JTAG/SWD CLK TDI 38 I TTL JTAG TDI TDO 37 O TTL JTAG TDO and SWO TMS 39 I/O TTL JTAG TMS and SWDIO TRST 41 I TTL JTAG TRSTn U0Rx 17 I TTL UART module 0 receive U0Tx 18 O TTL UART module 0 transmit U1Rx 27 I TTL UART module 1 receive. U1Tx 28 O TTL UART module 1 transmit. VDD 7 - Power Positive supply for I/O and some logic. VDD 15 - Power Positive supply for I/O and some logic. VDD 23 - Power Positive supply for I/O and some logic. VDD 32 - Power Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Table 16-3. Signals by Function, Except for GPIO Function Analog Comparators Pin Name Pin Number Pin Type Buffer Type Description C0+ 42 I Analog Analog comparator 0 positive input C0- 44 I Analog Analog comparator 0 negative input C0o 48 O TTL C1+ 13 I Analog Analog comparator positive input C1- 43 I Analog Analog comparator 1 negative input C1o 13 O TTL C2+ 12 I Analog Analog comparator positive input C2- 11 I Analog Analog comparator 2 negative input C2o Analog comparator 0 output Analog comparator 1 output 12 O TTL Analog comparator 2 output General-Purpose CCP0 Timers CCP1 45 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 0 3 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 1 CCP2 46 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 2 CCP3 2 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 3 CCP4 4 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 4 CCP5 1 I/O TTL Capture/Compare/PWM 5 I2CSCL 33 I/O OD I2C module 0 clock I2CSDA I2C 34 I/O OD I2C module 0 data JTAG/SWD/SWO SWCLK 40 I TTL JTAG/SWD CLK SWDIO 39 I/O TTL JTAG TMS and SWDIO SWO 37 O TTL JTAG TDO and SWO TCK 40 I TTL JTAG/SWD CLK TDI 38 I TTL JTAG TDI TDO 37 O TTL JTAG TDO and SWO TMS 39 I/O TTL JTAG TMS and SWDIO 352 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Function Pin Number Pin Type Buffer Type GND 8 - Power Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. GND 16 - Power Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. GND 24 - Power Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. GND 31 - Power Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. LDO 6 - Power Low drop-out regulator output voltage. This pin requires an external capacitor between the pin and GND of 1 µF or greater. VDD 7 - Power Positive supply for I/O and some logic. VDD 15 - Power Positive supply for I/O and some logic. VDD 23 - Power Positive supply for I/O and some logic. VDD 32 - Power Positive supply for I/O and some logic. SSIClk 19 I/O TTL SSI clock SSIFss 20 I/O TTL SSI frame SSIRx 21 I TTL SSI module 0 receive SSITx 22 O TTL SSI module 0 transmit System Control & OSC0 Clocks 9 I Analog Main oscillator crystal input or an external clock reference input. OSC1 10 O Analog Main oscillator crystal output. RST 5 I TTL System reset input. TRST 41 I TTL JTAG TRSTn U0Rx 17 I TTL UART module 0 receive U0Tx 18 O TTL UART module 0 transmit U1Rx 27 I TTL UART module 1 receive. U1Tx 28 O TTL UART module 1 transmit. Power SSI UART Pin Name Description Table 16-4. GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions GPIO Pin Pin Number Multiplexed Function PA0 17 U0Rx PA1 18 U0Tx PA2 19 SSIClk PA3 20 SSIFss PA4 21 SSIRx PA5 22 SSITx PB0 29 PB1 30 PB2 33 I2CSCL PB3 34 I2CSDA PB4 44 C0- PB5 43 C1- PB6 42 C0+ PB7 41 TRST PC0 40 TCK SWCLK PC1 39 TMS SWDIO November 14, 2008 Multiplexed Function 353 Preliminary Signal Tables GPIO Pin Pin Number Multiplexed Function PC2 38 TDI PC3 37 TDO SWO PC4 14 PC5 13 C1+ C1o PC6 12 C2+ C2o PC7 11 C2- PD0 25 PD1 26 PD2 27 U1Rx PD3 28 U1Tx PD4 45 CCP0 PD5 46 CCP2 PD6 47 PD7 48 PE0 35 PE1 36 PE2 4 CCP4 PE3 3 CCP1 PE4 2 CCP3 PE5 1 CCP5 354 Multiplexed Function C0o November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 17 Operating Characteristics Table 17-1. Temperature Characteristics a Characteristic Symbol Value Unit Industrial operating temperature range TA -40 to +85 °C Extended operating temperature range TA -40 to +105 °C a. Maximum storage temperature is 150°C. Table 17-2. Thermal Characteristics Characteristic Symbol Value a Thermal resistance (junction to ambient) ΘJA b 50 Unit °C/W Average junction temperature TJ TA + (PAVG • ΘJA) °C Maximum junction temperature TJMAX 115 °C c a. Junction to ambient thermal resistance θJA numbers are determined by a package simulator. b. Power dissipation is a function of temperature. c. TJMAX calculation is based on power consumption values and conditions as specified in “Power Specifications” on page 383 of the data sheet. November 14, 2008 355 Preliminary Electrical Characteristics 18 Electrical Characteristics 18.1 DC Characteristics 18.1.1 Maximum Ratings The maximum ratings are the limits to which the device can be subjected without permanently damaging the device. Note: The device is not guaranteed to operate properly at the maximum ratings. Table 18-1. Maximum Ratings a Characteristic Symbol Value Unit Supply voltage range (VDD) VDD 0.0 to +3.6 V Input voltage VIN -0.3 to 5.5 V Maximum current for pins, excluding pins operating as GPIOs I 100 mA Maximum current for GPIO pins I 100 mA a. Voltages are measured with respect to GND. Important: This device contains circuitry to protect the inputs against damage due to high-static voltages or electric fields; however, it is advised that normal precautions be taken to avoid application of any voltage higher than maximum-rated voltages to this high-impedance circuit. Reliability of operation is enhanced if unused inputs are connected to an appropriate logic voltage level (for example, either GND or VDD). 18.1.2 Recommended DC Operating Conditions Table 18-2. Recommended DC Operating Conditions Parameter Parameter Name Min Nom Max Unit VDD Supply voltage 3.0 3.3 3.6 V VIH High-level input voltage 2.0 - 5.0 V VIL Low-level input voltage -0.3 - 1.3 V VSIH High-level input voltage for Schmitt trigger inputs 0.8 * VDD - VDD V VSIL Low-level input voltage for Schmitt trigger inputs 0 - 0.2 * VDD V VOH High-level output voltage 2.4 - - V VOL Low-level output voltage - - 0.4 V IOH High-level source current, VOH=2.4 V 2-mA Drive 2.0 - - mA 4-mA Drive 4.0 - - mA 8-mA Drive 8.0 - - mA 2-mA Drive 2.0 - - mA 4-mA Drive 4.0 - - mA 8-mA Drive 8.0 - - mA IOL Low-level sink current, VOL=0.4 V 356 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 18.1.3 On-Chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) Regulator Characteristics Table 18-3. LDO Regulator Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name VLDOOUT 18.1.4 Min Nom Max Unit Programmable internal (logic) power supply output value 2.25 - 2.75 V Output voltage accuracy - 2% - % tPON Power-on time - - 100 µs tON Time on - - 200 µs tOFF Time off - - 100 µs VSTEP Step programming incremental voltage - 50 - mV CLDO External filter capacitor size for internal power supply 1.0 - 3.0 µF Power Specifications The power measurements specified in the tables that follow are run on the core processor using SRAM with the following specifications (except as noted): ■ VDD = 3.3 V ■ Temperature = 25°C Table 18-4. Detailed Power Specifications Parameter IDD_RUN Parameter Name Conditions Run mode 1 (Flash loop) LDO = 2.50 V Nom Max Unit 95 110 mA 60 75 mA 85 95 mA 50 60 mA 19 22 mA Code = while(1){} executed in Flash Peripherals = All clock-gated ON System Clock = 50 MHz (with PLL) Run mode 2 (Flash loop) LDO = 2.50 V Code = while(1){} executed in Flash Peripherals = All clock-gated OFF System Clock = 50 MHz (with PLL) Run mode 1 (SRAM loop) LDO = 2.50 V Code = while(1){} executed in SRAM Peripherals = All clock-gated ON System Clock = 50 MHz (with PLL) Run mode 2 (SRAM loop) LDO = 2.50 V Code = while(1){} executed in SRAM Peripherals = All clock-gated OFF System Clock = 50 MHz (with PLL) IDD_SLEEP Sleep mode LDO = 2.50 V Peripherals = All clock-gated OFF System Clock = 50 MHz (with PLL) November 14, 2008 357 Preliminary Electrical Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name IDD_DEEPSLEEP Deep-Sleep mode Conditions Nom Max Unit LDO = 2.25 V 950 1150 μA Peripherals = All OFF System Clock = MOSC/16 18.1.5 Flash Memory Characteristics Table 18-5. Flash Memory Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name PECYC TRET Min a Number of guaranteed program/erase cycles before failure Nom 10,000 100,000 Max Unit - cycles years Data retention at average operating temperature of 85˚C (industrial) or 105˚C (extended) 10 - - TPROG Word program time 20 - - µs TERASE Page erase time 20 - - ms TME Mass erase time 200 - - ms a. A program/erase cycle is defined as switching the bits from 1-> 0 -> 1. 18.2 AC Characteristics 18.2.1 Load Conditions Unless otherwise specified, the following conditions are true for all timing measurements. Timing measurements are for 4-mA drive strength. Figure 18-1. Load Conditions CL = 50 pF pin GND 18.2.2 Clocks Table 18-6. Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name fref_crystal fref_ext a Crystal reference referencea External clock b Min Nom Max Unit 3.579545 - 8.192 MHz 3.579545 - 8.192 MHz fpll PLL frequency - 200 - MHz TREADY PLL lock time - - 0.5 ms a. The exact value is determined by the crystal value programmed into the XTAL field of the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register. b. PLL frequency is automatically calculated by the hardware based on the XTAL field of the RCC register. 358 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Table 18-7. Clock Characteristics Parameter 18.2.3 Parameter Name Min Nom Max Unit fIOSC Internal oscillator frequency 7 12 22 MHz fMOSC Main oscillator frequency 1 - 8 MHz tMOSC_per Main oscillator period 125 - 1000 ns fref_crystal_bypass Crystal reference using the main oscillator (PLL in BYPASS mode) 1 - 8 MHz fref_ext_bypass External clock reference (PLL in BYPASS mode) 0 - 50 MHz fsystem_clock System clock 0 - 50 MHz JTAG and Boundary Scan Table 18-8. JTAG Characteristics Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name J1 fTCK TCK operational clock frequency J2 tTCK TCK operational clock period J3 tTCK_LOW TCK clock Low time J4 tTCK_HIGH J5 tTCK_R J6 tTCK_F J7 Min Nom Max Unit 0 - 100 - - ns - tTCK - ns TCK clock High time - tTCK - ns TCK rise time 0 - 10 ns TCK fall time 0 - 10 ns tTMS_SU TMS setup time to TCK rise 20 - - ns J8 tTMS_HLD TMS hold time from TCK rise 20 - - ns J9 tTDI_SU TDI setup time to TCK rise 25 - - ns J10 tTDI_HLD TDI hold time from TCK rise 25 - - ns J11 TCK fall to Data Valid from High-Z - 2-mA drive 23 35 ns 4-mA drive 15 26 ns 8-mA drive 14 25 ns 8-mA drive with slew rate control 18 29 ns t TDO_ZDV J12 TCK fall to Data Valid from Data Valid 2-mA drive t TDO_DV 21 35 ns 4-mA drive - 14 25 ns 8-mA drive 13 24 ns 18 28 ns 9 11 ns 4-mA drive 7 9 ns 8-mA drive 6 8 ns 8-mA drive with slew rate control J13 TCK fall to High-Z from Data Valid 2-mA drive t TDO_DVZ - 8-mA drive with slew rate control J14 tTRST J15 tTRST_SU 10 MHz 7 9 ns TRST assertion time 100 - - ns TRST setup time to TCK rise 10 - - ns November 14, 2008 359 Preliminary Electrical Characteristics Figure 18-2. JTAG Test Clock Input Timing J2 J3 J4 TCK J6 J5 Figure 18-3. JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) Timing TCK J7 TMS TDI J8 J7 TMS Input Valid TMS Input Valid J9 J9 J10 TDI Input Valid J10 TDI Input Valid J11 TDO J8 J12 J13 TDO Output Valid TDO Output Valid Figure 18-4. JTAG TRST Timing TCK J14 J15 TRST 18.2.4 Reset Table 18-9. Reset Characteristics Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name Min Nom Max Unit R1 VTH Reset threshold R2 VBTH Brown-Out threshold R3 TPOR Power-On Reset timeout - 10 - ms R4 TBOR Brown-Out timeout - 500 - µs R5 TIRPOR 15 - 30 ms 2.5 - 20 µs R6 TIRBOR - - 2.85 2.9 2.95 Internal reset timeout after POR a Internal reset timeout after BOR 360 2.0 V V November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name R7 TIRHWR R8 TIRSWR Min Nom Max Unit Internal reset timeout after hardware reset (RST pin) Internal reset timeout after software-initiated system reseta R9 TIRWDR Internal reset timeout after watchdog R10 TIRLDOR Internal reset timeout after LDO reseta R11 TVDDRISE Supply voltage (VDD) rise time (0 V-3.3 V) reset a 15 - 30 ms 2.5 - 20 µs 2.5 - 20 µs 2.5 - 20 µs - - 100 ms a. 20 * t MOSC_per Figure 18-5. External Reset Timing (RST) RST R7 /Reset (Internal) Figure 18-6. Power-On Reset Timing R1 VDD R3 /POR (Internal) R5 /Reset (Internal) Figure 18-7. Brown-Out Reset Timing R2 VDD R4 /BOR (Internal) R6 /Reset (Internal) November 14, 2008 361 Preliminary Electrical Characteristics Figure 18-8. Software Reset Timing SW Reset R8 /Reset (Internal) Figure 18-9. Watchdog Reset Timing WDOG Reset (Internal) R9 /Reset (Internal) Figure 18-10. LDO Reset Timing LDO Reset (Internal) R10 /Reset (Internal) 18.2.5 General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) Note: All GPIOs are 5 V-tolerant. Table 18-10. GPIO Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name tGPIOR Condition GPIO Rise Time (from 20% to 80% of VDD) Min Nom Max Unit 2-mA drive - 17 26 ns 4-mA drive 9 13 ns 8-mA drive 6 9 ns 10 12 ns 17 25 ns 4-mA drive 8 12 ns 8-mA drive 6 10 ns 8-mA drive with slew rate control 11 13 ns 8-mA drive with slew rate control tGPIOF GPIO Fall Time (from 80% to 20% of VDD) 2-mA drive 362 - November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 18.2.6 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Table 18-11. SSI Characteristics Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name Min Nom Max S1 tclk_per SSIClk cycle time 2 - S2 tclk_high SSIClk high time - 0.5 S3 tclk_low SSIClk low time - S4 tclkrf SSIClk rise/fall time - S5 tDMd Data from master valid delay time S6 tDMs S7 tDMh S8 S9 Unit 65024 system clocks - t clk_per 0.5 - t clk_per 7.4 26 ns 0 - 20 ns Data from master setup time 20 - - ns Data from master hold time 40 - - ns tDSs Data from slave setup time 20 - - ns tDSh Data from slave hold time 40 - - ns Figure 18-11. SSI Timing for TI Frame Format (FRF=01), Single Transfer Timing Measurement S1 S4 S2 SSIClk S3 SSIFss SSITx SSIRx MSB LSB 4 to 16 bits Figure 18-12. SSI Timing for MICROWIRE Frame Format (FRF=10), Single Transfer S2 S1 SSIClk S3 SSIFss SSITx MSB LSB 8-bit control SSIRx 0 MSB LSB 4 to 16 bits output data November 14, 2008 363 Preliminary Electrical Characteristics Figure 18-13. SSI Timing for SPI Frame Format (FRF=00), with SPH=1 S1 S4 S2 SSIClk (SPO=0) S3 SSIClk (SPO=1) S6 SSITx (master) S7 MSB S5 SSIRx (slave) S8 LSB S9 MSB LSB SSIFss 18.2.7 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Table 18-12. I2C Characteristics Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name Max Unit Start condition hold time 36 - - system clocks tLP Clock Low period 36 - - system clocks tSRT I2CSCL/I2CSDA rise time (VIL =0.5 V to V IH =2.4 V) - - (see note b) ns tDH Data hold time 2 - - system clocks - 9 10 ns a tSCH a b a c I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 Min Nom tSFT I2CSCL/I2CSDA fall time (VIH =2.4 V to V IL =0.5 V) a tHT Clock High time 24 - - system clocks a tDS Data setup time 18 - - system clocks a tSCSR Start condition setup time (for repeated start condition 36 only) - - system clocks a tSCS Stop condition setup time - - system clocks I6 I7 I8 I9 24 I2C a. Values depend on the value programmed into the TPR bit in the Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR) register; a TPR programmed for the maximum I2CSCL frequency (TPR=0x2) results in a minimum output timing as shown in the table above. The I 2C interface is designed to scale the actual data transition time to move it to the middle of the I2CSCL Low period. The actual position is affected by the value programmed into the TPR; however, the numbers given in the above values are minimum values. b. Because I2CSCL and I2CSDA are open-drain-type outputs, which the controller can only actively drive Low, the time I2CSCL or I2CSDA takes to reach a high level depends on external signal capacitance and pull-up resistor values. c. Specified at a nominal 50 pF load. 364 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Figure 18-14. I2C Timing I2 I6 I5 I2CSCL I1 I4 I7 I8 I3 I9 I2CSDA 18.2.8 Analog Comparator Table 18-13. Analog Comparator Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name Max Unit VOS Input offset voltage Min Nom - ±10 ±25 mV VCM Input common mode voltage range 0 - VDD-1.5 V CMRR Common mode rejection ratio 50 - - dB TRT Response time - - 1 µs TMC Comparator mode change to Output Valid - - 10 µs Table 18-14. Analog Comparator Voltage Reference Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name Min Nom Max Unit RHR Resolution high range - VDD/32 - LSB RLR Resolution low range - VDD/24 - LSB AHR Absolute accuracy high range - - ±1/2 LSB ALR Absolute accuracy low range - - ±1/4 LSB November 14, 2008 365 Preliminary Package Information 19 Package Information Figure 19-1. 48-Pin LQFP Package Note: The following notes apply to the package drawing. 1. All dimensions are in mm. 2. Dimensions shown are nominal with tolerances indicated. 3. Foot length "L" is measured at gage plane 0.25 mm above seating plane. 366 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 4. L/F: Eftec 64T Cu or equivalent, 0.127 mm (0.005") thick. Symbol Package Type Note 48LD LQFP MIN MAX A - 1.60 A1 0.05 0.15 A2 - 1.40 D 9.00 D1 7.00 E 9.00 E1 7.00 L 0.60 e 0.50 b 0.22 theta 0° - 7° ddd 0.08 ccc 0.08 JEDEC Reference Drawing MS-026 Variation Designator BBC November 14, 2008 367 Preliminary Serial Flash Loader A Serial Flash Loader A.1 Serial Flash Loader ® The Stellaris serial flash loader is a preprogrammed flash-resident utility used to download code to the flash memory of a device without the use of a debug interface. The serial flash loader uses a simple packet interface to provide synchronous communication with the device. The flash loader runs off the crystal and does not enable the PLL, so its speed is determined by the crystal used. The two serial interfaces that can be used are the UART0 and SSI0 interfaces. For simplicity, both the data format and communication protocol are identical for both serial interfaces. A.2 Interfaces Once communication with the flash loader is established via one of the serial interfaces, that interface is used until the flash loader is reset or new code takes over. For example, once you start communicating using the SSI port, communications with the flash loader via the UART are disabled until the device is reset. A.2.1 UART The Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UART) communication uses a fixed serial format of 8 bits of data, no parity, and 1 stop bit. The baud rate used for communication is automatically detected by the flash loader and can be any valid baud rate supported by the host and the device. The auto detection sequence requires that the baud rate should be no more than 1/32 the crystal frequency of the board that is running the serial flash loader. This is actually the ® same as the hardware limitation for the maximum baud rate for any UART on a Stellaris device which is calculated as follows: Max Baud Rate = System Clock Frequency / 16 In order to determine the baud rate, the serial flash loader needs to determine the relationship between its own crystal frequency and the baud rate. This is enough information for the flash loader to configure its UART to the same baud rate as the host. This automatic baud-rate detection allows the host to use any valid baud rate that it wants to communicate with the device. The method used to perform this automatic synchronization relies on the host sending the flash loader two bytes that are both 0x55. This generates a series of pulses to the flash loader that it can use to calculate the ratios needed to program the UART to match the host’s baud rate. After the host sends the pattern, it attempts to read back one byte of data from the UART. The flash loader returns the value of 0xCC to indicate successful detection of the baud rate. If this byte is not received after at least twice the time required to transfer the two bytes, the host can resend another pattern of 0x55, 0x55, and wait for the 0xCC byte again until the flash loader acknowledges that it has received a synchronization pattern correctly. For example, the time to wait for data back from the flash loader should be calculated as at least 2*(20(bits/sync)/baud rate (bits/sec)). For a baud rate of 115200, this time is 2*(20/115200) or 0.35 ms. A.2.2 SSI The Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) port also uses a fixed serial format for communications, with the framing defined as Motorola format with SPH set to 1 and SPO set to 1. See “Frame Formats” on page 263 in the SSI chapter for more information on formats for this transfer protocol. Like the UART, this interface has hardware requirements that limit the maximum speed that the SSI clock can run. This allows the SSI clock to be at most 1/12 the crystal frequency of the board running 368 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller the flash loader. Since the host device is the master, the SSI on the flash loader device does not need to determine the clock as it is provided directly by the host. A.3 Packet Handling All communications, with the exception of the UART auto-baud, are done via defined packets that are acknowledged (ACK) or not acknowledged (NAK) by the devices. The packets use the same format for receiving and sending packets, including the method used to acknowledge successful or unsuccessful reception of a packet. A.3.1 Packet Format All packets sent and received from the device use the following byte-packed format. struct { unsigned char ucSize; unsigned char ucCheckSum; unsigned char Data[]; }; A.3.2 ucSize The first byte received holds the total size of the transfer including the size and checksum bytes. ucChecksum This holds a simple checksum of the bytes in the data buffer only. The algorithm is Data[0]+Data[1]+…+ Data[ucSize-3]. Data This is the raw data intended for the device, which is formatted in some form of command interface. There should be ucSize–2 bytes of data provided in this buffer to or from the device. Sending Packets The actual bytes of the packet can be sent individually or all at once; the only limitation is that commands that cause flash memory access should limit the download sizes to prevent losing bytes during flash programming. This limitation is discussed further in the section that describes the serial flash loader command, COMMAND_SEND_DATA (see “COMMAND_SEND_DATA (0x24)” on page 371). Once the packet has been formatted correctly by the host, it should be sent out over the UART or SSI interface. Then the host should poll the UART or SSI interface for the first non-zero data returned from the device. The first non-zero byte will either be an ACK (0xCC) or a NAK (0x33) byte from the device indicating the packet was received successfully (ACK) or unsuccessfully (NAK). This does not indicate that the actual contents of the command issued in the data portion of the packet were valid, just that the packet was received correctly. A.3.3 Receiving Packets The flash loader sends a packet of data in the same format that it receives a packet. The flash loader may transfer leading zero data before the first actual byte of data is sent out. The first non-zero byte is the size of the packet followed by a checksum byte, and finally followed by the data itself. There is no break in the data after the first non-zero byte is sent from the flash loader. Once the device communicating with the flash loader receives all the bytes, it must either ACK or NAK the packet to indicate that the transmission was successful. The appropriate response after sending a NAK to the flash loader is to resend the command that failed and request the data again. If needed, the host may send leading zeros before sending down the ACK/NAK signal to the flash loader, as the November 14, 2008 369 Preliminary Serial Flash Loader flash loader only accepts the first non-zero data as a valid response. This zero padding is needed by the SSI interface in order to receive data to or from the flash loader. A.4 Commands The next section defines the list of commands that can be sent to the flash loader. The first byte of the data should always be one of the defined commands, followed by data or parameters as determined by the command that is sent. A.4.1 COMMAND_PING (0X20) This command simply accepts the command and sets the global status to success. The format of the packet is as follows: Byte[0] = 0x03; Byte[1] = checksum(Byte[2]); Byte[2] = COMMAND_PING; The ping command has 3 bytes and the value for COMMAND_PING is 0x20 and the checksum of one byte is that same byte, making Byte[1] also 0x20. Since the ping command has no real return status, the receipt of an ACK can be interpreted as a successful ping to the flash loader. A.4.2 COMMAND_GET_STATUS (0x23) This command returns the status of the last command that was issued. Typically, this command should be sent after every command to ensure that the previous command was successful or to properly respond to a failure. The command requires one byte in the data of the packet and should be followed by reading a packet with one byte of data that contains a status code. The last step is to ACK or NAK the received data so the flash loader knows that the data has been read. Byte[0] = 0x03 Byte[1] = checksum(Byte[2]) Byte[2] = COMMAND_GET_STATUS A.4.3 COMMAND_DOWNLOAD (0x21) This command is sent to the flash loader to indicate where to store data and how many bytes will be sent by the COMMAND_SEND_DATA commands that follow. The command consists of two 32-bit values that are both transferred MSB first. The first 32-bit value is the address to start programming data into, while the second is the 32-bit size of the data that will be sent. This command also triggers an erase of the full area to be programmed so this command takes longer than other commands. This results in a longer time to receive the ACK/NAK back from the board. This command should be followed by a COMMAND_GET_STATUS to ensure that the Program Address and Program size are valid for the device running the flash loader. The format of the packet to send this command is a follows: Byte[0] Byte[1] Byte[2] Byte[3] Byte[4] Byte[5] Byte[6] Byte[7] = = = = = = = = 11 checksum(Bytes[2:10]) COMMAND_DOWNLOAD Program Address [31:24] Program Address [23:16] Program Address [15:8] Program Address [7:0] Program Size [31:24] 370 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller Byte[8] = Program Size [23:16] Byte[9] = Program Size [15:8] Byte[10] = Program Size [7:0] A.4.4 COMMAND_SEND_DATA (0x24) This command should only follow a COMMAND_DOWNLOAD command or another COMMAND_SEND_DATA command if more data is needed. Consecutive send data commands automatically increment address and continue programming from the previous location. The caller should limit transfers of data to a maximum 8 bytes of packet data to allow the flash to program successfully and not overflow input buffers of the serial interfaces. The command terminates programming once the number of bytes indicated by the COMMAND_DOWNLOAD command has been received. Each time this function is called it should be followed by a COMMAND_GET_STATUS to ensure that the data was successfully programmed into the flash. If the flash loader sends a NAK to this command, the flash loader does not increment the current address to allow retransmission of the previous data. Byte[0] = 11 Byte[1] = checksum(Bytes[2:10]) Byte[2] = COMMAND_SEND_DATA Byte[3] = Data[0] Byte[4] = Data[1] Byte[5] = Data[2] Byte[6] = Data[3] Byte[7] = Data[4] Byte[8] = Data[5] Byte[9] = Data[6] Byte[10] = Data[7] A.4.5 COMMAND_RUN (0x22) This command is used to tell the flash loader to execute from the address passed as the parameter in this command. This command consists of a single 32-bit value that is interpreted as the address to execute. The 32-bit value is transmitted MSB first and the flash loader responds with an ACK signal back to the host device before actually executing the code at the given address. This allows the host to know that the command was received successfully and the code is now running. Byte[0] Byte[1] Byte[2] Byte[3] Byte[4] Byte[5] Byte[6] A.4.6 = = = = = = = 7 checksum(Bytes[2:6]) COMMAND_RUN Execute Address[31:24] Execute Address[23:16] Execute Address[15:8] Execute Address[7:0] COMMAND_RESET (0x25) This command is used to tell the flash loader device to reset. This is useful when downloading a new image that overwrote the flash loader and wants to start from a full reset. Unlike the COMMAND_RUN command, this allows the initial stack pointer to be read by the hardware and set up for the new code. It can also be used to reset the flash loader if a critical error occurs and the host device wants to restart communication with the flash loader. November 14, 2008 371 Preliminary Serial Flash Loader Byte[0] = 3 Byte[1] = checksum(Byte[2]) Byte[2] = COMMAND_RESET The flash loader responds with an ACK signal back to the host device before actually executing the software reset to the device running the flash loader. This allows the host to know that the command was received successfully and the part will be reset. 372 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller B Register Quick Reference 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BORIOR BORWT System Control Base 0x400F.E000 DID0, type RO, offset 0x000, reset VER MAJOR MINOR PBORCTL, type R/W, offset 0x030, reset 0x0000.7FFD BORTIM LDOPCTL, type R/W, offset 0x034, reset 0x0000.0000 VADJ RIS, type RO, offset 0x050, reset 0x0000.0000 PLLLRIS CLRIS IOFRIS MOFRIS LDORIS BORRIS PLLFRIS PLLLIM CLIM IOFIM MOFIM LDOIM BORIM PLLFIM PLLLMIS CLMIS IOFMIS MOFMIS LDOMIS BORMIS LDO SW WDT BOR POR IMC, type R/W, offset 0x054, reset 0x0000.0000 MISC, type R/W1C, offset 0x058, reset 0x0000.0000 RESC, type R/W, offset 0x05C, reset - EXT RCC, type R/W, offset 0x060, reset 0x0780.3AC0 ACG PWRDN OEN BYPASS SYSDIV PLLVER USESYSDIV XTAL OSCSRC IOSCVER MOSCVER IOSCDIS MOSCDIS PLLCFG, type RO, offset 0x064, reset - OD F R DSLPCLKCFG, type R/W, offset 0x144, reset 0x0780.0000 IOSC CLKVCLR, type R/W, offset 0x150, reset 0x0000.0000 VERCLR LDOARST, type R/W, offset 0x160, reset 0x0000.0000 LDOARST DID1, type RO, offset 0x004, reset VER FAM PARTNO TEMP PKG ROHS QUAL DC0, type RO, offset 0x008, reset 0x001F.000F SRAMSZ FLASHSZ DC1, type RO, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.309F MINSYSDIV MPU PLL WDT SWO SWD JTAG TIMER2 TIMER1 TIMER0 UART1 UART0 DC2, type RO, offset 0x014, reset 0x0707.1013 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 I2C0 SSI0 November 14, 2008 373 Preliminary Register Quick Reference 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CCP2 CCP1 CCP0 GPIOE GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA TIMER2 TIMER1 TIMER0 UART1 UART0 TIMER1 TIMER0 UART1 UART0 TIMER1 TIMER0 UART1 UART0 DC3, type RO, offset 0x018, reset 0xBF00.7FC0 32KHZ CCP5 C2O CCP4 C2PLUS C2MINUS CCP3 C1O C1PLUS C1MINUS C0O C0PLUS C0MINUS DC4, type RO, offset 0x01C, reset 0x0000.001F RCGC0, type R/W, offset 0x100, reset 0x00000040 WDT SCGC0, type R/W, offset 0x110, reset 0x00000040 WDT DCGC0, type R/W, offset 0x120, reset 0x00000040 WDT RCGC1, type R/W, offset 0x104, reset 0x00000000 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 I2C0 SSI0 SCGC1, type R/W, offset 0x114, reset 0x00000000 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 TIMER2 I2C0 SSI0 DCGC1, type R/W, offset 0x124, reset 0x00000000 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 TIMER2 I2C0 SSI0 RCGC2, type R/W, offset 0x108, reset 0x00000000 GPIOE GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA GPIOE GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA GPIOE GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA TIMER2 TIMER1 TIMER0 UART1 UART0 GPIOB GPIOA SCGC2, type R/W, offset 0x118, reset 0x00000000 DCGC2, type R/W, offset 0x128, reset 0x00000000 SRCR0, type R/W, offset 0x040, reset 0x00000000 WDT SRCR1, type R/W, offset 0x044, reset 0x00000000 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 I2C0 SSI0 SRCR2, type R/W, offset 0x048, reset 0x00000000 GPIOE GPIOD GPIOC Internal Memory Flash Registers (Flash Control Offset) Base 0x400F.D000 FMA, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000 OFFSET FMD, type R/W, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000 DATA DATA 374 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 COMT MERASE ERASE WRITE PRIS ARIS PMASK AMASK PMISC AMISC FMC, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000 WRKEY FCRIS, type RO, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.0000 FCIM, type R/W, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000 FCMISC, type R/W1C, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000 Internal Memory Flash Registers (System Control Offset) Base 0x400F.E000 USECRL, type R/W, offset 0x140, reset 0x31 USEC FMPRE, type R/W, offset 0x130, reset 0x8000.FFFF READ_ENABLE READ_ENABLE FMPPE, type R/W, offset 0x134, reset 0x0000.FFFF PROG_ENABLE PROG_ENABLE General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIODATA, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000 DATA GPIODIR, type R/W, offset 0x400, reset 0x0000.0000 DIR GPIOIS, type R/W, offset 0x404, reset 0x0000.0000 IS GPIOIBE, type R/W, offset 0x408, reset 0x0000.0000 IBE GPIOIEV, type R/W, offset 0x40C, reset 0x0000.0000 IEV GPIOIM, type R/W, offset 0x410, reset 0x0000.0000 IME GPIORIS, type RO, offset 0x414, reset 0x0000.0000 RIS GPIOMIS, type RO, offset 0x418, reset 0x0000.0000 MIS November 14, 2008 375 Preliminary Register Quick Reference 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPIOICR, type W1C, offset 0x41C, reset 0x0000.0000 IC GPIOAFSEL, type R/W, offset 0x420, reset - AFSEL GPIODR2R, type R/W, offset 0x500, reset 0x0000.00FF DRV2 GPIODR4R, type R/W, offset 0x504, reset 0x0000.0000 DRV4 GPIODR8R, type R/W, offset 0x508, reset 0x0000.0000 DRV8 GPIOODR, type R/W, offset 0x50C, reset 0x0000.0000 ODE GPIOPUR, type R/W, offset 0x510, reset 0x0000.00FF PUE GPIOPDR, type R/W, offset 0x514, reset 0x0000.0000 PDE GPIOSLR, type R/W, offset 0x518, reset 0x0000.0000 SRL GPIODEN, type R/W, offset 0x51C, reset 0x0000.00FF DEN GPIOPeriphID4, type RO, offset 0xFD0, reset 0x0000.0000 PID4 GPIOPeriphID5, type RO, offset 0xFD4, reset 0x0000.0000 PID5 GPIOPeriphID6, type RO, offset 0xFD8, reset 0x0000.0000 PID6 GPIOPeriphID7, type RO, offset 0xFDC, reset 0x0000.0000 PID7 GPIOPeriphID0, type RO, offset 0xFE0, reset 0x0000.0061 PID0 GPIOPeriphID1, type RO, offset 0xFE4, reset 0x0000.0000 PID1 GPIOPeriphID2, type RO, offset 0xFE8, reset 0x0000.0018 PID2 376 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPIOPeriphID3, type RO, offset 0xFEC, reset 0x0000.0001 PID3 GPIOPCellID0, type RO, offset 0xFF0, reset 0x0000.000D CID0 GPIOPCellID1, type RO, offset 0xFF4, reset 0x0000.00F0 CID1 GPIOPCellID2, type RO, offset 0xFF8, reset 0x0000.0005 CID2 GPIOPCellID3, type RO, offset 0xFFC, reset 0x0000.00B1 CID3 General-Purpose Timers Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 GPTMCFG, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000 GPTMCFG GPTMTAMR, type R/W, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000 TAAMS TACMR TAMR TBAMS TBCMR TBMR GPTMTBMR, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000 GPTMCTL, type R/W, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.0000 TBPWML TBEVENT TBSTALL TBEN TAPWML RTCEN TAEVENT TASTALL TAEN CBEIM CBMIM TBTOIM RTCIM CAEIM CAMIM TATOIM CBERIS CBMRIS TBTORIS RTCRIS CAERIS CAMRIS TATORIS CBEMIS CBMMIS TBTOMIS RTCMIS CAEMIS CAMMIS TATOMIS GPTMIMR, type R/W, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0000 GPTMRIS, type RO, offset 0x01C, reset 0x0000.0000 GPTMMIS, type RO, offset 0x020, reset 0x0000.0000 GPTMICR, type W1C, offset 0x024, reset 0x0000.0000 CBECINT CBMCINT TBTOCINT RTCCINT CAECINT CAMCINT TATOCINT GPTMTAILR, type R/W, offset 0x028, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) TAILRH TAILRL GPTMTBILR, type R/W, offset 0x02C, reset 0x0000.FFFF TBILRL GPTMTAMATCHR, type R/W, offset 0x030, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) TAMRH TAMRL November 14, 2008 377 Preliminary Register Quick Reference 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESEN INTEN GPTMTBMATCHR, type R/W, offset 0x034, reset 0x0000.FFFF TBMRL GPTMTAPR, type R/W, offset 0x038, reset 0x0000.0000 TAPSR GPTMTBPR, type R/W, offset 0x03C, reset 0x0000.0000 TBPSR GPTMTAPMR, type R/W, offset 0x040, reset 0x0000.0000 TAPSMR GPTMTBPMR, type R/W, offset 0x044, reset 0x0000.0000 TBPSMR GPTMTAR, type RO, offset 0x048, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) TARH TARL GPTMTBR, type RO, offset 0x04C, reset 0x0000.FFFF TBRL Watchdog Timer Base 0x4000.0000 WDTLOAD, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF WDTLoad WDTLoad WDTVALUE, type RO, offset 0x004, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF WDTValue WDTValue WDTCTL, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000 WDTICR, type WO, offset 0x00C, reset WDTIntClr WDTIntClr WDTRIS, type RO, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000 WDTRIS WDTMIS, type RO, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000 WDTMIS WDTTEST, type R/W, offset 0x418, reset 0x0000.0000 STALL WDTLOCK, type R/W, offset 0xC00, reset 0x0000.0000 WDTLock WDTLock WDTPeriphID4, type RO, offset 0xFD0, reset 0x0000.0000 PID4 WDTPeriphID5, type RO, offset 0xFD4, reset 0x0000.0000 PID5 378 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 OE BE PE FE WDTPeriphID6, type RO, offset 0xFD8, reset 0x0000.0000 PID6 WDTPeriphID7, type RO, offset 0xFDC, reset 0x0000.0000 PID7 WDTPeriphID0, type RO, offset 0xFE0, reset 0x0000.0005 PID0 WDTPeriphID1, type RO, offset 0xFE4, reset 0x0000.0018 PID1 WDTPeriphID2, type RO, offset 0xFE8, reset 0x0000.0018 PID2 WDTPeriphID3, type RO, offset 0xFEC, reset 0x0000.0001 PID3 WDTPCellID0, type RO, offset 0xFF0, reset 0x0000.000D CID0 WDTPCellID1, type RO, offset 0xFF4, reset 0x0000.00F0 CID1 WDTPCellID2, type RO, offset 0xFF8, reset 0x0000.0005 CID2 WDTPCellID3, type RO, offset 0xFFC, reset 0x0000.00B1 CID3 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UARTDR, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000 OE BE PE FE DATA UARTRSR/UARTECR, type RO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000 (Reads) UARTRSR/UARTECR, type WO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000 (Writes) DATA UARTFR, type RO, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0090 TXFE RXFF TXFF RXFE BUSY UARTIBRD, type R/W, offset 0x024, reset 0x0000.0000 DIVINT UARTFBRD, type R/W, offset 0x028, reset 0x0000.0000 DIVFRAC November 14, 2008 379 Preliminary Register Quick Reference 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FEN STP2 EPS PEN BRK UARTLCRH, type R/W, offset 0x02C, reset 0x0000.0000 SPS WLEN UARTCTL, type R/W, offset 0x030, reset 0x0000.0300 RXE TXE LBE UARTEN UARTIFLS, type R/W, offset 0x034, reset 0x0000.0012 RXIFLSEL TXIFLSEL UARTIM, type R/W, offset 0x038, reset 0x0000.0000 OEIM BEIM PEIM FEIM RTIM TXIM RXIM OERIS BERIS PERIS FERIS RTRIS TXRIS RXRIS OEMIS BEMIS PEMIS FEMIS RTMIS TXMIS RXMIS OEIC BEIC PEIC FEIC RTIC TXIC RXIC UARTRIS, type RO, offset 0x03C, reset 0x0000.000F UARTMIS, type RO, offset 0x040, reset 0x0000.0000 UARTICR, type W1C, offset 0x044, reset 0x0000.0000 UARTPeriphID4, type RO, offset 0xFD0, reset 0x0000.0000 PID4 UARTPeriphID5, type RO, offset 0xFD4, reset 0x0000.0000 PID5 UARTPeriphID6, type RO, offset 0xFD8, reset 0x0000.0000 PID6 UARTPeriphID7, type RO, offset 0xFDC, reset 0x0000.0000 PID7 UARTPeriphID0, type RO, offset 0xFE0, reset 0x0000.0011 PID0 UARTPeriphID1, type RO, offset 0xFE4, reset 0x0000.0000 PID1 UARTPeriphID2, type RO, offset 0xFE8, reset 0x0000.0018 PID2 UARTPeriphID3, type RO, offset 0xFEC, reset 0x0000.0001 PID3 UARTPCellID0, type RO, offset 0xFF0, reset 0x0000.000D CID0 UARTPCellID1, type RO, offset 0xFF4, reset 0x0000.00F0 CID1 380 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 UARTPCellID2, type RO, offset 0xFF8, reset 0x0000.0005 CID2 UARTPCellID3, type RO, offset 0xFFC, reset 0x0000.00B1 CID3 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSICR0, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000 SCR SPH SPO FRF DSS SSICR1, type R/W, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000 SOD MS SSE LBM RFF RNE TNF TFE TXIM RXIM RTIM RORIM TXRIS RXRIS RTRIS RORRIS TXMIS RXMIS RTMIS RORMIS RTIC RORIC SSIDR, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000 DATA SSISR, type RO, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.0003 BSY SSICPSR, type R/W, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000 CPSDVSR SSIIM, type R/W, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000 SSIRIS, type RO, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0008 SSIMIS, type RO, offset 0x01C, reset 0x0000.0000 SSIICR, type W1C, offset 0x020, reset 0x0000.0000 SSIPeriphID4, type RO, offset 0xFD0, reset 0x0000.0000 PID4 SSIPeriphID5, type RO, offset 0xFD4, reset 0x0000.0000 PID5 SSIPeriphID6, type RO, offset 0xFD8, reset 0x0000.0000 PID6 SSIPeriphID7, type RO, offset 0xFDC, reset 0x0000.0000 PID7 SSIPeriphID0, type RO, offset 0xFE0, reset 0x0000.0022 PID0 SSIPeriphID1, type RO, offset 0xFE4, reset 0x0000.0000 PID1 November 14, 2008 381 Preliminary Register Quick Reference 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SSIPeriphID2, type RO, offset 0xFE8, reset 0x0000.0018 PID2 SSIPeriphID3, type RO, offset 0xFEC, reset 0x0000.0001 PID3 SSIPCellID0, type RO, offset 0xFF0, reset 0x0000.000D CID0 SSIPCellID1, type RO, offset 0xFF4, reset 0x0000.00F0 CID1 SSIPCellID2, type RO, offset 0xFF8, reset 0x0000.0005 CID2 SSIPCellID3, type RO, offset 0xFFC, reset 0x0000.00B1 CID3 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface I2C Master I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 I2CMSA, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000 SA R/S I2CMCS, type RO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000 (Reads) BUSBSY IDLE ARBLST DATACK ADRACK ERROR BUSY ACK STOP START RUN I2CMCS, type WO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000 (Writes) I2CMDR, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000 DATA I2CMTPR, type R/W, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.0001 TPR I2CMIMR, type R/W, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000 IM I2CMRIS, type RO, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000 RIS I2CMMIS, type RO, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0000 MIS I2CMICR, type WO, offset 0x01C, reset 0x0000.0000 IC I2CMCR, type R/W, offset 0x020, reset 0x0000.0000 SFE 382 MFE LPBK November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FBR TREQ RREQ Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface I2C Slave I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 I2CSOAR, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000 OAR I2CSCSR, type RO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000 (Reads) I2CSCSR, type WO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000 (Writes) DA I2CSDR, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000 DATA I2CSIMR, type R/W, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.0000 DATAIM I2CSRIS, type RO, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000 DATARIS I2CSMIS, type RO, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000 DATAMIS I2CSICR, type WO, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0000 DATAIC Analog Comparators Base 0x4003.C000 ACMIS, type R/W1C, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000 IN2 IN1 IN0 IN2 IN1 IN0 IN2 IN1 IN0 ACRIS, type RO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000 ACINTEN, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000 ACREFCTL, type R/W, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000 EN RNG VREF ACSTAT0, type RO, offset 0x020, reset 0x0000.0000 OVAL ACSTAT1, type RO, offset 0x040, reset 0x0000.0000 OVAL ACSTAT2, type RO, offset 0x060, reset 0x0000.0000 OVAL November 14, 2008 383 Preliminary Register Quick Reference 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ACCTL0, type R/W, offset 0x024, reset 0x0000.0000 ASRCP ISLVAL ISEN CINV ASRCP ISLVAL ISEN CINV ASRCP ISLVAL ISEN CINV ACCTL1, type R/W, offset 0x044, reset 0x0000.0000 ACCTL2, type R/W, offset 0x064, reset 0x0000.0000 384 November 14, 2008 Preliminary LM3S600 Microcontroller C Ordering and Contact Information C.1 Ordering Information LM3Snnnn–gppss–rrm Part Number nnn = Sandstorm-class parts nnnn = All other Stellaris® parts Temperature E = –40 C to +105 C I = –40 C to +85 C Package BZ = 108-ball BGA QC = 100-pin LQFP QN = 48-pin LQFP QR = 64-pin LQFP RN = 28-pin SOIC Speed 20 = 20 MHz 25 = 25 MHz 50 = 50 MHz 80 = 80 MHz Shipping Medium T = Tape-and-reel Omitted = Default shipping (tray or tube) Revision Omitted = Default to current shipping revision A0 = First all-layer mask A1 = Metal layers update to A0 A2 = Metal layers update to A1 B0 = Second all-layer mask revision Table C-1. Part Ordering Information Orderable Part Number Description C.2 ® LM3S600-IQN50 Stellaris LM3S600 Microcontroller LM3S600-IQN50(T) Stellaris LM3S600 Microcontroller LM3S600-EQN50 Stellaris LM3S600 Microcontroller LM3S600-EQN50(T) Stellaris LM3S600 Microcontroller ® ® ® Kits ® The Luminary Micro Stellaris Family provides the hardware and software tools that engineers need to begin development quickly. ■ Reference Design Kits accelerate product development by providing ready-to-run hardware, and comprehensive documentation including hardware design files: http://www.luminarymicro.com/products/reference_design_kits/ ® ■ Evaluation Kits provide a low-cost and effective means of evaluating Stellaris microcontrollers before purchase: http://www.luminarymicro.com/products/kits.html ■ Development Kits provide you with all the tools you need to develop and prototype embedded applications right out of the box: http://www.luminarymicro.com/products/development_kits.html See the Luminary Micro website for the latest tools available, or ask your Luminary Micro distributor. November 14, 2008 385 Preliminary Ordering and Contact Information C.3 Company Information Luminary Micro, Inc. designs, markets, and sells ARM Cortex-M3-based microcontrollers (MCUs). Austin, Texas-based Luminary Micro is the lead partner for the Cortex-M3 processor, delivering the world's first silicon implementation of the Cortex-M3 processor. Luminary Micro's introduction of the Stellaris® family of products provides 32-bit performance for the same price as current 8- and 16-bit microcontroller designs. With entry-level pricing at $1.00 for an ARM technology-based MCU, Luminary Micro's Stellaris product line allows for standardization that eliminates future architectural upgrades or software tool changes. Luminary Micro, Inc. 108 Wild Basin, Suite 350 Austin, TX 78746 Main: +1-512-279-8800 Fax: +1-512-279-8879 http://www.luminarymicro.com sales@luminarymicro.com C.4 Support Information For support on Luminary Micro products, contact: support@luminarymicro.com +1-512-279-8800, ext. 3 386 November 14, 2008 Preliminary